Richard KT Thesis PDF

TREATING BINGE EATING DISORDER
WITH
EYE MOVEMENT DESENSITISATION REPROCESSING:
A PRELIMINARY
RANDOMISED CONTROLLED TRIAL
by
KATIE RICHARD
A thesis submitted in fulfilment of the requirement for the degree of Master of
Science
The School of Psychology
University of Sydney
2018
Certificate of Originality
This thesis is submitted to the University of Sydney in fulfilment of the requirements for the Degree of
Master of Science. The work presented in this thesis is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, original
except as acknowledged in the text. I hereby declare that I have not submitted this material, either in full
or in part, for a degree at this or any other institution.
Katie Richard
2018
Acknowledgements
Many thanks to my research supervisor Dr Maree Abbott for her full and unconditional assistance
and support. Special thanks also to my associate supervisor Associate Professor Stephen Touyz and
Dr Elizabeth Rieger for their valuable advice and suggestions on this research project. Many thanks
also to my clinical supervisor Nick Cocco and therapists Dr Stephanie Groves and Hope
Michaelsen.
Abstract
TREATING BINGE EATING DISORDER WITH EYE MOVEMENT

DESENSITISATION REPROCESSING: A PRELIMINARY RANDOMISED
CONTROLLED TRIAL
Cognitive Behavioural Therapy and Interpersonal Therapy have been recognized as the gold standard
treatments used for people with binge eating disorder (BED). However, these treatments are lengthy -
usually about 22 sessions and usually exclude the goal of weight loss despite the fact that the
majority of binge eaters struggle with weight management. Because Eye Movement Desensitization
Reprocessing (EMDR) is an evidence-based treatment found to an effective and efficient treatment
for post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and trauma is prevalent in the BED population, a newly
developed EMDR protocol was trialled for BED. This new protocol was based on Forester’s
bulimia nervosa EMDR protocol designed in a ten 1-hour session format and included a resource
development to improve engagement in exercise.
Results indicated that the 16 participants randomly assigned to the EMDR treatment, administered by
three trained experienced registered psychologists with EMDR training/certification, fared better than
the 22 waitlisted participants in terms of BED symptoms (as assessed by the Eating Disorder
Examination, Binge Eating Scale, Eating Beliefs Questionnaire), weight loss, mental health
symptoms including anxiety and sleep (as assessed by the Trauma Symptom Checklist-40) and
engagement in exercise (IPAQ). Though this is only a preliminary trial with a limited sample size,
was not compared to an active control group and no follow-up period to see if results are
maintained and weight further decreases, results are nevertheless encouraging. Furthermore, BED
and comorbid weight management problems may be best treated with a multidisciplinary approach.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ............................................................................................................................................... i
TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................................... .............................. ii
ABSTRACT ...................................................................................................................................................................... iii
CHAPTER 1: LITERATURE REVIEW ………………………………………………………………………………. 1

1. INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1. Definition of Binge Eating Disorder ….…………………………………………………………………..…. 1
1.2. Differentiation from other eating and feeding disorders ……………………..….…………………………... 4
1.3. Associated Symptoms of BED …….……………………………………..………………………………….. 7
1.4. Psychiatric Comorbidity with BED ………...…………………………………............................................. 11
1.5. Theories of BED ……………….…………………………………………………………………………... 13
Genetic, neurochemical and hormone theories ………………….………………………………………… 13
Psychological Theories ……………………………………………………………….……………………. 15
Psychological Trauma Theories of BED ………….…………………………………………………….…. 18
1.6. CURRENT TREATMENTS FOR BED ......................................................................................................... 21

1.6.1. Bariatric Surgery .................................................................................................... .......................................... 22
1.6.2. Pharmacological Treatments ............................................................................................................................ 22
1.6.3. Nutritional/Diet approaches …………………………………………………………………………………. 27
1.6.4. Combination Treatments ……………………………………………………………………………………. 28
1.6.5. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy ......................................................................................... ............................... 30
1.6.6. Interpersonal Therapy ....................................................................................................... .............................. 32
1.6.7. Dialectical Behaviour Therapy ........................................................................................................................ 33
1.6.8. Mindfulness-based therapies ………………………………………………………………………………... 35
1.7. OTHER FACTORS RELATED TO TREATMENT OUTCOME ............................................................... 38

1.7.1. Participant variables ................................................................................................ .........................................38
Motivation to change, treatment expectations and self-efficacy …………………………………………… 38
Severity and duration of illness …………………………………………………………………………….. 39
Comorbid conditions ………….……………………………………………………………………………. 40
Cultural factors ……………….…………………………………………………………………………….. 40
Interpersonal problems and daily stressors ………………………………………………………………… 42
1.7.2. Therapist variables ........................................................................................................................................... 43
1.7.3. Therapeutic alliance ................................................................................................. ....................................... 45
1.7.4. Treatment choice, format and adherence ………………………………………………………………...…. 45
1.8. LIMITATIONS OF CURRENT TREATMENTS .......................................................................................... 46

Treatment does not reliably lead to weight loss ……………………………………………………………… 47
Treatments fail to target need to exercise …………………………………………………………………….. 49
Treatment is lengthy ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 51
1.9. EYE MOVEMENT DESENSITISATION REPROCESSING (EMDR) ..................................................... 52

1.9.1. Definition and Mechanism of EMDR …………………………………………………................................. 52
1.9.2. EMDR Procedure …………………………………………………………………………………………… 54
1.9.3. Efficacy of EMDR ……………………………………………………………………………………………56
1.9.4. Current EMDR Protocols …………………………………………………………………………………… 58
MAJOR RESEARCH AIMS AND HYPOTHESES .............................................................................................. 60
CHAPTER 2: METHOD ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 62

2.1. Participant Recruitment …………………………............................................................................................ 62
2.1.2. Participant Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria ………………………………………………………………….... 62
2.2.1. Screening Measures ………………………………………………………………………………………... 63
Binge Eating Disorder Questionnaire ……………………………………………………………………… 63
Borderline Personality Disorder Test ………………………………………………………………………. 63
Dissociative Experiences Scale (D.E.S.) ........................................................................................................ 63
2.2.2. Measures at Baseline Only …………………………………………………………………………………. 64
Invalidating Childhood Environment Scale (ICES) ....................................................................................... 64
2.2.3. Pre- and Post Measures ……………………………………………………………………………………... 65
Eating Disorder Examination (EDE) .......................................................................................... ................... 65
Eating Beliefs Questionnaire (E.B.Q.) ............................................................................................................ 67
Binge Eating Scale (B.E.S) ............................................................................................ ................................ 67
Depression, Anxiety and Depression Scale (DASS21) .................................................................................. 68
Trauma Symptom Checklist-40 (TSC-40) ...................................................................................................... 69
Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES) ............................................................................................................ 69
International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ) ................................................................................... 70
Working Alliance Questionnaire (WAQ) ........................................................................................................ 70
Confidence in Treatment Scale (CIT) ......................................................................................... ................... 71
Body Mass Index …………………………………………………………………………………………….72
2.3. Procedure …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 72
EMDR ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 74
CHAPTER 3: RESULTS …………………………………………………………………………………………. 75

3.1. Tests of normality, sphericity and randomness of missing data …...………………………………………….. 75
3.2. Attendance rates ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 75
3.3. Attrition and Questionnaire Return Rates ……………………………………………………………………... 76
3.4. Study Flowchart ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 76
3.5. Pre-treatment demographic and symptom comparisons for EMDR and waitlist groups ……………………... 77
Body Mass Index (BMI) ……………………………………………………………………………………… 79
Eating Disorder and Mental Health Indices …………………………………………………………………... 79
3.6. Completer Analyses …..……………………………………………………………………………………….. 80
Hypothesis 1: EMDR decreases BED symptoms ……………………………………………………………... 81
Preliminary Estimates of Clinical Significance ……………………………………………...… 83
Hypothesis 2: EMDR improves engagement in exercise ……………………………………………………... 83
Hypothesis 3: EMDR reduces comorbid mental health symptoms and improves self-esteem ….……………. 84
Hypothesis 4: Childhood trauma is related to response to EMDR treatment .……………………………........ 85
Hypothesis 5: EMDR facilitates weight loss .…………………………………………………………………. 85
3.7. Intent to Treat Analyses ……………………………………………………………………………….………. 86
Effect on binge-eating related indices ………………………………………………………………………… 87
Effect on mental health ………………………………………………………………………………….…….. 87
Confidence in Treatment and Therapeutic Relationship ……………………………………………………….87
CHAPTER 4: DISCUSSION ……….……………………………………………………………………………... 90

4.1.1. EMDR decreases BED symptoms …………………………………………………………………………… 90
EMDR reduces binge eating frequency/episodes ……………………………………………………………. 90
EMDR reduces body shape and weight concerns …………………………………………………………… 91
4.1.2. EMDR increases engagement in exercise …………………………………………………………………… 92
4.1.3. EMDR improves mental health ……………………………………………………………………………… 93
4.1.4. Childhood trauma is related to response to EMDR treatment .…………………………………………......... 95
4.1.5. EMDR facilitates weight loss ………………………………………………………………………………... 96
4.2. Strengths, limitations, and suggestions for future research ………………………………………………...….. 97
4.2.1. Strengths …………………………………………………………………………………………...….... 97
4.2.2. Limitations……………………………………………………………………………………………..... 98
4.2.3. Suggestions for future research ..……….……………………………………………………………… 100
Improving generalizability and maximising application ………………………...………………………....... 100
Increasing follow up period ………………………………………………………………………………….. 101
Identifying treatment protocol and combinations …………………………………………………………..... 101
4.3. Clinical implications ....................................................................................................... ................................... 102
4.4. Conclusions …………………..................................................................................................... ...................... 103
REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................................. 104
TABLES
1. Pre-treatment demographics and symptom scores for waitlist and EMDR participants ……………………… 80
2. Completer pre & post means, std deviations, effect sizes & F values for EMDR and wait list participants …. 86
3. Intent to Treat pre & post means, Std deviations, effect sizes & F values for EMDR and waitlist participants 88
APPENDICES ............................................................................................................................................................... 149
Appendix I: DSM 5 Definition of BED
Appendix II:
EMDR protocols .................................................................................................................................................... .......... 150
The 8-Phase EMDR Protocol
Example of a Standard EMDR Protocol
Safe Place Installation
Forester’s EMDR Protocol for Bulimia Nervosa
Protocol for BED and weight management problems
Detur Addiction Protocol
Appendix III: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………...… 160

Recruitment Advertisement for BED trial
Consent Form
Appendix IV: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…. 164

Binge Eating Questionnaire
Borderline Personality Disorder Test
Dissociative Experiences Scale (D.E.S.)
Invalidating Childhood Environment Scale (ICES)
Eating Disorder Examination (EDE)
Eating Beliefs Questionnaire (EBQ)
Binge Eating Scale (B.E.S.)
Depression Anxiety Stress Scale – short form (DASS 21)
Trauma Symptom Checklist 40 (TSC-40)
Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale
International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ)
Working Alliance Questionnaire (WAQ)
Confidence in Treatment Scale (CIT)
Screening Questionnaire
EMDR FOR BINGE EATING DISORDER
INTRODUCTION
1.1. Definition of Binge Eating Disorder
Whereas the eating disorders bulimia nervosa (BN) and anorexia nervosa (AN) have been classified
in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) since 1980, the diagnosis “binge eating disorder”
was not specified as a disorder in the DSM-IV and could only be termed EDNOS (eating disorder
not otherwise classified). In 1994 the term “binge eating disorder,” first named non-purging bulimia
nervosa (McCann, 1990), was listed in the DSM-IV, but only in the appendix as a “disorder
requiring further research.” It was only in 2013 that binge eating disorder (BED) was identified as a
specific disorder in the DSM-5, differentiated from other eating and feeding disorders. This is
surprising, given that BED is up to six times more prevalent than the eating disorders AN and BN
(Hoek & Hoeken, 2003). However, research has since demonstrated the clinical significance and
validity of BED (Striegel-Moore & Franko, 2008; Wilfley & Bishop, 2007). Thus, although BED is
clearly not a new disorder, its recent formal recognition in the research community has left far more
gaps in the data on the incidence and prevalence of BED than for AN and BN (Westerberg & Waitz,
2013).
According to the DSM-5 (APA, 2013), BED is diagnosed when over a period of at least three
months an individual has recurrent episodes of binge eating (eating a large amount of food and
having a sense of loss of control), experiences significant feelings of distress about the amount
and/or type of food that is eaten as well as having at least three of the following five symptoms:
eating quickly, until uncomfortably full, even if not hungry or eating alone due to feeling
embarrassed to eat/binge in front of others as well as feeling disgusted, depressed or guilty after
eating/bingeing. Severity can range from mild when bingeing occurs 1-3 binges per week, moderate
when bingeing occurs 4-7 binges per week, to severe when bingeing occurs 8 or times per week
(see DSM-5 BED criteria in Appendix I). Characterised by recurrent episodes of excessive food
1
consumption accompanied by a sense of loss of control of eating and psychological, BED - unlike
BN – is not accompanied by inappropriate compensatory weight loss behaviors e.g., excessive
exercise, use of laxatives or vomiting (APA, 2013).
Although binge eating also occurs in those with BN and AN, it is more frequent amongst those
who eat fewer meals per day and less likely amongst those who eat smaller or lower calorie meals
(Elran-Barak et al., 2015). Similarly, although picking and nibbling of food occurs in AN, BN and
also in BED (Conceição, 2013), binge eating involves eating specific binge foods in large quantities
in a short amount of time. Binge foods typically include high-fat, high-carbohydrate foods e.g.
biscuits, cakes, ice cream and chocolate. A typical binge may consist of about 1,500 to 3,000
calories, although some individuals have reported eating up to 60,000 calories or more during a
binge (Mathes, 2009). Schreiber-Gregory and colleagues (2013) found that the average binge
episode duration is about 42 minutes, and binge eating episodes are more likely to occur on
weekdays and are during the early afternoon and evening hours.
Although not one of the diagnostic criteria of BED, food cravings too, are common (Ng &
Davis, 2013). Ng and Davis (2013) discovered that binge eaters had higher cravings and consumed
more food than non-binge eaters when presented with their favourite food. Although food cravings
are present even in those without BED, the same in those with BED are associated with binge
eating and eating psychopathology. This association is especially strong in females (Chao, Grilo &
Sinha, 2015). Imperatori and colleagues (2013) too found that regardless of binge eating severity
and BMI, females experience more cravings than males. Typically, males prefer warm savoury
foods including steak, casseroles, and soup, while females and younger people prefer sweet snack
foods including chocolate and ice cream (Wansink, Cheney & Chan, 2003). According to
Yamamoto (2003), these foods raise endorphin levels, thus enhancing the body’s natural pleasure
providers.
Apart from differences in binge eaters in regards to food cravings seen between male and female
binge eaters, further differences have been identified within the BED population. Sysko and
2
colleagues (2010) proposed that subtypes exist within BED with class 1 having a lower mean body
mass index (BMI), increased physical activity and a greater likelihood of having past eating
disorder diagnosis; class 2 engage in more binge eating and compensatory behaviors, have more
shape and weight concerns, negative affect and are more likely to respond to Interpersonal Therapy;
class 3 engage in more binge eating, have lower levels of exercise/compensation, are less likely to
have a past eating disorder and are more likely to respond to Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT);
class 4 have higher BMI, more overeating episodes, fewer binge episodes and have no
compensatory behaviours.
Variations within the BED population have also been associated in relation to culture. Research
has confirmed that body shape ideals, dietary patterns, concerns about body shape, distress
associated with overeating and people's rationale for adopting particular eating habits may vary
between cultural groups (Becker, 2007; Gardner et al., 2010). For example, Lydecker and Grilo's
(2016) investigation of 775 Black, Hispanic and White adults with BED revealed that whereas
eating disorder psychopathology (as measured by EDE scales and Global Severity) was the same
across racial/ethnic groups, several differences were apparent: Black participants had higher BMI
and reported more frequent binge eating episodes but lower levels of depression. White participants
(who also had higher education) had younger ages of onset for dieting, binge eating and obesity, but
not BED.
Apart from differences within the BED population related to culture, differences may also be
related directly to weight. More specifically, although functional impairment and stress about binge
eating and shape and weight overvaluation is the same for both normal-weight and
overweight/obese BED individuals (Goldschmidt et al., 2011), Fandiño and colleagues (2010), have
suggested that differences exist between normal weight and overweight binge eaters. A study of 212
obese women of which 54 had a BED diagnosis, found that obese women with BED presented a
more severe psychopathological profile than obese controls. Among all, Fandiño's research revealed
“obsessivity-compulsivity, interpersonal sensitivity, paranoid ideas, and psychoticism” were
3
strongly linked to BED severity. In addition, de Zwaan and colleagues (1994) identified that obese
people with BED show higher levels of impulsivity.
The recognition of variations within the BED population has facilitated identification of
response to treatment. For example, Potoczna and colleagues (2004) have identified that carriers of
the MC4R gene have a variant of BED that is not only associated with metabolic syndrome and
gastrointestinal pathology, but also with poorer response in terms of weight loss. Utzinger and
colleagues (2015) also found that those with BED who also have a history of AN/BN presented
with higher rates of mood disorders and greater eating-related symptom severity and did not
respond well to group-based CBT in terms of binge eating outcomes.
1.2.Differentiation from other feeding and eating disorders
Distinctly different from other eating and feeding disorders, BED is the most common eating
disorder: up to 15% of women will suffer from a diagnosable eating disorder (ED) in their lifetime
(Wade et al., 2006) with the rate of anorexia nervosa (AN) occurring in about 0.3% and BN
occurring in about 1% of the population (Hoek & Hoeken, 2003) and the BED prevalence
reportedly ranging from 3% (in female college students) to 5% in obese individuals in the
community (Spitzer et al., 1992, 1993) and from 0.7% and 6.6% in the general population (APA,
2013) with the lifetime prevalence for BED 1.75 times higher for females than for males (BHF,
2004): from 0.8 -1.7% in males and 1.6% to 2.5% in females (Hudson, 2007; APA, 2013).
Not only is BED more common than other eating disorders, the other main differences between
BED and other eating and feeding disorders is that BED has some distinct differences in regards to
reaction to negative affect. Firstly, Munsch and colleagues (2011) have identified that binge eating
in BED seems to be triggered by an immediate breakdown of emotional regulation. Other
researchers too, have found that individuals with BED experience more negative affect prior to
binge eating episodes compared to those with other eating disorders (Haedt-Matt & Keel, 2011).
According to Nicholls and colleagues (2016), following a systematic review of 15 studies between
4
2004 and 2014, poorer weight loss treatment responses were explained by the negative emotions
that preceded binge eating. More specifically, depressed mood, anxiety and mood instability were
typical antecedents of binge eating in an obese BED sample. Stress, anger and positive emotions
within the obese BED population was not confirmed. However, some studies have found these
emotions may play a role. However, in BED, unlike in BN, binge eating does not seem to stabilise
or improve mood. In other words, food does not act as a reinforcer – at least not for mood - as it
does in BN (Munsch et al., 2011).
Apart from a different emotional reaction to food, the other main difference between AN and BN
compared to BED is the difference in body weight. Those with AN are typically underweight
whereas those with BED range from normal weight, overweight to obese (APA, 2012) and is
present in 30% of persons applying for weight-loss treatment (Stunkard, 2002; Spitzer et al., 1992).
More than 65% of people with BED are obese with a body mass index/BMI greater than 30 kg/m2,
morbidly obese (BMI=30-39) or overweight, defined as BMI between 25-29 (Hudson et al., 2007).
It is estimated between 5–20% of individuals with obesity have BED (Mitchell, Devlin, de Zwaan,
Crow, & Peterson, 2008). The occurrence rate varies across the research because some studies
limited the sample population to those with full syndrome BED whereas other studies included
those with subthreshold BED. Those with full syndrome BED, which is a new diagnosis, meet all of
the criteria outlined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual 5th Edition (DSM-5; American
Psychiatric Association [APA], 2013). Recent research has found that those with BN – typically
associated with a “healthy” weight with a BMI between 18 and 24 (APA, 2013), are in fact
overweight or obese (Bulik, 2012). Weight cycling is also common in those with BED (Escott-
Stump, 2008).
Differences – apart from weight – are also seen in regards to sex ratio, age of onset, cultural
factors, remission rates and duration of illness. More specifically, BED has an uneven sex ratio and
is associated with a much broader demographic distribution than BN in terms of gender and race
(Yanovski et al., 1993). The age of onset between AN and BN compared with BED also differs:
5
whereas the symptoms of AN and BN typically begin during adolescence or young adulthood (APA,
2013), BED seems to primarily affect an older age group (Wilfley et al., 1993), affecting even those
aged 46 to 55 (Weight-Control Information Network).
In addition, although BN and BED can remit spontaneously (Fairburn et al., 2000), BED tends
to last longer (Nunez-Navarro et al., 2011; Vervaet, van Heeringen & Audenaert, 2004). According
to the APA (2013), AN can remit within 5 years whereas a review containing six studies from
different Western countries found the average duration of AN is only 1.78 years (Schoemaker,
1997). In the National Women's Study of 3006 women (Brewerton et al., 2014), 707 women were
found to meet criteria for BED: 212 (30%) reported that they had been binge eating since childhood
or adolescence and 495 (70%) reported adult-onset bingeing. Those who reported bingeing prior to
adulthood had higher rates of lifetime BN, greater severity of bulimic symptoms, earlier age of first
dieting, earlier age at highest weight and greater likelihood of eating disorder treatment. However,
BED has a better treatment outcome at five years compared to those with BN (Fairburn, 2000).
Thus, among eating disorders AN, BN and BED all include a disordered eating pattern. The
other eating disorder termed night eating syndrome (NES) also involves disordered eating although
it is differentiated in that individuals with NES will wake up to eat, consuming at least one third of
calories (at least three times per week), and wake up with poor morning appetite (APA, 2013).
Nocturnal eating has been found to be related to nocturnal anxiety among those with NES, whereas
it is related to diurnal anxiety among those affected by BED (Sassaroli et al., 2009). Although
treatment studies of NES are still in their early stages, various treatment approaches have been
trialed targeting evening hyperphagia and nocturnal eating episodes. As with the other eating
disorders, mood symptoms and weight problems for those with NES have been targeted with CBT
(Allison et al., 2010) and anti-depressant medications sertraline and escitalopram (Vander et al.,
2012) but in the case of NES also with light therapy (Friedman et al., 2002) and muscle relaxation
strategies (Pawlow, o'Neil & Malcolm, 2003).
Similarly, also involving disordered eating and considered by some to be no different than NES
6
(Vinai et al., 2012), sleep-related eating disorder (SRED) – classified as a parasomnia rather than an
eating disorder – SRED is characterised by recurrent episodes of waking up to eat. Just like BED
and NES, individuals with SRED will consume foods high in calories. However, due to being in a
somnulent state, these individuals may even eat toxic or inedible foods and forget or have only a
vague memory of eating and may gain weight without knowing why. Associated symptoms of
SRED include sleepwalking, restless legs syndrome, obstructive sleep apnea syndrome or use of
sleeping tablets. As with BED, treatments for SRED include anti-depressants and topiramate but
also the anxiolytic clonazepam (Chiaro, Caletti & Provini, 2015).
Thus, BED is a common disorder, considered a distinct eating disorder that shares the aspect of
disordered eating with some other eating and feeding disorders but involves mainly binge eating but
yet has within-group differences and unique features related to affect, culture, weight and response
to treatment.
1.3. Associated symptoms of BED
The literature has pointed out that BED does not involve only binge eating but also food cravings,
weight management problems and psychopathology and is therefore - although termed an eating
disorder, a multi-faceted disorder. In fact, BED is a very complex disorder associated with obesity-
related health problems (e.g., Lavie, 2009), psychosocial problems (e.g., Spahlholz et al., 2015),
eating-related disturbance but also body weight-related pathology (Eldredge & Agras, 1996;
Vancampfort et al., 2014) including body image distortion, body preoccupation, overvaluation of
shape and weight (Ahrberg et al., 2011; Dunkley & Grilo, 2007; Mussell, Mitchell & de Zwaan,
1996), eating concerns (Herbozo, Schaefer & Thompson, 2015), and psychiatric comorbidity (e.g.,
Javaras, 2008).
Although AN was thought to have the highest mortality rate at 4% (Arcelus et al., 2011),
EDNOS is slightly higher at 5.2% (Crow, 2009) with BED linked to a high risk of mortality due to
significant obesity-related illnesses (e.g., Rexrode et al., 1997) including type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
7
(Koh-Banerjee, 2004), cardiovascular disease including hypertension, coronary artery disease,
cerebrovascular accidents (Lavie, 2009), various cancers, including breast, colorectal, endometrial,
ovarian, prostate, renal and pancreatic (Shoff & Newcomb, 1998; Ziegler et al., 1996), asthma,
osteoarthritis and gallbladder disease (Guh et al., 2009), sleep apnoea (Cicotini, Baker & Spector,
1996) and sudden death events (Rexrode et al., 1997). Given that obesity is the fifth leading cause
of death worldwide (WHO, 2009) and that data from the NHS (2007) show that overweight and
obesity are the second most common self-reported preventable risk factor for chronic disease after
physical inactivity, BED is, in fact, a major health risk and very much linked to increased mortality.
Apart from severe health-related issues, BED is also associated with impaired quality of life
(Greenberg et al., 2005) and high degrees of psychosocial problems including weight-related
discrimination (Puhl, 2008). This includes reduced chance of obtaining employment or promotions
(Cawley, 2004) as well as reduced chance of getting married, especially those who are female
(Mukhopadhyay, 2008). Discrimination was found to occur in 19.2% to 29.8% for individuals with
class I obesity (BMI = 30–35 kg m−2) and 41.8% to 46.9% for individuals with more extreme
obesity (BMI > 35 kg m−2) especially in women (Spahlholz et al., 2015).
But apart from feeling scrutinized by others in terms of facing social discrimination, those with
BED also themselves engage in critical evaluation about their shape and weight. Overvaluation of
shape and weight (an undue influence of body shape or weight on self-evaluation) - although not
included in the diagnostic criteria as in AN and BN, is common in BED (Ahrberg et al., 2011). It
appears that the more severe the overvaluation, the more severe the BED (DuBois et al., 2017;
Gianini et al., 2017). Although body image dissatisfaction has been found to be independent of BMI
(Wadden et al., 2002), obese binge eaters – according to research by Eldredge and Agras (1996) and
Vancampfort and colleagues (2014) - have higher degrees of body weight-related pathology
including body image distortion, body preoccupation and weight and shape concerns than non-
obese binge eaters (Mussell, Mitchell & de Zwaan, 1996). This overvaluation of shape and weight
is associated particularly in those with more severe eating disorder pathology, comorbid
8
psychopathology and psychosocial impairment (Grilo et al., 2008; Grilo et al., 2009; Grilo et al.,
2010; Mond et al., 2007). This overvaluation does not simply reflect distress due to excess weight,
it also is associated with greater severity of eating-related psychopathology and psychological
distress (Grilo, 2013). Grilo (2013) also identified that the higher levels of overvaluation of weight
and shape lead to higher levels of psychopathology and depression even if the number of binge
episodes are the same. Pearl, White and Grilo (2014) found that overvaluation of shape and weight
contributes to weight bias internalisation: the higher the overvaluation, the higher the binge eating
frequency. Furthermore, Grilo, Ivezaj and White (2015) identified that the more frequent the binge
episodes, the higher the eating psychopathology, the worse the overvaluation of shape and weight.
Nicoli and Junior (2011) also found that people with BED tend to overestimate their body size
and show higher self-image inadequacy in comparison to people without the disorder.
Schreiber-Gregory and colleagues (2013) found that binge eaters who binge eat for long periods not
only have lower self-esteem but also depression. According to Mitchell and colleagues (2015), the
odds of having BED is increased by six factors, according to a sample of 2266 participants (based
on a sample with a median age of 46 years; 78.6% female; 86.9% white; median BMI 45.9 kg/m2):
being a college graduate, eating more times per day, taking psychotropic medication, having
symptoms of alcohol use disorder, having lower self-esteem and greater depressive symptoms. One
of the consequences of negative body image is avoidance of sex (Zwickl & Merriman, 2011).
Poor self-esteem (Pearl, White & Grilo, 2014) and negative self-evaluation (Javaras et al., 2008;
Vancampfort et al., 2014) are frequently noted in the BED literature as significant. Cossrow et al.
(2013) found in a survey of 22 397 respondents, that those with BED – a total of 344 (women, n =
242; men, n = 102) had lower self-esteem scores as assessed by the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale
than those without BED. Fleming and Levy (2002) found that those with eating disorders often feel
a great deal of shame over their eating patterns, seeing themselves as ineffectual, stupid, out-of-
control and helpless. A study of 194 overweight and obese women by Herbozo, Schaefer and
Thompson (2015), found that binge eaters had significantly greater levels of eating, weight and
9
shape concerns and lower levels of appearance satisfaction, but also lower levels of self-esteem than
the non-binge eating group. Likewise, Dunkley and Grilo (2007) identified in a study of 236
participants, that BED is associated not only with depressive symptoms and over-evaluation of
shape and weight but also with self-criticism and poor self-esteem. More specifically, they found a
relationship between self-criticism and overvaluation of shape and weight that was partly mediated
or explained by low self-esteem and depressive symptoms. In addition, the higher the body mass,
the poorer the self-esteem (Ackard et al., 2003; Taylor et al., 2012). Similarly, intense feelings of
shame are common in BED sufferers. In the definition of Gilbert and colleagues (1994), shame
includes self-consciousness, rage, fear of negative opinions of others and feelings of weakness and
loneliness, disgust and exhaustion compared to obese and normal weight people without BED.
Likewise, binge eating has also been associated with mood instability (Nicholls et al., 2016),
emotional dysregulation (Munsch et al., 2011), negative emotions including anger (e.g., Engel et
al., 2007) but also “stress” (e.g., Rosenberg et al., 2013; Smyth et al., 2007) and physical states
including low alertness (Greeno, Wing & Shiffman, 2003). Thus, when considering treatment for
BED, it appears that not only does binge eating itself need to be addressed but also issues related to
these obesity-related health problems and problems related to psychosocial issues, body image, self-
esteem and negative affects.
As well as being associated with individual symptoms including depressed mood, anxiety, BED
is also commonly linked to more chronic and persistent symptoms, implying the presence of a
psychiatric disorder. In fact, 70% of people with BED have a comorbid psychiatric disorder (Grilo
et al., 2013), including mood and anxiety disorders (Becker & Grilo, 2015; Cossrow et al., 2016;
Swanson et al., 2011), with reported comorbidity rates with major depressive disorder at 45%–86%
(O’Brien & Vincent, 2003). Utzinger and colleagues (2015) found that within the BED population
that those with a history of AN/BN presented with higher rates of mood disorders and greater
eating-related symptom severity compared to those without and ED history. Schreiber-Gregory and
colleagues (2013) found that binge eaters who binge eat for long periods also have more symptoms
10
of depression and more negative affect prior to binge eating episodes (Haedt-Matt & Keel, 2011;
Nicholls et al., 2016) but in BED, unlike in BN, binge eating does not seem to stabilise or improve
mood (Munsch et al., 2011).
Negative affect and mood states are associated not only with binge eating but also with food
cravings, especially cravings for sweet carbohydrates (Christensen & Pettijohn, 2001) which in
turns leads to binge eating on craved foods. In fact, the greater the depression, the greater the
chocolate consumption – according to Rose, Koperski and Golomb (2010). Macht and Mueller
(2007) have identified that because eating tasty chocolate causes an immediate (although only a
three minute) mood lift, chocolate-eating becomes a habitual way to cope with stress. Similarly,
Wurtman and Wurtman (1995) have found that eating carbohydrate-rich foods is a way a person
self-medicates low serotonin levels. Since serotonin levels are naturally lower mid-afternoon –
evening, cravings and tendency to binge are greater during these periods (Wurtman & Wurtman
(1995), particularly for women who have lower serotonin levels (Nishizawa et al., 1997). This
explains one of the reasons that anti-depressants, particularly SSRIs, which act on serotonin—
reduce carbohydrate cravings (Wurtman et al., 1985).
1.4. Psychiatric comorbidity with BED
Because of the finding that weight loss and maintenance is linked to an absence of depression
(Klem et al., 1998), that obesity (particularly abdominal obesity) is associated with major
depressive disorder (McElroy et al., 2004), that non-depressed people are more likely to achieve
weight loss (Klem et al., 1998) and that those without depression and BED are more than double as
likely to achieve clinically significant weight loss (Klem et al., 1998), it appears that both BED and
obesity are inextricably linked to mood.
However, anxiety disorders are also commonly associated with BED (Javaras, 2008) and anxiety
has found to be a typical antecedent of BE in the obese BED population (Nicholls et al., 2016;
Sassaroli et al., 2009). The rate of comorbidity of BED with social phobia and obsessive
11
compulsive disorder is 64% (Kaye et al., 2004); with post-traumatic stress disorder: 21% (Dansky,
et al., 1998; Mitchell & Wolf, 2016); with substance use disorders: 24 % (Grilo, White & Masheb,
2009) and with personality disorders: 58% (Rosenvinge, Martinussen & Ostensen, 2000);
Furthermore, the odds for any mood disorder in people with obesity is approximately 1.2 (95% CI
1.03 to 1.48) and for any anxiety disorder is approximately 1.5 (95% CI 1.23 to 1.72) when
compared with those with a BMI of 18.5–29.9 kg/m2. Binge eaters also have lower smoking
cessation rates compared to non-binge eaters and gain more weight when they do quit smoking
(White, Peters & Toll, 2010).
Apart from mood and anxiety disorder, several researchers have also identified a high
comorbidity between disordered eating - and BED in particular - and ADHD (Cortese, Bernado &
Mouren, 2007; Cossrow et al., 2016; Davis et al., 2006; Mattos et al., 2004; Surman, Randall &
Biederman, 2006). In a study of 187 bariatric surgery patients, 10% were found to have ADHD
(Alfonsson, Parling & Ghaderi, 2012). The symptoms of ADHD were significantly correlated with
those of anxiety, depression and disordered eating. It has been suggested that binge eating behaviors
may aggravate ADHD symptoms and contribute to the adverse outcome of ADHD (Cortese,
Bernado & Mouren, 2007).
Impulsivity, a common symptom in ADHD, has been identified as potential risk factors for less
successful weight loss among bariatric surgery patients (Alfonsson, Parling & Ghaderi, 2012).
According to Davis et al. (2006), the ADHD symptom impulsivity (defined as lacking inhibitions
and aversion to delay and poor planning), may contribute to eating when not hungry, binge eating
and tendency to eat fast food. The ADHD symptom of attention deficits and other executive
functions (such as planning and working memory) may contribute to difficulties in adhering to a
regular eating pattern. However, inattentiveness may also lead to being less attentive to internal
signs of hunger especially when engaged in more stimulating activities (Fleming & Levy, 2002),
leading to meal skipping and extreme hunger later on. Alternatively, attempting to manage
frustration (with food) associated with attention and organization difficulties may explain
12
compulsive eating (Schweickert, Straber & Moskowitz, 1997).
Apart from comorbidity with other mental health disorders, BED shares a variety of common
symptoms with other disorders. In other words, there is symptom overlap. For example, poor
distress tolerance – a perceived or actual capacity to withstand aversive experiential states (Simons
& Gaher, 2005) including negative affect, uncertainty and physical discomfort (Zvolensky et al.,
2010) – have been associated with eating disorders (Harrison et al., 2010; Telch et al., 2001), but
also with PTSD (Vujanovic et al., 2011). In addition, depression is associated with ADHD (Dulcan,
1997) as well as with binge eating (Stunkard & Allison, 2003) and in fact, the comorbidity of
ADHD and binge eating might be mediated by major depressive disorders (Cortese, Bernado &
Mouren, 2007).
1.5. Theories of Binge Eating Disorder
Genetic, neurochemical and hormone theories
As the literature has pointed out, BED has within group differences and is associated with a variety
of physical and psychological disturbances involving affect, self-esteem and psychosocial effects.
To identify an appropriate treatment, research has identified several factors that have identified pos-
sible causes including genetic, metabolic, environmental and behavioural factors (Di Segni et al.,
2014). The Cross-Disorder Group of the Psychiatric Genomics Consortium (2013) identified that
among schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, major depressive disorder, autism spectrum disorders (ASD)
and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), genetics explains 17–29% of the variance in
liability. In BED, Kirkpatrick et al. (2017) have identified Cyfip2 as a significant genetic factor
underlying binge eating. According to Mitchell et al. (2010), liability to BED was heritable, alt-
hough 45% of the variance was due to genetic factors whereas 55% was environmental. Similarly,
in a structural equation model to estimate heritability from a case-control family study of BED of
150 overweight/obese probands with lifetime BED, Javaras et al. (2010) identified that heritability
was estimated as 57% (CI: 30-77%).
13
Other biological theories of BED have involved brain studies that have confirmed that abnormal
eating patterns in humans appear to be associated with specific disturbances in neuro-chemical
functioning (Kaye et al., 1985). Sweet cravings in overweight and obese people (although not
necessarily only those with BED) have been explained by their heightened sensitivity to immediate
rewards, thus experiencing food as more pleasurable and rewarding than normal weight people
(Marney, White & Grilo, 2005). Other researchers have found that overeating and bingeing may be
a person's response to gain pleasure from eating when their pleasure receptors have been blunted
(Barry et al., 2009). Similarly, research with Positron Emission Tomography (PET) have shown
that obese people (although not specifically those with BED) have significantly fewer pleasure re-
ceptors compared with normal weight people (Volkow, Wang & Maynard, 2003).
Researchers who have found that low levels of pleasure receptors are found not only in people
with a high BMI but also in chronic drug and alcohol users have proposed that BED may be
conceptualised as a “food addiction” (Volkow, Wang & Maynard, 2003). According to Baumeister
and colleagues (2013), just like substance addiction, BED can be described as an addiction, because
it has the same features as a substance addiction: consuming more than planned, being unable to cut
down (on certain foods/amount), spending a great deal of time on food/eating, giving up important
activities in favour of food/eating, developing tolerance (eating more to experience the same effect),
experiencing “withdrawal” and continuing to eat to excess despite impairment as a result of eating.
The finding that Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (TMS) which involves high frequency puls-
ing to stimulate parts of the brain - that has shown promise in regards to reducing craving and
bingeing (Maranhão et al., 2015) - points to the idea that BED may be due to dysfunction in certain
regulatory parts of the brain. Maranhão and colleagues (2015) too, have confirmed that both drug
and food craving are associated with increased neural activity in the orbitofrontal and anterior cin-
gulate cortex and a diminished regulatory influence from lateral prefrontal circuits. According to
Cserjési (2009), the impaired shifting capacity and mental rigidity associated with frontal lobe
based executive functions and difficulty in categorising negative emotions (e.g., sadness) in obese
14
binge eaters makes this appear more like an addictive behaviour than an eating disorder per se
(Cserjési, 2009). Consequently, some have proposed that BED is not an eating disorder but rather a
“food addiction” (Drewnowski, 1989). The fact that pharmacological treatment shown to be effec-
tive for alcohol use disorder – is also effective for BED (Doggrell, 2008) may also provide evidence
that BED could be conceptualised as a food addiction rather than an eating disorder. Furthermore,
the findings that Naloxone and Baclofen, both successful for the treatment of drug and alcohol ad-
diction, are useful for binge eaters (Corwin et al., 2012), especially at reducing preferences for sug-
ar/fat mixtures (McElroy et al., 2015) suggests that BED may indeed be a “food addiction.”
Other evidence relating BED being related to dysfunctional brain receptors are those studies that
have identified neuro-chemical influences including hormonal disturbances that may contribute to
binge eating. For example, Edler, Lipson and Keel (2007) discovered that in women with BN,
decreases in estradiol and increases in progesterone may contribute to increases in binge eating.
Likewise, Klump and colleagues (2013) identified that emotional eating is influenced by changes in
the menstrual cycle, confirming that women are more likely to engage in emotional eating during
the mid-luteal phase, when progesterone peaks and estradiol demonstrates a secondary peak.
Hildebrandt and colleagues (2015) found that weight preoccupation increases in the premenstrual
and menstrual phases but did not find a link between ovarian hormones. Instead, they found that the
most significant predictor of menstrual cycle changes in weight preoccupation was the change in
emotional eating. In a study of 11 503 women found that binge eating is associated with menstrual
dysfunction (amenorrhea or oligomenorrhea), possibly explained by metabolic and endocrinological
factors (Algars et al., 2014). Similarly, Klump and colleagues (2014) found stronger associations
between dysregulated eating and ovarian hormones in binge eating women and that progesterone
moderated the effects of lower estradiol levels on dysregulated eating in binge eating women.
Psychological theories
Whereas genetic, neurochemical and hormone theories may explain the biological etiology of
15
BED, other explanations have been proposed from psychological perspectives. One of these
theories relates to interpersonal functioning. The Interpersonal Psychotherapy model of eating
disorders (Rieger et al., 201l) conceptualises BED as a deficit in coping with negative affect that
results from poor interpersonal functioning. Other researchers too, have found that poor social
experiences (Steiger et al., 1999) and negative family interactions precede binge eating (Okon,
Greene & Smith, 2003).
The notion that interpersonal factors play a role in eating disorder pathology has also been
explored in terms of how caregivers' characteristics affect eating disorder pathology. For example, a
study by Amianto and colleagues (2015) examining the relationship between parents' characteristics
and daughters' eating pathology, found that explosive/adventurous mothers were found to relate to
their daughters' level of interoceptive awareness. Fathers who were explosive/methodic correlated
with their daughters' severity of eating pathology (Amianto et al., 2015). Attachment theories have
also explained how eating disorders may facilitate both the over-activation and under-activation of
the attachment system to manage difficult feeling states. Focus on tangible objects including food
and sociocultural ideals regarding weight and shape is said to be a form of conflict avoidance and
distress alleviation caused by unavailable, harsh or rejecting caregivers (Cole-Detke & Kobak,
1996). Levitan and Davis (2010) propose in "Emotions and Eating Behaviour: Implications for the
Current Obesity Epidemic," that emotional regulation plays a major role in terms of alleviating
distress related to attachment problems. They also point out that highly palatable, energy dense
foods (which contribute to weight gain) have the strongest effect on alleviating negative mood
states in most contexts and therefore have a critical influence on the emotional eating behavior.
Thus, it appears that a large body of evidence points to the influence of negative emotional states in
triggering and maintaining BED symptoms caused by interpersonal distress which in turn further
contributes to poor self-esteem.
Similarly, eating in order to self-soothe or self-medicate uncomfortable affects (triggered by
interpersonal distress) is the self-medicating behavior theory observed by Hart (2006) who
16
proposed that physiological and psychological needs are temporarily, although never entirely,
satisfied by “comfort eating,” because eating activates the same structures as social contact.
According to Hart, sugar in particular, stimulates the release of opioids that reduces psychological
pain. In fact, eating in response to negative emotional states or “comfort eating” has been evidenced
in both humans and laboratory animal studies (DiSegni et al., 2014). Similarly, the role of social
contact in the development of eating disorders has also been outlined by attachment theorists
Ainsworth and Bell (1970) who suggested that affect management problems develop due to
disturbed attachments to primary caregivers leading to eating to manage affect.
Similar to this comfort eating theory is the escape and masking theory which conceptualises
binge eating as a maladaptive coping mechanism in which food is used to escape, avoid or mask
distress (Freeman & Gil, 2004; Koo-Loeb, Costello, Light, & Girdler, 2000), used as an attempt to
temporarily relieve stress (Heatherton & Baumeister, 1991; Polivy & Herman, 1993; Stein et al.,
2007). Based on the escape theory, bingeing serves to temporarily distract from self-awareness,
shifting the focus from the stressor and negative emotions to food (Heatherton & Baumeister, 1991;
Polivy & Herman, 1993). Additionally, focusing on food along with the trance-like state often
experienced during a binge episode serve as an escape from self-awareness. Stein et al. (2007)
describes the masking theory as a stress management process in which negative feelings e.g., guilt
and shame are attributed to binge eating rather than other problems, because binge eating may be
perceived as more controllable and/or tolerable than other aspects that may be the actual cause of
distress. However, binge episodes only provide temporary relief from negative feelings and also
result in further guilt which in turn, perpetuates the binge cycle (Arnow, Kenardy & Agras, 1992).
Also taking mood intolerance and interpersonal difficulties into account is Fairburn’s
Transdiagnostic Model of eating disorders (1997) which explains eating pathology as a
consequence of mood intolerance, interpersonal difficulties, perfectionism but also core low self-
esteem. Whereas some research has identified that dietary restraint itself may trigger binge eating
(Ozier & Henry, 2011), Yanovski (1995) found that dietary restraint appears to precede binge eating
17
or being overweight in only 20% of the people with BED. In other words, it may not be dietary
restraint itself or dietary restraint alone, but other factors associated with dietary restraint, that
trigger binge eating. Typically, these include depression, anxiety, somatic concerns, interpersonal
sensitivity and low self-esteem (Goldfein, Devlin & Spitzer, 2000). According to Fairburn, Marcus
and Wilson (1993), BED can develop from low self-esteem which leads to extreme concerns about
shape and weight which in turn, leads to dieting that is alternated with binge eating. The distress
due to failure to diet then reinforces poor self-esteem. In fact, other researchers too have confirmed
the role of poor self-concept in BED (Steiger et al., 2005) but also how depression, interpersonal
discrepancies and dietary restraint contribute to the binge eating cycle (Mackinnon et al., 2011).
However, in contrast to AN and BN in which eating pathology is explained as a function of
perfectionism, in BED eating pathology is a function of the concern over mistakes (Mackinnon et
al., 2011).
Apart from mood intolerance (as a result of interpersonal distress) and poor self-esteem, Stice's
Dual Pathway Model (1994) explains eating disorder as the interaction of greater perceived social
pressure to be thin, internalisation of the thin-ideal, body dissatisfaction and dieting (Pathway 1)
and negative affect (Pathway 2). Reas and colleagues (2007), who investigated the triggers for BED
in 73 men and 211 women, found that 63% were overweight prior to the onset of binge eating; those
who were overweight first had significantly greater BMI; 16% who were binge eating prior to
weight problems were significantly younger at the onset of BED diagnosis and had significantly
less dietary restraint; 25% of women and 11% of men dieted prior to binge eating or having weight
problems; most of those overweight BED participants who wanted treatment, reported that weight
problems preceded dieting and binge eating.
Psychological trauma theories of BED
Although different, various psychological theories of eating disorders have proposed similar
etiologies including interpersonal distress, negative affect and poor self-esteem all of which may be
18
a result of trauma. Although trauma history is not unique to those with eating disorders (Connors &
Morse, 2003), Vanderlinden and colleagues (1993) believe eating disorders may be part of a larger
trauma response. Smyth et al. (2008) too agreed that trauma or adverse events may be associated
with subsequent eating disturbance. This finding was echoed by those identifying childhood
physical abuse (van der Kolk, 1991), psychological abuse (Rorty et al., 1994) and various forms of
victimisation in adulthood (Danksy et al., 1997) as playing a major role in the etiology of eating
disorders. Brewerton and colleagues (2014) found that childhood-onset binge eating is
associated with higher rates of molestation, physical assault, any direct victimisation and post-
traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Similarly, a study found that BED respondents reported overall
more abuse compared to non-binge eaters. More specifically, BED respondents reported more
emotional abuse and emotional neglect than non-binge eaters (Allison et al., 2007). In a study of 38
352 participants, PTSD was found to be associated with a higher risk of weight gain (Leard-Mann
et al., 2015) but in a systematic review of 70 studies involving 306 583 participants, 87% of studies
found that adverse life experiences were a risk factor for developing obesity but also BED. In fact,
85% indicated a positive association between traumatic experiences and obesity, 86% between
PTSD and obesity and 90% between trauma and the development of BED in adulthood (Palmisano,
Innamorati & Vanderlinden, 2016).
In addition, according to Elk and Ilfeldt (2005), more than 40% of a group of 286 obese people
(aged 15-74 years) had experienced one or more traumatising life experiences, including sexual
abuse, mental and physical abuse, violence, neglect or the loss of a close relative. According to the
survey, 47.9% of the group experienced at least one symptom of PTSD and that the traumatising
experiences had triggered the need to comfort eat and marked the day when food became a soothing
strategy and the weight problem began (Elk & Ilfeldt, 2005). The idea of eating to self-soothe a
trauma reaction was found too by Brewarton (2007) who identified more specifically that trauma is
more prevalent in EDs of binge/purge subtype than in those with a restrictive ED. This has been
explained by the way eating becomes a way to soothe, numb or distract from trauma triggers (Briere
19
& Spinazzola, 2005) and that food binging creates positive feelings and distracts the person from
negative cognitions (Briere & Scott, 2007). Rosenberg and colleagues (2013) identified - with a
group of 24 participants - that sweet cravings and desire to binge were significantly higher for BED
individuals compared to obese and normal weight participants without BED after a Trier Social
Stress Test (TSST). The researchers concluded that BED individuals' response to stress is food
craving.
Thus, trauma has not only been directly linked to disordered eating (Allison et al., 2007;
Brewarton 2007; Briere & Spinazzola, 2005; Danksy et al., 1997; Elk & Ilfeldt, 2005; Palmisano,
Innamorati & Vanderlinden, 2016; Rorty et al., 1994; Smyth et al., 2008; van der Kolk, 1991;
Vanderlinden et al., 1993) but also to the mechanisms – proposed by other researchers - that are said
to fuel it. For example, trauma has been said to result in affect dysregulation (Brière, Kaltman, &
Green, 2008; Mitchell et al., 2012; Silverman, Reinherz, & Giaconia, 1996; van der Kolk, 2005),
impulse control problems (Mitchell et al., 2012; van der Kolk, 2005), problems with attention or
consciousness, poor self-perception, interpersonal problems (van der Kolk, 2005), loss of control
(Vanderlinden et al., 1993), dissociation (Brière, Kaltman, & Green, 2008; Mitchell et al., 2012;
Silverman, Reinherz, & Giaconia, 1996), depression, anxiety, poor distress tolerance (Harrison et
al., 2010; Telch et al., 2001), anger and sexual problems (Silverman, Reinherz & Giaconia, 1996).
Despite the fact that trauma and eating disorders appear inextricably linked, so far, the American
Psychiatric Association guidelines for the treatment of trauma and eating disorders are not
integrated. However, an integrated approach for those who have PTSD with a comorbid eating
disorders has been outlined by Brewerton (2004; 2007). Furthermore, not much research has been
done on trauma-focused treatment for those with eating disorders. However, Mitchell and
colleagues (2012) have evaluated the outcome of cognitive processing therapy for assault victims
with eating disorders. This treatment resulted in improved scores in the Eating Disorder Inventory-2
(EDI-2), improved impulse regulation, interoceptive awareness, interpersonal distrust and
ineffectiveness. It appears that addressing eating disorders by treating the underlying trauma may be
20
an effective strategy.
1.6. CURRENT TREATMENTS FOR BED
Although many people with BED may seek bariatric surgery (Kalarchian & Marcus, 2015) or diet-
based interventions (Finkelstein et al., 2009), evidence-based treatments options for BED include
medication (e.g., Brownley, 2015) and various types of psychological therapy (NICE, 2004) which
include Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT), Interpersonal Therapy (IPT), Dialectical Behaviour
Therapy (DBT) and other Mindfulness-based therapies as well as a combination of psychological,
pharmacological and/or nutritional counseling.
Currently, the treatment guidelines for BED, according to NICE, include the recommendation to
follow an evidence-based self-help program with or without support from a healthcare professional.
However, according to Hay, Marley and Lemar (1998) only a minority of individuals with a binge
eating behaviours seek appropriate therapy for fear of stigma, shame, fear of change and costs
(Hepworth & Paxton, 2007; Hepworth, Paxton, & Williams, 2007). A guided self-help manual for
the treatment of disordered eating accessible on the internet (Fursland, Byrne, & Nathan, 2007) may
be preferred, considered to be more cost-effective and time efficient i.e., for those who live in
remote areas with limited access to a therapist. Just as group therapies have been shown to be more
cost-effective than individual therapies and - in some cases - as successful (Grenon et al., 2017),
self-help material may be an attractive option for some.
However, self-help therapies have not been found to be very effective. One study of 72 BED
participants undergoing both pure self-help and guided self-help, resulted in almost half the
participants ceasing to binge eat at 6-month follow up (Carter & Fairburn, 1998). Another study of
105 overweight adolescents undergoing a 16-week internet-facilitated intervention for weight
maintenance and binge eating, not only lost weight, they also had fewer binge episodes as well as
reduced weight and shape concerns at follow-up (Jones, Luce and Osborne, 2008). However, this is
in contrast to other studies that have found less positive outcomes. For example, Peterson and
21
colleagues (2009) who investigated the efficacy of self-help treatment for BED found that of 259
adults, only 17% were abstinent from binge eating compared to 33% in the therapist-assisted group.
In addition, a recent overview by McElroy et al. (2015) of randomised clinical trials of BED found
that self-help was not very effective compared to CBT, IPT and even BWLT. Similarly, another
investigation of 11 randomised controlled trials of psychosocial treatments with 1073 Caucasian,
African American, and Hispanic/Latino participants with BED found that self-help treatment
administered in a group showed negative outcomes (Thompson-Brenner, 2013).
Furthermore, a systematic review of Brownley and colleagues (2007) of six major databases for
26 studies on the treatment of BED published from 1980 to September 2005, concluded that the
strength of the evidence self-help was weak. A systematic review and meta-regression analysis of
73 publications reporting on 50 different trials of manualised self-help interventions for binge
eating published through 2012 were revealed that one of the problems with self-help interventions
is the drop-out rate (Beitner et al., 2014). Although varying in range, drop-out rates were as high as
88%. Those in the CD-ROM interventions had the highest drop-out rates; the lowest drop outs were
in the internet-based interventions. Drop-out rates were also highest among those with higher
degrees of dietary restraint at baseline, lower age and lower BMI. Although factors associated with
drop-out included number of sessions, age, BMI and eating disorder related attitudes, outcomes
were moderated for those provided with assistance from a health professional. The research overall
of self-help therapies – although in some cases more practical or cost-efficient, are not as effective
as person-to-person contact therapies.
1.6.1. Bariatric Surgery
Opolski et al. (2015) found that up to 45% of bariatric surgery patients have BED and that many
pre-surgical candidates believe bariatric surgery will improve their eating behaviours. However,
bariatric surgery neither prevents binge eating (Kalarchian & Marcus, 2015; Niego et al., 2007) nor
cravings, especially for savoury foods and chocolate (Guthrie, Tetley & Hill, 2014). Because
22
bariatric surgery fails to curb binge eating, weight regain following surgery is common (Kalarchian
& Marcus, 2015). Obese people with BED undergoing bariatric treatment also lose less weight than
obese people without BED (Blaine & Rodman, 2007) and experience more weight regain compared
to those without BED (McElroy et al., 2015): the typical pre-surgery BMI is about 45, reducing to
29 post surgery but rising to 33 after 10 years (Ames et al., 2009).
In addition, despite the fact that weight loss resulting from bariatric surgery can improve quality
of life (Adami et al., 1998) and body image (Foster, Wadden & Vogt, 1997), bariatric surgery has
several negatives. Firstly, those with BED, also have more post-operative complications (Kalarchian
& Marcus, 2015). Other research has also found that bariatric surgery patients have greater
psychopathology and lower quality of life (de Zwaan, Ghaderi & Norring, 2011). Neither does
bariatric surgery eliminate the chance that patients start to feel dissatisfied with other aspects of
their appearance once their body fat/weight reduces (Song et al., 2006). In addition, because they
are not obtaining psychological help, they are also not addressing potential comorbid mental health
conditions (Goodman & Whitaker, 2002).
1.6.2. Pharmacological Treatments
Another popular medical option for BED is medication. However, according to the National
Institute for Health and Care Excellence treatment guidelines for BED (2017) medication should
not be offered as a sole treatment for BED. A systematic review by Brownley and colleagues (2007)
of six major databases of 26 studies on the treatment of BED published from 1980 to September
2005, concluded that the strength of the evidence for medication was moderate. Sefano and
colleagues' (2008) systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials of 6
databases from January 1994 to December 2005, found that binge-eating remission rates were
higher in those receiving anti-depressants when compared with placebo. Overall, the efficacy rate of
SSRI antidepressants (citalopram, escitalopram and sertraline) has been found to range from 22 to
50 % (Brownley, 2015). However, none made a difference in body weight. The finding that
23
pharmacological treatments has some efficacy in binge eating treatment (yet not as far as weight is
concerned), has been confirmed by several other researchers (Grilo et al., 2005; Vocks et al., 2009).
For example, the SSRI antidepressant fluoxetine was superior to CBT in reducing anxiety but no
different or inferior in reducing binge eating, weight and eating-related psychopathology (Brownley,
2015). Likewise, the SSRI antidepressant fluvoxamine (300 mg/day) was effective only in reducing
anxiety but in regards to binge frequency, it was found to be effective only in the short term; neither
did fluvoxamine make significant differences in weight (Brownley, 2015). Other anti-depressant
types including the mixed norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor duloxetine has been found not only to
reduce depression, but also to achieve more rapid rates of reduction in binge frequency and severity,
although the effects on binge eating were not sustained long term and achieved a weight loss of
only 2% total body weight (Brownley, 2015).
In contrast to SSRI's and NRI duloxetine, tricyclic antidepressants including imipramine and
desipramine seem to address binge eating as well as weight. For example, imipramine, has been
found to not only reduce depression but also reduce binge eating as well as achieve mean weight
losses of 2.2 kg even after long term follow up (Brownley, 2015). Desipramine has been found to
achieve reductions in binge eating and eating-related psychopathology as well as 3.5 kg weight loss
(Brownley, 2015).
Bupropion, originally designed as an antidepressant - acting not on serotonin but on
norepinephrine as well as dopamine reuptake (Yanovski & Yanovski, 2015) - has been trialled in the
hope of decreasing binge eating. White and Grilo's (2013) 8-week study of bupropion of 61
overweight and obese (mean BMI = 35.8) women with BED, found that of the 89% who completed
the trial, bupropion did not improve binge eating, food craving, nor associated eating disorder
features or depression relative to placebo. However, participants taking 300 mg/d bupropion lost
1.8% of weight compared to 0.6% in the placebo group. Whether bupropion is effective in this area
is due to its effect on depression is unclear but research has demonstrated its effectiveness in
depression (Ascher et al., 1995; Branconnier et al., 1983) in doses ranging from 150 mg – 300 mg
24
and causing weight loss in some cases (Fraile et al., 2011). From the results of the positive effect of
several types of antidepressants on BED and weight, it implies that BED may be partly treated
when the mood component of BED is addressed.
Other medications that target mood include topiramate, known commercially as topamax.
Primarily an anti-convulsant (USDA, 2016) but also a mood stabilizer (Schmidt & Bacaltchuck,
2002), that not only reduces impulsiveness and stabilises mood (Amianto et al., 2015), topiramate
has also been investigated in the treatment of BED. It appears to have the added benefit of having a
side effect of weight loss (Guerdjikova & McElroy, 2015; Schmidt do Prado‐Lima & Bacaltchuck,
2002). A multi-site study of 407 participants found binge abstinence rates of 58% in the group
treated with topiramate compared to 29% in the placebo group. Additionally, those receiving
topiramate lost an average of 4.5 kg compared with 0.2 kg in the placebo group (McElroy, 2007). In
a 21-week trial that specifically looked at weight reduction in binge eaters, those taking topiramate
had a weight reduction from 96.6 to 89.8 kg compared to a weight of 98.4 to 97.5 kg in the placebo
group (Doggrell, 2008). So far, however, topiramate has not been recommended as a first line
treatment for weight loss and BED. The utility of topiramate is also limited by its adverse event
profile (McElroy et al., 2015). Nevertheless, the results confirm again that mood regulation may be
important in the treatment of BED as well as weight management problems.
Like topiramate – used as a mood stabilizer but also as an anti-convulsant, the anticonvulsant
zonisamide has been found to be effective in BN treatment (Guerdjikova, 2013) and shown to
produce weight loss (Gadde, 2012). For BED, zonisamide resulted in a 7.3 kg weight loss when
combined with diet and lifestyle counseling by a dietitian (Gadde, 2012). Zonisamide was also
investigated in a 16-week randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, flexible-dose (100-600
mg/day) trial on 60 outpatients with BED (McElroy et al., 2006). Zonisamide was associated with a
significantly greater rate of reduction in binge eating episode frequency, body weight, scores on the
Clinical Global Impressions-Severity scale, Yale-Brown Obsessive-Compulsive Scale Modified for
Binge Eating and Three Factor Eating Questionnaire disinhibition scales. Ghrelin levels (hunger)
25
increased with zonisamide but decreased with placebo. Eight discontinued due to adverse side
effects. One of the benefits of zonisamide is that it facilitates weight loss when taken in
combination with CBT (Ricca, 2009). A study of CBT and zonisamide demonstrated that after 12
months, the CBT group regained weight, while the CBT and zonisamide group reduced weight and
showed more improvement in regards to binge eating frequency on the Binge Eating Scale, Eating
Disorder Examination-Questionnaire Restraint and State and Trait Anxiety Inventory scores. It is
possible that because eating disorders are commonly associated with epilepsy/seizures (Tegethoff et
al., 2015) that anti-convulsant medication may assist some people with BED.
However, BED seems to respond not only to pharmacological agents that target mood lability
but also those targeting addiction. For example, as well as targeting mood, bupropion – has also
been used to treat nicotine use disorder (Mooney et al., 2016) as well as BED (Stahl, 2014). Other
medications originally used for substance use disorders have been found to be effective for BED.
For example, acamprosate (GABA-receptor agonist), mostly used in the treatment of alcohol use
disorder, has shown some promise in regards to reducing binge eating, obsessions and cravings
although not weight (Brownley, 2015). Another GABA receptor agonist - baclofen, normally used
to treat withdrawal symptoms and cravings in in substance dependence - has shown – in preliminary
studies – to reduce binge frequency (Brownley, 2015). Furthermore, naloxone, another medication
used primarily in the treatment of drug and alcohol use disorders, also has shown to be effective in
reducing binge eating (Corwin et al., 2012), especially at reducing preferences for sugar/fat
mixtures (McElroy et al., 2015). The evidence that BED may be treated by pharmacological agents
that target addictions implies that BED may mean that BED could be conceptualized as an addiction
rather than an eating disorder.
Apart from antidepressants/mood stabilisers, anticonvulsants and pharmacological agents
targeting addictions, medications specific to ADHD have also been trialled for BED. For example,
atomoxetine, a selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) and second-line medication for
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), has been shown to be effective in reducing binge
26
eating as well as weight (McElroy, 2007) even without the combination with psychological
intervention. According to a 10-week, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, flexible dose
(40-120 mg/day) trial with 40 outpatients with BED, atomoxetine was associated with a
significantly greater rate of reduction in binge-eating episode frequency, as well as in binge day
frequency, and scores on the Clinical Global Impressions-Severity of Illness scale, Yale-Brown
Obsessive-Compulsive Scale Modified for Binge Eating obsession subscale, and Three Factor
Eating Questionnaire hunger subscale. However, insufficient research prevents recommendation of
this medication as a treatment for BED at this point. In regards to weight loss, atomoxetine
achieved some, but not substantial weight loss.
Other ADHD medications (lisdexamfetamine and methylphenidate agents) have been found to
be useful not only for BED but also associated weight problems (Sanfilippo, 2009). For example,
lisdexamfetamine (known commercially as Vyvanse), was investigated by McElroy and colleagues
(2015) for the treatment of moderate to severe BED in an 11-week randomised, double-blind,
placebo-controlled trial at 30 sites from 2011 to 2012 with 514 adults. Not only did a dose of 70 mg
achieve binge eating cessation for 50% of participants, it also resulted in a mean weight loss of 4
kg. However, compared to psychological therapies that do not have negative physical side-effects,
85% experienced negative side effects. Nevertheless, the research on ADHD medication – as well
as for antidepressants, mood stabilisers, anticonvulsants and substance use treatment medication -
suggests that BED responds to these medications either because of the comorbidity with or the
overlap in symptoms with BED or that the mechanisms involved in mood disorders, seizure
disorders and addictions are similar.
1.6.3. Nutritional/Diet approaches
Although psychological and pharmacological interventions appear – to some extent – to be
effective for BED (e.g., Brownley, 2015; NICE, 2004), the American Dietetic Association supports
the use of nutritional intervention in the treatment of an eating disorder (Ozier, Henry & American,
27
2011). Indeed, some research has confirmed that many people rely on unscientific sources to obtain
nutritional information (González-Soltero et al., 2014). Improving knowledge of nutrition has, in
fact, resulted in improved outcomes in BED treatment, whereas nutritional counselling by itself has
not (Brauhardt, de Zwaan & Hilbert, 2014).
Further evidence that a nutritional counseling component adds to the effect of psychological
treatments is a study by Painot and colleagues (2001) who found that the 60 obese participants with
eating disorders in a combination treatment of 12 weekly CBT sessions and nutritional counselling
had superior outcomes compared to those without the nutritional approach. The study found that
depression, anxiety and eating disorder symptoms were similar with CBT alone or in combination.
However, weight loss was achieved only for those in the nutritional counseling and CBT
combination approach. Masheb, Grilo and Rolls' (2011) randomised controlled trial of 50
participants with BED of CBT plus a low-calorie diet or CBT plus nutritional counseling (not
weight loss focused) also found reductions not only in BED symptoms but also weight: at 6 and 12
months follow up, 86% participants completed treatment. Both groups achieved similar outcomes
with binge eating remission ranging from 55-75% and 30% achieved at least a 5% weight loss. This
research indicates that treatments for BED are enhanced by a nutritional component, especially in
terms of weight management.
1.6.4. Combination Treatments
In addition to the combination of nutritional/diet interventions with psychological therapies that
have been shown to improve outcome, several researchers have found that pharmacological and
psychological therapy combination treatments also have better treatment outcomes than individual
treatments. For example, the combination of CBT with the antidepressant fluvoxamine is more
effective at reducing eating-related psychopathology than either intervention alone (Brownley,
2015). In a study by Grilo et al. (2005) of 108 participants who were randomised to either 16-week
of double-blind study of the antidepressant fluoxetine (60 mg/day), placebo, CBT combined with
28
fluoxetine (60 mg/day) or CBT combined with placebo, had the following results: 80% completed
treatments; 29% in the fluoxetine group had complete remission from binges compared to 30% in
the placebo group, 55% in the CBT combined with fluoxetine and 73% in the CBT combined with
placebo. Binge eating remission rates for intent-to-treat (ITT) were: 22% for fluoxetine, 26% for
placebo, 50% for CBT and fluoxetine and 61% for CBT and placebo. Furthermore, the mood
stabilizer topiramate in combination with CBT led to an abstinence rate of over 80% compared with
61% for placebo (Claudino et al., 2007). However, weight loss was not reported in this study but
another study revealed that the combination of CBT with topiramate as well as Orlistat (a fat
absorber) resulted also in modest weight loss (Reas & Grilo, 2008). Thus, the combination of the
psychological intervention CBT with pharmacological agents targeting mood appear to be
successful in regards to alleviating BED symptoms but the addition of a diet intervention appears to
also target the weight aspect commonly associated with BED.
In fact, the combination of psychological, pharmacological with nutritional counseling has been
investigated by Brambilla and colleagues (2009) who found good results regarding eating frequency
as well as weight with a combination of CBT with 1700-calorie diet and antidepressant/mood
stabilizer medications (50-150 mg sertraline/topiramate 25-150 mg. Those in the diet, CBT plus
topiramate group achieved significant reductions in binge frequency and weight as well as
improved scores on the Eating Disorder Inventory-2 scores, especially bulimia, drive for thinness,
maturity fear, ascetism, total SCL-90-R scores and in the sub-item somatization, in PDQ-4-R sub-
items schizotypal personality and dependent personality. Those receiving diet, CBT and sertraline
improved only on depression and interpersonal relationship and in the PDQ-4-R schizoid
personality items. So far, it seems that CBT, the mood stabilizer topiramate and diet interventions
fare best in terms of BED and weight loss.
However, the literature has also pointed out that combination treatments do not always fare any
better than pharmacological or psychological treatments by themselves (Andersen & Mehler, 1999).
For example, Vocks and colleagues (2009) concluded from a meta-analysis of 38 studies with 1973
29
participants, that medication combined with psychological interventions did not result in better
outcomes. McElroy et al. (2007) too, found that pharmacotherapy combined with psychotherapy
interventions did not achieve better outcomes in terms of binge eating. The evidence that
combination methods including nutritional, psychological and pharmacological approaches – in
some cases only - fare better than single treatments, implies that BED and consequent weight
management problems respond with a multi-disciplinary approach. The question still remains why
certain people respond to combination treatments better than single approaches.
1.6.5. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT)
Approaches involving psychological treatments alone include behavioral weight loss therapy
(BWLT), Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (CBT) including Self-Help CBT, Interpersonal Therapy
(IPT) and Dialectical Behavioral Therapy (DBT). Although BWLT is an intervention that can be
effective for BED and weight loss (Wilson et al., 2010), the National Institute for Health and Care
Excellence (NICE) recommends only CBT, specifically adapted for BED, IPT or DBT for those
with persistent BED. NICE specifies that concurrent or consecutive intervention for comorbid
obesity should be included for overweight and obese patients with BED.
Devised by Fairburn (1981), CBT is a 15-20 session therapy based on a theoretical
understanding of the origin of disordered eating and weight and shape concern based on a cycle of
binge-eating followed by dieting and/or weight-control behaviours which exacerbate extreme
weight concern and reinforce the eating disorder behaviours. The therapy targets irrational beliefs
about food, body weight and eating. Cognitive restructuring is combined with behavioral
experiments that help to disconfirm beliefs and confirm alternative beliefs. The goal is a
“normalisation” of both eating patterns and an individual’s thoughts (and subsequently feelings)
about food and body image issues (Fairburn, 1993). Although Fairburn's CBT model was originally
designed to treat other eating disorders, it was modified for BED. Brownley and colleagues (2007)
asserted that treatments found effective for BN are also effective for BED.
30
Cognitive-behavioral therapy is the treatment most supported by research and shows a 40% to
50% success rate in binge eating reduction (Fairburn, Cooper & Shafran, 2003). A systematic
review and meta-analysis of BED treatment for adults found that therapist-led CBT decreased
binge-eating frequency and increased binge-eating abstinence at 4.95 (95% CI, 3.06 to 8.00). A
prior meta-analysis of 38 studies with 1973 participants investigating the effectiveness of RCT of
psychological and pharmacological treatments for BED, CBT was found to have large effect sizes
in regards to binge eating reduction (Vocks et al., 2010). For example, Cassin and colleagues (2008)
conducted a randomised controlled trial of 108 women with BED of a CBT-based adapted
motivational interviewing treatment. At 4, 8 and 16-week follow up, the motivational interviewing
group had an abstinence rate of 27.8% compared to 11.1% of the control group who were given a
handbook only. Furthermore, 87% of those in the motivational interviewing group no longer met
diagnostic criteria for BED compared to 57.4% in the control group. CBT alone, compared to
medication, was also shown to be superior in a controlled outcome study (Grilo, 2005).
Despite the success of CBT in reducing binge eating, CBT does not necessarily lead to
reductions in body weight. For example, Grilo et al.'s (2012) study comparing CBT with behavioral
weight loss (BWL) found that 67% of those in the CBT group and 47% of the BWL group had a
70% reduction in binge eating by week four. Although more CBT participants reduced binge eating
(compared to the BWL), they did not achieve weight loss. However, whereas the BWL participants
had lower rates of reduction in binge eating, they achieved short-term weight loss.
Similarly, binge eating was successfully reduced according to a study comparing individual with
group CBT (Brownley et al., 2007) and according to a recent overview by McElroy and colleagues
(2015) of randomised clinical trials. However, again, weight loss was not achieved. In fact, in CBT
– if weight loss occurred – weight regain occured once treatment ceased. Weight regain – at 6-year
follow up was also found by Fichter, Quadflieg and Gnutzmann (1998) despite reduction of binge
eating during treatment and slight increase of binge eating at 3-year follow up and some
improvement and stabilisation at 4, 5 and 6-year follow up. Weight regain has also been cited by
31
various other researchers, which usually occurs at 1 year follow up in obese with or without BED
(Marcus, Wing, Hopkins, 1988; de Zwaan, Nutzinger & Schonbeck, 1992; Yanovsky, 1993).
Grilo and colleagues (2011) too, confirmed that whereas CBT has mostly resulted in better
outcomes than other therapies including IPT and BWL, CBT rarely produces weight loss. In their
study of 123 obese participants with BED, they found that at 12-month follow-up, binge-eating
remission rates were 51% for CBT, 36% for BWL and 40% for CBT and BWL combination. In
terms of weight loss, CBT lead to a reduction of 0.9kg, BWL 1.5kg whereas the greatest weight loss
(2.1 kg) was achieved by the CBT in combination with BWL. Wilson (2011) noted that although
CBT improves eating disorder psychopathology and psychosocial functioning in BED patients, the
lack of weight loss negatively influences the improvement profile.
However, the results of CBT with abstinence rates from BED up to 80% in some studies, still
point to a problem that CBT may not be suitable or effective for all. The difficulty with memory,
attention, executive functioning (problem solving, reasoning, planning and organisation, self-
regulation and impulse control) commonly seen in trauma survivors (Scott et al., 2015) may explain
the difficulty with CBT which has in some cases found to require executive functioning skills
(Mohlman & Gorman, 2005).
1.6.6. Interpersonal Therapy (IPT)
Based on the principle that a relationship exists between mental health and the way people
communicate and interact with others IPT is a 12-16 session therapy that encourages the client to
regain control of mood and functioning (Frank, 1971). Although some studies have found that IPT
does not fare well (Agras et al., 2000), various studies have found IPT useful in treating BED
(Fairburn et al., 1993). For example, Wilson and colleagues (2010) investigated the effect of 20-
sessions of IPT in comparison with behavioural weight loss (BWL) and 10 sessions of guided self-
help CBT on 205 overweight and obese women and men with BED. At 2-year follow-up, both IPT
and guided self-help CBT resulted in greater remission from binge eating compared to BWL as
32
measured by the Eating Disorder Examination (EDE). The results were odds ratios in BWL vs self-
help CBT: 2.3; BWL versus IPT: 2.6; and CBT self-help versus IPT: 1.2. Self-esteem and global
EDE scores were moderators of treatment outcome. The odds ratios for self-esteem were 2.4 for
BWL, 1.9 for CBT self-help, and 0.9 for IPT. Similarly, McElroy et al. (2015) in a randomised
clinical trial of BED, found that IPT was effective, even more so than behavior weight loss therapy
(BWLT).
Similarly, Wilfey and colleagues (2002) investigated the effects of 20 weekly group sessions of
CBT or IPT with 162 overweight BED patients. Abstinence from binge eating at post-treatment
were similar: 79% in CBT compared to 73% in IPT. At 1-year follow-up, binge eating increased
slightly but remained significantly below baseline levels: 59% in the CBT and 62% in the IPT
remained abstinent. Dietary restraint decreased more quickly in CBT but IPT had equivalent levels
by later follow-ups. Patients' relative weight decreased significantly but only slightly, with the
greatest reduction among patients sustaining recovery from binge eating from post-treatment to 1-
year follow-up. In both CBT and IPT, stability of treatment effects has been documented in
randomised controlled trials over a period of up to 2 years following treatment cessation (Wilson et
al., 2010; Devlin et al., 2007). Furthermore, Wilson et al. (2010) showed that - apart from improved
abstinence from binge eating (91% IPT, 80% for BWL and 80% for CBT-based guided self-help) -
even showed reduced drop-out rates: 30% for CBT, 28% for BWL and only 6% for IPT.
With the evidence that antidepressants, mood stabilisers and IPT – a therapy targeting emotional
dysregulation (often caused by interpersonal distress) effectively treat BED, it appears that a
treatment that targets mood dysregulation in the context of interpersonal distress would be effective.
1.6.7. Dialectical Behaviour Therapy (DBT)
In contrast to CBT which is focused on modifying unhelpful thoughts and beliefs about eating/food
and weight/shape, DBT is aimed at acceptance of judgment of these thoughts (Baer, Fischer &
Huss, 2006) through mindfulness, emotion regulation and distress tolerance skills (Telch, Agras &
33
Linehan, 2000). Originally designed for treating suicidal behaviours and then borderline personality
disorder symptoms, DBT is now being used to treat a variety of disorders, including eating
disorders and binge eating specifically (Telch, Agras & Linehan, 2001).
Emotion regulation skill development is believed to be useful for binge eaters as emotional
dysregulation appears prominent in binge eaters (Agras & Telch, 1998). With improved tolerance of
uncomfortable feelings, binge eaters are then less likely to avoid, minimise or convert the
uncomfortable feelings (Matz & Frankel, 2004). Thus, unlike CBT which is aimed at changing
thoughts that then influence feelings, DBT’s process of acceptance rather than change is also said to
appeal to those resistant to or ambivalent about to change (Levine & Marcus, 2003).
Emerging research on DBT has shown promise in the treatment of BED. For example, Telch and
colleagues (2000) found that DBT was efficacious in reducing binge eating, achieving abstinence
rates of 89% at post-test which was well maintained at 6-month follow-up with only 18% drop out.
Weight loss was not reported. Klein, Skinner & Hawley's (2013) study of 15 group-based DBT
sessions (with coaching calls between sessions) with BED/BN females resulted in medium to large
effect sizes on improving eating mindfulness, emotion regulation, distress tolerance, binge eating,
bulimic symptoms, interoceptive awareness, ineffectiveness, drive for thinness, body dissatisfaction
and perfectionism. Treatment retention was also good compared to conventional treatment which
was attributed in part to greater interoceptive awareness. Another study with 101 binge eaters who
underwent 20 group sessions of DBT found post-treatment binge eating abstinence rate was 64%
for DBT group compared to 36% for the active group therapy. However, drop-out rate was only 4%
compared to active group therapy which had 33.3% drop out (Safer & Jo, 2010). At this point, the
lack of meta-analytic reviews on DBT for BED means that thus far, DBT cannot be recommended
as a first line treatment for BED. However, the evidence that BED responds to a treatment that
targets emotional regulation, indicates again that treatments targeting mood regulation are likely to
be effective.
34
1.7.8. Mindfulness-based interventions
Apart from DBT, other mindfulness approaches including Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
(ACT), meditation and mindful eating interventions have been used to treat BED. Mindfulness
approaches are said to address emotional regulation deficits that are said to underlie eating disorders
(Lattimore et al., 2017). Self-objectification, the tendency to experience one's body as an object, to
be evaluated for its appearance rather than for its effectiveness, has been said to account for poorer
interoceptive awareness (Ainley & Tsakiris, 2013). In turn, interoceptive awareness deficits have
been found to play a role in mediating the relationship between mindfulness and eating pathology
(Tylka & Kroon Van Diest, 2013). Lattimore and colleagues (2017) have found evidence that non-
acceptance of emotional experiences, a facet of interoceptive awareness, mediates the relationship
between mindfulness and eating specific EDI scores.
Mindfulness-based psychotherapies have been found to be helpful in the treatment of pain,
stress, anxiety, depression as well as disordered eating (Hepworth, 2011). A literature review of 21
papers on mindfulness-based interventions, found that 86% of the reviewed studies reported
improvements in the targeted eating behaviours (O'Reilly, Cook, Spruijt-Metz & Black, 2014).
Another systematic review of 14 studies that investigated mindfulness meditation as the primary
intervention for binge eating, emotional eating, and/or weight loss found that mindfulness
meditation effectively decreases binge eating and emotional eating (Katterman, 2014).
Godfrey, Gallo and Afari (2015) who included mostly ACT and DBT and only two pure
mindfulness therapies in his systematic review and meta-analysis of 19 mindfulness-based
interventions, concluded that mindfulness-based therapies showed large effect sizes; random effects
meta-analyses supported large or medium-large effects of these interventions on binge eating
(within group random effects mean Hedge’s g = -1.12, 95 % CI -1.67, -0.80, k = 18; between-group
mean Hedge’s g = - 0.70, 95 % CI -1.16, -0.24, k = 7. Another meta-analysis of mindfulness-based
interventions revealed that – although not very effective at reducing BMI – are effective in
improving eating behaviours, depression and anxiety (Rogers et al., 2016).
35
Carrière and colleagues (2017) found – from a systematic review and meta-analysis of
mindfulness-based interventions (MBI's) on weight loss and eating behaviours in 18 publications
(19 studies, n = 1160) - the mean weight loss for MBIs at post-treatment was 6.8 and 7.5lb at
follow-up. In pre–post comparisons, effect-size estimates suggest that MBIs are moderately
effective for weight loss (n=16; Hedge's g=.42; 95% CI [.26, .59], p <.000001) and largely effective
in reducing obesity-related eating behaviours (n = 10; Hedge's g=.70; CI 95% [.36, 1.04], p
<.00005). Larger effects on weight loss were found in studies that used a combination of informal
and formal meditation (n=6; Hedge's g=.55; CI 95% [.32, .77], p <.00001) compared with formal
meditation practice alone (n=4; Hedge's g=.46; CI [.10, .83], p <.05). However, despite this
evidence long term follow-up to identify weight loss maintenance was not investigated. A great deal
of evidence suggests that mindfulness-based methods may be effective both for targeting binge
eating behaviours but also weight problems. Again, the research on the impact of mindfulness
methods at least indicates that disordered eating may be changed with a psychological method that
specifically addresses emotional dysregulation and inattention. However, at this stage, mindfulness-
based methods have not yet been recognised as a treatment of choice for BED and weight loss due
to the research on this therapy only being in its infancy with only preliminary evidence of its
effectiveness at this stage.
1.7. OTHER FACTORS RELATED TO TREATMENT OUTCOME
Whereas the literature has pointed out that treatment outcome is related to treatment method used, a
number of other variables have been associated with treatment success. These include participant
variables, therapist variables and the therapeutic alliance. More specifically, participants’
intrapersonal variables that affect outcome include motivation to change, treatment expectations
motivation and therapy expectations (Bakker et al., 2000; Brauhardt, de Zwaan & Hilbert, 2014)
and self-efficacy (Miller et al., 1999), symptom severity (Campbell, Staley, Matas, 1991;
Centorrino et al., 2001; Klein, Skinner & Hawley, 2013), the presence of comorbid disorders
36
(Grunebaum et al., 1996 Vall & Wade, 2015), sociodemographic variables (Hunt & Andrews, 1992;
Thompson-Brenner, 2013) and presence of interpersonal stressors (Jones et al., 2015). Treatment
outcome may also be affected by therapist variables including education and experience (Campbell,
Staley & Matas, 1991) but also the relationship between therapist and client (Vincent & Lionberg,
2001) and client treatment preferences (Blouin et al., 1995; MacNair & Corazzini, 1994; Mueller &
Pekarik, 2000); Rabin, Kaslow, Rehm, 1985; Renjilian et al., 2001; Wierzbicki & Pekarik, 1993),
all of which may also affect treatment adherence.
As with pharmacological treatments which are often associated with discontinuation due to
negative side effects (e.g., McElroy et al., 2015), psychological therapies are also associated with
drop out. Research by Linardon, Hindle and Brennan (2018) investigated ninety-nine RCT’s,
finding that the overall dropout of CBT treatment is 24%. No significant differences in dropout
rates were observed between CBT and non‐CBT interventions for all eating disorder subtypes.
Drop-out has been found to be associated with a variety of reasons e.g., situational characteristics
such as the distance traveled to attend therapy (Centorrino et al., 2001), However, even in self-help
interventions that may not require attendance does not necessarily improve adherence. For example,
a systematic review and meta-regression analysis of 73 publications reporting on 50 different trials
of manualised self-help interventions for binge eating published through 2012 (Beitner et al., 2014)
found that drop-out rates were as high as 88%. Other reasons for discontinuing treatment include
dislike of a particular method e.g., they may find the CBT task of self-monitoring food intake
aversive due to feelings of shame (Craighead, Elder, Niemeier & Pung, 2002). Investigations have
also found that a group format – which may make therapy more appealing for some due to greater
cost efficiency – does not necessarily fare better than individual therapy (Brauhardt, de Zwaan &
Hilbert, 2014). The length of treatment too has been investigated in relation to drop-out:
surprisingly, the longer the treatment, the lower the dropout rate (Linardon, Hindle & Brennan,
2018).
37
1.7.1. Participant variables
(a) motivation to change, treatment expectations and self-efficacy
Treatment success and adherence to treatment appears to be associated to factors more intricate than
which method is used, whether it is more cost-efficient or more convenient to attend. Rather, it is
an interplay between treatment method and variables in the individual being treated. A number of
studies have demonstrated that motivation to change mediates the relationship between eating
disorder symptomatology and treatment outcome, treatment engagement, treatment continuation
and decreases in eating pathology (Castro-Fornieles et al., 2011; Martínez et al., 2007), and a low
motivation to change has been shown to be a predictor of relapse (Richard et al., 2005). In addition,
treatment expectation has been found to play a role in outcome (Brauhardt, de Zwaan & Hilbert,
2014) and the combination of high motivation and positive treatment expectations (Brauhardt, de
Zwaan & Hilbert, 2014) have been found to influence not only treatment outcome (Castro-Fornieles
et al., 2011; Richard, Bauer & Kordy, 2005) but also drop out – the lower the motivation to recover,
the more likely the drop out (Vall & Wade, 2015). In nutritional counselling, motivation has been
found to influence the number of sessions needed (Spahn et al., 2010).
Research has also found that motivation can be influenced by source and reason for referral –
which for some individuals - may be health related. For example, a study of 98 adult obese
participants identified that completers were more likely to have been referred by a physician (53.3%
sent by a physician vs 34.1%) and had higher diastolic blood pressure. Interestingly, those with
higher body fat were also less likely to drop out - the risk of drop-out reduced by 15% for each
single percentage increase in starting body fat (Colombo et al., 2014). These studies imply that
those motivated by health reasons or have realistic expectations or hope are more likely to complete
and succeed in treatment. Related to hope and expectation is self-efficacy – the belief in being able
to cope/recover. The research on self-efficacy has found that improving self-efficacy – not only
eating- or exercise-specific self-efficacy (Teixeira et al., 2005) can reduce binge eating severity
(Goodrick et al., 1999; Miller et al., 1999). Thus, any treatment that focuses on improving self-
38
efficacy may improve outcomes more so than treatment not addressing this aspect.
(b) severity and duration of illness
The literature has noted that those who want to change, believe they can change and expect to
change are more likely to succeed. It is, however, clear that realistically, the worse the illness, the
less change of recovery. That treatment success is dependent on how severe the disease is, was
demonstrated, for example by Klein, Skinner and Hawley (2013) who found that outcomes at 6-
month follow-up were better for those who had higher levels of drive for thinness, higher levels of
interoceptive awareness, lower levels of binge eating pathology and, in women, lower levels of
body dissatisfaction (Lammers et al., 2015). Ricca and colleagues (2010) also found that those who
did not have a history of amphetamine use and had lower binge eating severity at baseline were
more likely to recover from BED. Grilo et al. (2013) also identified the greater the overvaluation,
the less positive the treatment outcome. Similarly, Vall and Wade (2015) identified that those with
better outcomes in eating disorder treatments at post treatment and follow-up included fewer
binge/purge behaviors and lower shape/weight concerns. Furthermore, in a study of AN found that
predictors of a poor outcome include a low BMI, severe psychological comorbidities and social
problems (Lowe et al., 2001) whereas the strongest predictor, not surprisingly, is a higher BMI
(Howard et al., 1999; Zipfel et al., 2000).
Not only does greater psychopathology but also longer duration of psychopathology impact
treatment outcome, according to Safer and colleagues (2002) who found that relapsers were those
who had early onset of binge eating. Ricca and colleagues (2010) too found that being overweight
during childhood, full BED diagnosis, and high emotional eating were predictors of treatment
resistance. This is the same for AN in which treatment outcome is better when it is implemented
before the illness becomes too severe and protracted. In other words, the shorter the duration of the
illness, the more likely it is that treatment will be successful (Steinhausen, 2002). The issue of “the
Duration of Untreated Illness,” i.e., the time between the onset of an illness and the initiation of
treatment, has also been raised with other illnesses including schizophrenia (Perkins et al., 2005),
39
mood (Altamura et al., 2010) and anxiety disorders (Altamura et al., 2008). It would appear likely
then, that the longer an individual has had BED symptoms, the poorer the treatment outcome,
regardless of treatment method used. Thus, it is important to take into account pre-treatment
severity and duration of psychopathology when evaluating the success of any treatment modality.
(c) comorbid conditions
Apart from severity and duration of eating pathology, Vall and Wade (2015) found that those who
had lower depression and fewer comorbidities, had better outcomes. Whereas Dalle et al. (2015)
identified that whereas personality traits do not predict drop out (and therefore treatment outcome),
Bossert (1992) found that the presence of depression not only exacerbates eating disorders, it also
interferes with treatment. Also, greater pre-treatment levels of depression have been found to
predict greater post-treatment eating disorder psychopathology and body dissatisfaction.
Treatment outcome studies in other disciplines have also found that multiple diagnoses impact
the number of sessions needed (Leemrijse & de Bakker, 2006). Yager (2008) asserts that because of
the physical and psychiatric comorbidities, BED is considered to be the most difficult disorder to
treat. Thus, when assessing whether a particular treatment type is effective for BED, it appears
necessary to identify not only which treatment method was used, but also how severe and protracted
the eating pathology has been and whether comorbid disorders are preventing treatment success.
(d) cultural differences
Apart from motivation, treatment expectation, severity and duration of eating pathology and
comorbidity, other intrapersonal variables have been found to affect treatment outcome. These
include cultural factors including age and race. For example, an analysis of 24 completed trials that
recruited over 11,000 participants indicated that treatment drop out did not vary according to gender
or race/ethnicity but increased for older participants (Korte et al., 2011). Since this study was
specific to treatment-seeking patients with substance use disorders, it is unclear whether the same
40
holds true for those with BED. However, evidence suggests that response to treatment depends on
an individual's cultural background. For example, Thompson-Brenner's (2013) investigation of 11
randomized, controlled trials of psychosocial treatments with 1073 Caucasian, African American,
and Hispanic/Latino participants with BED revealed African Americans were more likely to drop
out of treatment than Caucasians. Those with a lower level of education predicted greater post-
treatment objective binge episodes. African Americans showed a small but significantly greater
reduction in EDE global score relative to Caucasians but also lower treatment retention and lesser
treatment effects for individuals with lower levels of educational attainment (Thompson-Brenner,
2013).
Outcome variations/attrition rates among different cultures may also be partly explained by the
evidence that treatment may not be delivered in a culturally sensitive manner. For example, a study
of 102 clients revealed that ethnic minority clients were less satisfied with treatment when their
treatment was not culturally sensitive (Meyer & Zane, 2013). Socio-environmental factors (Spahn
et al., 2010) and communication problems (Leemrijse & de Bakker, 2006) have been found to
increase the number of sessions needed in nutritional counseling. A study by Chowbey, Salway and
Ismail (2012) have emphasised the need for the treatment of eating disorders to include socially and
linguistically appropriate diagnostic tools and be sensitive to religious beliefs and practices
(Chowbey, Salway & Ismail, 2012). This is in line with the recommendation by the Australian
Psychological Society's guideline which stipulates the need to adjust assessment questions and
therapy according to the level of acculturation of the client. This includes - but is not limited to -
using micro-counselling skills to adjust space, level of eye contact and non-verbal language (APS,
2017). Thus, the evidence demonstrating that socio-economic variables may account for differences
in treatment outcome, suggests that it is not only important to identify these variables in participants
but also to recognize that any treatment method is likely to be more successful if delivered in a
culturally appropriate manner.
41
(e) interpersonal problems and daily stressors
The research has pointed out various intrapersonal factors affect treatment outcome but studies have
also identified that interpersonal factors also play a factor. For example, Jones and colleagues
(2015) found that – after examining 6 databases and from 13 studies of 1519 participants with eat-
ing disorders - those with interpersonal problems at the start of therapy had poorer outcomes than
those without them. Similarly, Vall and Wade (2015) found that better interpersonal functioning and
fewer familial problems predicted better outcomes. According to Tasca and colleagues (2012) peo-
ple with BED are more likely to have interpersonal problems than people without BED and accord-
ing to Pike et al. (2006), in the year preceding onset of disturbed eating, individuals with BED ex-
perience an increased number of interpersonal stressors. Furthermore, negative family interactions
(Okon, Greene & Smith, 2003) and social relationships and interactions have been found to affect
diet, physical activity and weight (Ball & Crawford, 2006; Tamers et al., 2013). More specifically,
social undermining and lack of support influence diet and exercise behaviour and consequently also
weight (Kiernan et al., 2012).
But apart from interpersonal stressors that play a role in outcome success, the presence of (or
inability to cope with) daily stressors is also relevant. According to Crowther and colleagues (2001)
and Wolff et al. (2000), binge eaters without obesity report more frequent and/or more severe daily
hassles than individuals who do not binge. Additionally, for those who binge eat, daily hassles were
perceived as more severe on days that a binge episode occurred than on days without a binge epi-
sode (Wolff et al., 2000). In regards to weight loss, Wadden and Letizia (1992) found that even ma-
jor life stressors such as house renovations, death of a parent, financial or legal problems and rela-
tionship problems, interfere with weight loss efforts. Because it is evident that coping skills and
presence and extent of interpersonal and daily stressors affect outcome, it would be important to not
assume that a particular treatment method’s efficacy is solely due to modality.
42
1.7.2. Therapist variables
As noted above, outcome is not only dependent on treatment type but also on a variety of
participant factors. In addition, the research has also pointed out that successful treatment outcome
depends a great deal on therapist variables including level of education and clinical experience.
Although Scott et al. (2005) found that the more qualified and experienced a therapist, the better the
outcome, several researchers have indicated that therapists with a higher level of education do not
necessarily have better outcomes than therapists with less education (Anderson, 2016; Jones, 2017;
Pirikis et al., 2011). Furthermore, whereas some research (e.g., Beutler, Machado & Neufeldt, 1994;
Christensen & Jacobson, 1994) including a study of 6,591 patients seen in individual psychotherapy
by 170 therapists revealed that the more experienced therapists have poorer outcomes (Goldberg et
al., 2016), other research has pointed out that greater experience does improve outcome. More
specifically, when “experience” is defined not only as the number of years practising as a
therapist/number of clients treated, but also as level of training in a particular treatment, then better
outcomes are seen with those therapists with greater experience (Beutler, 1997). Earlier research
had revealed that a less experienced therapist may achieve results comparable to a more
experienced therapist (not using a treatment manual) only if following a treatment manual for an
empirically supported treatment (Crits-Christoph, 1991). Research has also found that clinically
inexperienced student therapists who receive supervision from experienced supervisors can achieve
treatment effects that are on a par with those of experienced psychotherapists (Öst, Karlstedt, &
Widén, 2012).
However, other than education and experience, the research on therapist variables has also
pointed out that the therapists’ personal qualities are correlated with treatment outcome (e.g.,
Luborsky et al., 1985). These may include expressions of genuine empathy, warmth, support,
understanding in a non-judgmental, trustworthy and validating manner (Bachelor & Horvath, 1999;
Gulliksen et al., 2012) and engaging with active listening skills and instillation of hope (Escobar-
Koch et al., 2012). Therapist empathy has been found to be directly related to treatment outcome in
43
addiction treatments (Miller, Benefield & Tonigan, 1993) and general therapist interpersonal skills
have been found to be related to engagement in motivational interviewing sessions (Moyers, Miller
& Hendrickson, 2005) and directly to treatment outcomes (Schottke et al., 2016).
Other therapist variables that influence outcome include the therapist's health and interest in
helping people (Heinonen et al., 2012) and – as pointed out by Linley and Joseph (2007), therapists
with high levels of self-care may have superior outcomes compared to those with less self-care. In
essence, the therapist is said to be so important that an effective clinician giving a patient a placebo
is able to achieve better results than a poor physician using an effective psychoactive agent (McKay
et al., 2006). The idea that successful outcome is the result of “a healthy therapist – a healthy
patient” is supported by the social influence theory (Strong, 1968; Strong & Matross, 1973) which
means the more credible a therapist is, the more successful the outcome. Credibility may also be
enhanced by therapists who themselves have experiential knowledge of overcoming an eating
disorder – as discovered by de Vos, Netten and Noordenbos (2016) who found that this type of
experience improves insight into the recovery process which in turn enhances the therapeutic
relationship and consequently the hope for recovery for those with an eating disorder.
Treatment credibility has also been found to be influenced by the cost of treatment. Freud
(1913/1958), for example, proposed that a patient must pay for treatment in order to benefit. Herron
and Sitkowski (1986) and Subich and Coursol (1985) too have found that fees have an influence on
therapy. The cost of treatment is said to influence how a client perceives the therapist (Bloom,
Schroeder & Babineau, 1981; Brigham & Brigham, 1985; Gingerich, 1987; Subich & Hardin, 1985;
Traut & Bloom, 1982). Thus, when considering treatment outcome, it would seem important to
identify treatment effects based on therapists’ education, experience and personal attributes as well
as treatment cost which may influence treatment credibility.
44
1.7.3. Therapeutic alliance
As noted above, the therapists’ education, clinical experience, cost of treatment and personal
attributes affect treatment credibility and consequently the response to treatment. But even more
important is the therapeutic alliance which has been found to be even more important that the
therapists’ professional competence and therapy type (Swain-Campbell et al., 2001). Although some
research has shown that the therapeutic alliance has no effect on outcome (Waller, Evans &
Stringer, 2012; Wilson et al., 2002; Zaitsoff et al., 2008), other research (on eating disorders) has
shown that the therapeutic relationship has multiple impacts. Primarily, the therapeutic alliance has
been shown to improve treatment outcome (Constantino et al., 2005; Treasure et al., 1999; Zeeck &
Hartmann, 2005). A strong and positive therapeutic alliance, in the form of a collaborative,
empathic and accepting bond between client and therapist, is an established predictor of outcome in
psychotherapy in general (Martin, Garske, & Davis, 2000) and specifically for working with those
with an eating disorder (Constantino, Arnow, Blasey & Agras, 2005; Brisman, 1994; Geller, 2006;
Toman, 2002; Loeb et al., 2005) most of whom have issues related to trust (Pyle, 1999). From the
client’s perspective, trust in the therapist has been found to be the most important criterion for the
quality of the therapy for eating disorders (de al Rie et al., 2008) and related to satisfaction with
therapy (Escobar, 2010). In addition, a healthy therapeutic relationship also reduces drop out
(Prestano et al., 2008) and decreases the number of sessions needed (Brauhardt, de Zwaan &
Hilbert, 2014). Furthermore, a meta-analysis of 20 studies of eating disorder studies revealed that
early symptom improvement was related to subsequent alliance quality and that alliance ratings
were also related to subsequent symptom reduction, especially for younger patients and for those
receiving non-behaviorally oriented treatments (Graves et al., 2017).
1.7.4. Treatment choice, format and adherence
The literature has also highlighted the importance of involving patients in decision making about
their treatment, taking their preferences into account when deciding upon and initiating a treatment
45
plan. In fact, taking patients’ preferences and values into consideration when recommending a
treatment plan is an integral component of patient-centered care (Barry & Edgman-Levitan, 2012).
When treatment is aligned with patient preferences, patients are more engaged in their care (Kwan,
Dimidjian, & Rizvi, 2010) and are more likely to be treatment adherent (Schottenbauer et al., 2008;
Thompson, & McCabe, 2012) and more likely to remain in treatment (Mott et al., 2014). Further,
aligning treatment with patient preferences has been associated with improvements in treatment
outcomes (Lin et al., 2005). For example, in a study by Le and colleagues (2018) providing PTSD
patients aged 18-65 with a choice of treatment (either sertraline or exposure therapy) and whether
the treatment received is the preferred therapy was found to result in better outcome (as measured
by the EuroQol-5D.
Overall, the literature points out that – apart from treatment modality - a number of factors affect
treatment outcome. These include participants’ intrapersonal factors including motivation, self-
efficacy, treatment expectations, premorbid functioning, comorbid conditions, socioeconomic
status, interpersonal and other stressors, various therapist characteristics including training,
experience and credibility and the therapeutic alliance. Whereas some treatments may work better
because they target intrapersonal barriers and address comorbid conditions and interpersonal
stressors specifically, others may have better outcomes due to therapists’ characteristics and or the
therapeutic relationship.
1.8. LIMITATIONS OF CURRENT TREATMENTS
According to current reviews (Brownley et al., 2007; Wilson et al., 2007), meta-analyses (Hay et
al., 2009; Vocks et al., 2009) and clinical treatment guidelines (NICE, 2004) CBT is considered the
first-line specialty treatment for BED. A survey of 52 psychologists by von Ranson and Robinson
(2006) revealed that 87% use CBT with eating-disordered clients. However, there are several
limitations with current treatments CBT, IPT and DBT:
46
(a) Treatment does not reliably lead to weight loss
The research has indicated that 65% of people with BED are obese (Hudson et al., 2007) and that
weight cycling is also common in those with BED (Escott-Stump, 2008). NICE (2004) recommends
concurrent or consecutive interventions focusing on the management of comorbid obesity in BED
treatment. The National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute recommends a weight loss of at least 5% of
body weight for health benefits. However, as noted above, current BED treatments have been found
to be effective in reducing BED pathology, but not weight.
Most SSRI antidepressants have failed to achieve significant weight loss (Grilo et al., 2005;
Sefano et al., 2008; Vocks et al., 2009). Although in some cases CBT is better than BWL in regards
to BED symptom reduction, CBT also does not achieve weight loss (Grilo & Masheb, 2005). In
addition, according to a systematic review of six major databases of 26 studies on the treatment of
BED published from 1980 to September 2005 (Brownley et al., 2007), neither CBT nor IPT reduce
weight effectively. Those psychological and dietary approaches that do result in weight loss,
showed that this weight loss was generally not sustained in long-term follow-up assessments
(Stunkard, 1996; Wing, 1998; Ivker, 1999; Wonderlich et al., 2003).
For example, a study of a 12-month follow-up on CBT and BT treatments targeting weight
problems specifically demonstrated initial weight loss but regain upon follow-up: a randomized
controlled trial by Cooper et al. with 150 participants (age 20 to 60 years; mean BMI 34.7 kg/m2)
over 3 years of follow-up. At 24 weeks, those in the CBT group lost 6.7%, in the Behaviour
Therapy (BT) 11.3% and 10.0% in the guided self-help therapy. At 1-year follow-up, those who had
lost weight at the end of treatment had regained, overall, almost half the weight that they had lost:
43.5% in BT and 58.0% in CBT and at 3-year follow-up those in the BT regained 89.8% and those
in the CBT group regained 88.6%.
Investigations into weight loss resistance has identified a variety of different factors. At face
value it appears that treatment success can be achieved by improving nutritional knowledge and
improving adherence to these nutritional guidelines with psychological strategies.
47
(e.g., Masheb, Grilo & Rolls, 2011; Painot et al., 2001). However, a variety of other factors
involved in weight loss have been identified. These include psychological factors including
depression or anxiety (Legenbauer et al., 2009), but also poor social support and negative family
interactions (Okon, Greene & Smith, 2003), major life stressors such as house renovations, death of
a parent, financial or legal problems and relationship problems (Wadden & Letizia, 1992).
However, apart from psychological factors, several physical obstacles have also been identified
as obstacles to successful weight loss. These include sleep deprivation – which can, in some cases,
be caused by obstructive sleep apnoea (Whited, 2016). Sleep disruption in turn inhibits weight loss
due to increased cortisol levels (Aldabal & Bahammam, 2011) and increases hunger (Taheri et al.,
2004) and preference for energy-dense foods (Chamorro, 2011). Additionally, a specific gene
variant associated metabolic syndrome and gastrointestinal pathology (Potoczna et al., 2004) has
also been associated with weight loss resistance.
Furthermore, other physiological reasons that may interfere with weight loss include specific
nutritional deficiencies. For example, a systematic review and meta-analysis of 23 studies
confirmed that the prevalence of vitamin D deficiency was 35 % higher in obese people and 24 %
higher in overweight people (Salehpour et al., 2012). In addition, research has found that
inadequate Vitamin D levels will prevent weight loss even when a low-calorie diet is introduced
(Ortega et al., 2008) and that Vitamin D3 supplementation (25 ug) alone (without diet) was
effective in reducing body fat by 2.7 kg in 12 weeks (Salehpour et al., 2012). Calcium
supplementation (1500 mg per day) too, has been associated with weight loss, according to six
observational studies and three controlled trials (Heaney, Davies & Barger-Lux, 2002).
Hormonal problems have also been implicated in weight problems. For example,
hyperinsulinemia has been shown to increase hunger, heightened palatability of sucrose or
sweetness, and greater food intake (Rodin et al., 1985). Several researchers have demonstrated a
positive association between thyroid dysfunction and obesity or weight gain, even when the serum
TSH levels are within the reference range (De Pergola, 2007; Reinehr, 2010). Higher serum TSH
48
levels are also associated with larger waist circumference and overall increased fat accumulation
(Biondi, 2010). Treatment of hypothyroidism has been shown to result in significant weight loss
(4.3 kg) although it could be attributed to water loss (Karmisholt et al., 2011).
Whereas psychological treatments target psychological factors, it appears various physiological
variables need to be considered as part of weight loss: sleep quality, nutritional deficiencies
(Vitamin D, calcium) and hormonal factors (thyroid function, menstrual issues). Whereas it is
unclear whether psychological treatments target these and therefore cause weight loss, it appears
that it cannot be assumed that psychological methods are ineffective if these physiological variables
have not been assessed and consequently not been addressed.
(b) treatments fail to target need to exercise
According to the Obesity Management Guidelines, the most effective approach to weight loss is to
make behavioural changes that facilitate calorie reduction and increase in physical activity. More
specifically, the recommendation is to engage in aerobic activity such as walking for at least 150
minutes per week and to maintain lost weight or minimise weight regain long-term, 200-300
minutes per week are recommended (Jensen et al., 2013). The Physical Activity and Weight
Management Research Center at the University of Pittsburgh concluded that for fat loss, 150
minutes per week of moderate intensity exercise is a good starting point and the ideal duration per
day is 60 minutes (Jakicic, 2003).
The importance of including an exercise component for interventions targeting weight problems
have been demonstrated by several studies. A Cochrane review of 43 randomised controlled trials
showed that exercise-only interventions can result in an average weight loss of 2kg compared with
no treatment. Interventions that combine exercise and diet resulted in a greater reduction in weight
than dietary interventions alone, with an average of 3 kg loss. Increasing the intensity of the
exercise increased weight loss by 1.5 kg (Shaw, 2006). Furthermore, a systematic review of six
randomised controlled trials evaluating diet, or diet and exercise together, indicated that diet in
combination with exercise interventions achieved a 20% greater sustained weight loss at one year
49
compared to diet alone (Curioni & Lourenco, 2005). A study of 45 trials with 7788 individuals
investigated whether behavioural/lifestyle, pharmacological (e.g., Orlistat), food
replacement/supplement, or alternative interventions were most effective. The researchers
concluded that behavioural interventions focusing on both food intake and physical activity were
the most effective for weight loss (Dumbrowski, 2014).
Studies have investigated which exercise specifically works best for fat loss with Villanova and
colleagues (2006) identifying that even walking 1000 steps per day increases the probability of
losing from 5 to 10% of initial weight and the probability of losing more than 10% increases by
over 30%. But rather than just “weight” loss, exercise has been found to improve body fat
distribution and reduce visceral fat deposits (Desprésa & Lamarche, 1993). In regards to abdominal
adiposity, resistance training has been found to be more effective at decreasing waist measurements
compared to aerobic exercise (Herring, Wagstaff & Scott, 2014). However, High Intensity
Intermittent Exercise (HIIT) has been found to reduce abdominal fat better (Trapp et al., 2008),
build muscle tone, improve fat loss faster and suppress appetite better than regular sustained aerobic
exercise (Boutcher, 2011).
Apart from weight and fat loss, exercise also leads to decreased appetite (King, Burley &
Blundell, 1994) and improved executive functioning (Davis et al., 2011) which implies, for
example, improved reasoning and planning ability in regards to food choices. In addition, exercise
has even been found to improve self-esteem (Spence, McGannon & Poon, 2005), improve sleep
(Yang et al., 2012), reduce anxiety, reduce sensitivity to stress and depression (Salmon, 2001) with
a 30% greater mood lift if exercise is done in the morning (Maraki et al., 2005).
Despite these documented benefits of exercise, fewer than one fifth of US adults engage in regu-
lar, sustained, vigorous exercise; this fraction has not increased since the mid-1980s – according to
older findings (USDHHS, 1996). Similarly, in Australia (according to the Australian Bureau of Sta-
tistics 2015) over 65% of Australians (12 million) aged over 15 were sedentary (33.8%) or had low
50
levels of exercise (31.5%) with the prevalence of low levels of exercise increasing with age (ABS,
2015).
Typical barriers to engaging in exercise include being overweight/obese, having physical health
problems, having financial restrictions (e.g., to afford gym memberships or personal trainers), hav-
ing time limitations and feeling discomfort in taking part in organised exercise activities, particular-
ly alone (Thomas et al., 2008), inclement weather, disruptions in routine, lack of access to facilities,
and dislike of vigorous exercise (Blair, Kohl & Gordon, 1992). However, other research has also
identified neural signalling and pleasure/reward systems in the brain that relate to the propensity to
be physically active and to adhere to an exercise programme (Herring, Sailors & Bray, 2014). So
far, strategies to improve exercise adherence include personal counselling and advice, feedback and
offering choices of exercise and supervision (Tegethoff et al., 2015). Outcomes are improved if the
intervention comprises a specified type of physical activity and is supervised by a non-health pro-
fessional using a combination of group and individual approaches to encourage exercise (Richards
et al., 2013).
Thus, in implementing a program to address BED and commonly associated weight management
problems, it is important to include an exercise component. Whereas the literature has indicated that
barriers to exercise include physical health problems, financial restrictions or other restrictions pre-
venting access to gym facilities/trainers, inclement weather, time limitations, it is clear that some
reasons including shame, brain-related pleasure/reward associations, dislike of exercise and possible
“excuses” that prevent integration of physical exercise into a daily routine may be overcome with
psychological methods, possibly with EMDR.
(c) treatment is lengthy
There is evidence that the longer the treatment, the better the outcome (Thompson-Brenner, 2013).
In fact, in general, standard treatments vary between 16-22 sessions. Wadden & Osei (2002), for
example, recommended 16-26 sessions for behavioral treatment whereas CBT is recommended in a
51
20-22 session format. Several other studies have found that providing booster sessions and longer
overall treatment duration improves treatment outcome (Brauhardt, de Zwaan & Hilbert, 2014).
In regards to weight loss, Shaw and colleagues (2005) found that increasing the intensity of
behavioural interventions (more behavioural strategies, more frequent clinical contact, or longer
duration of intervention) resulted in increased weight reduction of approximately an additional 2.3
kg in adults. Klein, Skinner and Hawley (2013) too found that treatment drop out has been
associated with level of intensity and length of time, unlike pharmacological treatments which have
higher attrition rates than psychotherapies (Hay & Claudino, 2012). Ghaderi (2006) found that the
shorter the treatment duration, the less attrition. The frequency of treatment sessions also affects
treatment costs – which may lead to drop out: Kessler (2000) noted that financial barriers prevented
treatment in 57.3 % of surveyed individuals with PTSD. One of the reasons that shorter treatments
may be more beneficial – apart from reducing attrition – is that shorter treatments also have the
benefit of being more cost efficient. One of the aims of this study was to find a treatment that is less
labour intensive, more cost efficient and more accessible to people. The rationale for the 10-session
format in this study was based on the fact that in Australia the Medicare system allows for a
maximum of 10 sessions in private practice.
1.9. EYE MOVEMENT DESENSITISATION REPROCESSING (EMDR)
1.9.1. Definition and Mechanism of EMDR
Designed by psychologist Shapiro in 1987, EMDR was originally used only for treatment of
trauma/PTSD related to sexual and physical abuse or combat (Shapiro, 1995). Its process is
explained by the Adaptive Information Processing Theory (Shapiro, 2002). According to this model,
humans have an innate information processing system that processes experiences and stores them in
an adaptive state (Shapiro, 2002). Memory networks link thoughts, images, emotions and sensations
associated with experiences. When someone experiences a traumatic event, information processing
may be incomplete, and new information may not be adequately processed with available adaptive
52
information in memory networks. Thus, elements of experiences are stored as maladaptive or
distorted thoughts, sensations and emotions that are associated with them. Traumatic memories are
isolated and not adequately integrated with memory networks or semantic knowledge. External cues
that are similar to the trauma experience are able to trigger sensations and images from the
traumatic event, so that the person re-experiences these traumatic feelings or bodily sensations. If
these memories remain unprocessed, they become the basis of symptoms of PTSD (Shapiro and
Maxfield, 2002).
The Adaptive Information Processing theory hypothesizes that unprocessed memories of
negative life experiences are inappropriately stored as episodic memories and underlie current
dysfunctional responses and symptoms. Through EMDR, these memories of adverse events are
processed through integration of these memories to semantic memory networks resulting in the
memories no longer negatively impacting functioning and emotional wellbeing. Thus, symptoms
may be eliminated when the memories are adequately processed and integrated. Shapiro (2001)
proposed that EMDR can assist in processing the traumatic memories using bilateral stimulation
such as eye movements.
In information processing terms, even humiliations and disappointments are identified as
traumas ('small t's) as they are stored in implicit/motoric rather than in explicit/narrative memory
(van der Kolk, 1994). In other words, a trauma is anything that exceeds someone’s ability to process
an experience to adaptive resolution. Thus, a trauma is not necessarily defined as something life
threatening, relating to serious injury or physical or sexual abuse. Rather, a 'small t' is a trauma such
as verbal abuse, shaming, intimidation, neglect, deprivation and abandonment. Small t's are said to
lead to attachment problems (failures of physical connection, affective attunement, secure
emotional holding) as well as affect management problems and deficiencies in modeling.
In terms of disordered eating, small t's are said to lead to re-enactment of the trauma and the re-
experiencing of unresolved affects through the individual's relationship to food (Omaha, 2000).
Similar to other theories of BED that involve affect regulation, EMDR theory explains that “ED
53
symptoms are major defenses against experiencing and examining certain feelings, thoughts,
conflicts and fantasies” (Bloom et al., 1994, pp 212). Or, as Scholom states, “a secure, healthy
attachment facilitated by emotional attunement is critical to the development of affect regulation,
and for people with EDs, . . . food symbolizes the time when merger of mother with baby was or
should have been a soothing experience" (Scholom, 2009, p. 116). Scholom (2009) adds that
EMDR needs to target specific aspects of the ED as well as the underlying traumas and traumas
developing out of the disorder itself e.g., lack of body/self-acceptance.
1.9.2. EMDR Procedure
According Shapiro (1987), EMDR facilitates the movement of the thoughts, emotions and physical
reactions about traumatic events that are stored in implicit/motoric to explicit/narrative memory via
bilateral stimulation, typically by eye movements which are facilitated by the therapist who guides
the clients' eyes rapidly from side to side in 30-60 second increments. This is done through a
3-pronged approach of targeting past experiences, current triggers and future potential challenges
that results in the alleviation of presenting symptoms, decrease/elimination of distress from the
disturbing memory, improved view of the self, relief from bodily disturbance and resolution of
present and future anticipated triggers and resource development (Shapiro, 1991).
EMDR consists of an 8-Phase process of which the first three include rapport building and
preparation which includes providing information about EMDR. The preparation phase also
includes gathering of history to identify negative cognitions and corresponding emotions and body
sensations related to the first, worst and most recent major trauma “big T” or minor trauma “little t.”
Specific questions can be used to facilitate identification of treatment targets e.g., “what do you
feel/what thoughts do you have when you can't stop eating?” or “how would you feel about
yourself/body if you were standing in front of a crowd?” Have you had these thoughts/feelings before?
When was the first time/what happened then?” The purpose of such questions is to identify and activate
the neural network containing the traumatic material so that it can be processed with eye movements.
54
The fourth phase is the desensitisation phase. Here the therapist prompts the person with questions
that activate the trauma(s) that result in uncomfortable feelings (e.g., sadness, guilt, shame, etc.) and
body sensations, typically tingling. Desensitisation of Subjective Units of Distress (SUDS) which
include emotion and body sensations (measured from 0-100) is achieved by eye movements which are
facilitated by the therapist who moves his or her finger from side to side (horizontally or diagonally) in
increments typically lasting 30-60 seconds. Sets of these 30-second increment eye movements are
continued until the level of distress reduces, preferably as close to zero as possible. Once the person has
achieved complete desensitisation, phase 5 follows: positive cognitions are installed so that the
person has new cognitions. For example, a new, more positive cognition is identified “I'm fine as I
am”, “my body is fine as it is” “I am safe” and installed by having the client keeping this cognition
in mind during eye movements. Phase 6 includes identifying current triggers and future templates to
prepare the person to a new response to a previous trauma or trigger. Phase 7 involves installation
of a “Safe Place” which is a coping tool which can be used outside the session should a traumatic
memory emerge after the session. Finally, Phase 8 is a debriefing of the session (see EMDR
Protocol in Appendix II).
EMDR also uses a resource development and “installation” procedure (Shapiro, 1991; Shapiro,
& Maxfield, 2002; Stickgold, 2002). Korn and Leeds (2002) have found evidence to support their
use of their resource and installation method for Complex PTSD. More specifically, they found that
the inclusion of the bilateral stimulation in the protocol appears to lead to spontaneous, rapid
increases in affective intensity within an initially selected memory network and to rich, emotionally
vivid associations to other functional (positive) memory networks. These increases in intensity of
positive emotions and new functional associations bring additional ego-strengthening material into
consciousness. (p.1469). The Safe Place Installation (see Appendix II) is a resource development
and installation procedure which involves combining an image of a safe place with bilateral eye
movement to increase feelings of calm and to enhance a client's ability to successfully engage in
subsequent trauma processing. However, the resource development protocol can also be used to
55
develop missing resources and strengths e.g. “I’d like to feel safer, more confident, more trusting,
more determined, better able to self-soothe or tolerate uncomfortable feelings.” As with the Safe
Place Installation, the client is asked to think of something positive – but in contrast to a calming,
soothing place/situation, the client is asked to think of a situation he or she has personally had these
qualities. If not, he or she can think of another person e.g., teacher, public figure, mentor or even a
fictional character, animal or spiritual guide who may possess these qualities in which he or she felt
e.g., safe, confident, soothed, able to tolerate your feelings, etc. However, the same procedure is
used to install these feelings (by associating them with words, images or symbols). Just as the client
is able to calm himself or herself with the Safe Place method, the client who has had the Resource
Development Installation (RDI) is then able to use this newly installed resource to engage in a new
behaviour due to possession of these installed feelings. The RDI is said to strengthen connections to
resources in functional (positive) “memory networks” (Leeds & Shapiro, 2000; Shapiro, 1995)
while deliberately not stimulating dysfunctional (traumatic) memory networks (Greenwald, 1993a,
1993b; Martinez, 1991; Wildwind, 1992).
1.9.3. Efficacy of EMDR
To date at least 20 studies have provided evidence for the clinical efficacy of EMDR therapy in the
treatment of PTSD (ACPMH, 2013; Bisson et al., 2013, Ehlers et al., 2010; WHO, 2013) and
symptoms associated with trauma (Edmond et al., 1999). EMDR has been found to be efficacious
in the treatment of PTSD as per 16 published controlled, randomised studies with comparisons to
antidepressant medication, CBT and in several meta-analyses. These have found EMDR is compa-
rable to other treatments, including exposure therapy (Bisson et al., 2007; Bradley, Greene, Russ,
Dutra, & Westen, 2005). More recently, Chen and colleagues (2015) have found – through a quanti-
tative meta-analysis on the findings of 26 randomized controlled trials of EMDR therapy for PTSD
published between 1991 and 2013 - that EMDR therapy significantly reduced the symptoms of
PTSD, depression, anxiety, and subjective distress in PTSD participants.

56
In some cases, meta-analyses and single study comparisons of CBT and EMDR, EMDR has
been shown to relieve PTSD symptoms as effectively, but often more quickly than the gold-
standard CBT (c.f. Jaberghaderi et al., 2004; Van Etten & Taylor, 1998), cited by Shapiro (2014)
to produce significant improvements after a limited number of sessions. Shapiro (1989) suggested
that 75% of individuals with a traumatic memory had complete desensitisation, i.e., were treated
successfully - in one 50-minute session and that between one and three individual traumatic
memories could be treated in a single session. However, a primary difference between EMDR and
other treatments is that the recommended session duration for an EMDR session is 90 minutes
(Shapiro, 1997). For example, at least one study has shown that treatment duration of more than 60
minutes was a major contributing factor in the amelioration of anxiety and depression (Chen et al.,
2014). The reason for its efficacy has been explained by its unique mechanism, i.e., that it
addresses the trauma memory network on emotional, cognitive as well as physiological levels
simultaneously (Shapiro, & Maxfield, 2002; Stickgold, 2002). Because EMDR sessions target
physiological, emotional and cognitive disturbance, changes may appear to the client to be more
spontaneous or automatic compared to CBT which may require homework and a conscious effort to
change negative beliefs (Shapiro, & Maxfield, 2002; Stickgold, 2002).
In addition to being effective for PTSD, EMDR has also been found – over the past 36 years - to
be useful in the treatment of panic attacks (De Jongh, & ten Broeke, 2009), phobias (Haour & de
Beaurepaire, 2016), grief (Solomon & Rando, 2014), pain (Tesarz et al., 2014), depression (Hase et
al., 2015), performance (Foster & Lendl, 1995), addictions (Hase, O'Brien, & Abel, 2011; Luber,
2009; Shapiro, 2005; Zweben, & Yeary, 2006), dissociative disorers (Paulsen, 1995), body
dysmorphic disorder (Brown, McGoldrick & Buchanan, 1997) and morbid jealousy (Blore, 1997).
EMDR has also been found to be useful in the alleviation of psychotic and affective symptoms as
well as prove useful as an adjunct treatment for chronic pain conditions (Valiente-Gómez et al.,
2017).
57
1.9.4. Current EMDR protocols
Balbo et al. (2017) concluded after a systematic review of EMDR for the treatment of eating disor-
ders of EMBASE, MEDLINE, PsycINFO and CINAHL from the beginning of records to February
2017 that there was not only insufficient support due to the scarcity of studies but also methodolog-
ical limitations that make it difficult to identify if EMDR is efficacious for eating disorders. In addi-
tion, these protocols are for eating disorders in general, rather than for BED specifically.
For example, a single case study using the EMDR DeTur protocol (Popky, 2005) to treat “emo-
tional eating” has been published (Halvgaard, 2015). It outlines the effect of an adjusted version of
the desensitization of triggers and urge reprocessing (DeTUR) protocol which includes resource
installation, affect management, ego state work and the standard EMDR protocol. This protocol
aimed to target affect regulation in specific eating behaviour, urges in triggering situations, impulse
control and body image. It did not have any standardised measures for testing targets, thus the out-
come is difficult to assess and compare.
Omaha proposed a BED protocol at the EMDRIA Conference in 2000. Omaha's “Chemotion”
protocol involves desensitising trauma but added a component to develop specific affect regulation
resources. According to Omaha, food (“the abused substance”), then no longer provides the means
for re-enactment of childhood emotional trauma and no longer facilitates a re-experiencing of
unresolved affects related to the trauma. Treatment outcome data were not available and no
randomised controlled trials have been conducted.
In 2003 Balbo conducted a symposium on “EMDR treatment of BED” at the annual meeting of
the EMDR Europe Association in Rome. Balbo analysed 10 cases of clients with various
dysfunctional ideas caused by distorted constructions with respect to their self-esteem, self-
acceptance and personal value, as shown both in their EDI-2 (Eating Disorder Inventory-2 scores),
the analysis of their life histories and The Symptom Questionnaire after 6 EMDR sessions. Results
indicated that the use of EMDR on negative cognitions as well as on BE produced a reduction of
dysfunctional ideas, binge eating, an increase in motivation to change, an increase in compliance
58
and autonomy in therapy progress. However, there was no report of weight loss.
Hornsfeld conducted a symposium on “Cue exposure and EMDR: a new protocol description of
procedure and demonstration of clinical application in the treatment of Binge Eating” at the annual
meeting of the EMDR Europe Association in Belgium in 2005. Hornsfeld's protocol is based on
Jansen’s (1997) cue exposure protocol (that is aimed at extinction of the conditioned response
pattern) with an added component that targets processing of emotional and cognitive reactions. No
treatment outcomes are available and no controlled trials have been conducted.
Neither Omaha, Balbo nor Hornsfeld have tested their proposed protocols in randomised
controlled trials. However, Bloomgarden and Calogero (2008) conducted a randomised trial with 43
women who underwent standard residential eating disorders treatment (SRT) or and EMDR therapy
(SRT and EMDR) for treatment of negative body image. At post-treatment, 3-month, and 12-month
follow-up, those receiving SRT and EMDR reported less distress about negative body image and
lower body dissatisfaction compared to SRT. However, whether the effect was due to the
combination i.e., more treatment compared to SRT only is unclear as it was not compared to EMDR
only.
Because trauma history is prominent in the BED population (e.g., Smyth et al., 2008;
Vanderlinden et al., 1993; van der Kolk, 1991) and current evidence suggests that EMDR is an
effective and efficient treatment for trauma (e.g., Jaberghaderi et al., 2004; Shapiro, 2014; Van
Etten & Taylor, 1998), as well as being applicable for disorders other than trauma/PTSD (e.g.,
Tesarz et al., 2014; Shapiro, 2014), it would seem that EMDR may be an effective and efficient
treatment for BED. However, as noted above, a specific protocol for BED has not been developed –
other than those proposed by Omaha (2000), Balbo (2003) and Hornsfeld (2005). Since above
mentioned protocols were not available, an adapted form of a BN protocol is proposed. The new
proposed protocol for BED will be an adaptation of Forester's BN protocol outlined in Robin
Shapiro's (2009) EMDR Solutions II (see Appendix II).
59
MAJOR RESEARCH AIMS AND HYPOTHESES
The aim of this study was to examine the effectiveness of EMDR, an evidence-based treatment
usually indicated for PTSD, to treat BED. It was proposed that EMDR may be effective for the
BED population because not only is trauma history common in this population (e.g., Smyth et al.,
2008; Vanderlinden et al., 1992) but also because EMDR has shown – in some cases – to be an
effective and efficient treatment for disorders other than PTSD (e.g., Hase et al., 2015; Valiente-
Gómez et al., 2017). The main target of the treatment, adapted from an EMDR protocol used for
BN, was to reduce BED symptoms. Secondary outcomes include reductions in comorbid mental
health symptoms, increased engagement in exercise and facilitation of weight loss. More
specifically, the main hypotheses are the following:
Hypothesis 1 is that compared to no treatment, EMDR decreases BED symptoms
Hypothesis 2 is that EMDR improves engagement in exercise. Hypothesis 3 is that EMDR reduces
comorbid mental health symptoms, general anxiety, depression and stress symptoms and improves
self-esteem. Hypothesis 4 is that there is a relationship between childhood trauma and response to
treatment. Hypothesis 5 is that EMDR facilitates weight loss. These hypotheses will be tested by a
randomized controlled trial of participants who will have ten 1-hour EMDR treatment sessions over
10 weeks and will be compared those wait-listed participants. Participants will be assessed pre-
treatment/waitlist period and post-treatment/10-week waitlist period on weight as well as with
questionnaires assessing not only BED symptoms but also frequency, duration and intensity of
exercise, mental health indices and trauma history.
60
CHAPTER 2
61
METHOD
2.1. Participant Recruitment
Participants were recruited from an advertisement in a Sydney newspaper as well as through flyers that
were distributed in GP clinics in the Sydney area as well as the University of Sydney campus (see
Appendix III). Information about the trial was also available on the Clinical Trials Registry website. The
recruitment advertisement requested potential participants to contact the researcher to participate in a
Binge Eating Disorder treatment study.
2.1.2. Participant Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria
Inclusion criteria were that participants were: adults able to speak/understand English, met the principal
diagnostic criteria for BED - as assessed by the BEDQ, a questionnaire designed by the researcher (see
Appendix IV) based on the DSM-5 diagnosis for BED (see Appendix I). Exclusion criteria included: (1)
the presence of a medical condition or medication that affects appetite, eating or weight; (2) use of
Benzodiazepines because these reduce treatment efficacy through the mechanisms of state-dependent
learning (Paulson, 2007); (3) the presence of epilepsy or dissociative identity disorder (which are
contra-indications for EMDR) as measured by the Dissociative Experiences Scale (Carlson and Putnam,
1993); (4) current pregnancy or planning a pregnancy within 6 months from starting treatment; (5)
participation in another weight control treatment program or any psychological therapy; (6) engagement
in legal proceedings relating to their weight or eating (e.g., in legal proceedings to sue the perpetrator of
sexual abuse that lead to trauma); (7) presence of another major stressor that would interfere with their
ability to focus on their weight/eating goal (e.g., divorce, etc.) or (7) presence of any substance use or
alcohol use disorder or use of any illicit drugs on a regular basis that would have required the focus of
treatment; (8) presence of substantial borderline personality disorder traits - as assessed by the 12-item
Borderline Personality Test (Grohol, 2013); (9) current active suicidal ideation (or in the last 6 months)
with plan/intent; (10) presence of psychotic symptoms because using EMDR without special training on
those with borderline disorders, schizophrenia and substance use disorders is contra-indicated (Fine et
al., 1995). The research was approved by and complied with the University of Sydney Human Research
62
Ethics (Approval 2014/025 on 29/10/2014; see Appendix A) and was registered with Australian New
Zealand Clinical Trials Registry (ANZCTR, ACTRN12614000894695 on 05/08/2014).
2.2 Measures
2.2.1. Screening Measures
(a) BED Questionnaire
This questionnaire was designed by the investigator, based on the BED criteria as outlined by the
DSM-5 for the purpose of identifying those who had BED diagnosis. It was used during the
telephone screening to identify suitable participants (see Appendix IV). For example, “do you eat a
large amount of food and feel like you can't stop?/have no control; at least once weekly the past 3
months, do you eat very quickly, eat when you're not hungry, feel guilty, embarrassed or disgusted
about what/how much you eat?”
(b) Borderline Personality Disorder Test
This is 12-item test (see Appendix IV) designed by Grohol (2013), includes questions about self-harm,
mood dysregulation and anger outbursts. For example, “have you ever purposely cut or burnt yourself or
injured yourself as a suicide attempt?” Questions are rated on a 5 point scale from “strongly disagree” to
“strongly agree.” Psychometric properties of this screen have not been objectively researched.
(c) The Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES)
The DES (see Appendix IV) is a 28-item questionnaire developed by Carlson and Putnam (1993),
typically used as a screen for Dissociative Disorders. The DES is freely available to use and no
special training is required to administer and score it. Questions include “Some people have the
experience of finding themselves in a place and having no idea how they got there,” or “some
people have the experience of looking in the mirror and not recognizing themselves.”
The DES and/or its taxon score has been used to screen out those people who were deemed
unsuitable for EMDR by assessing presence and level of dissociative symptoms (Paulson, 2007).
63
Although it has been under debate recently (de Jongh et al., 2016), research has indicated that the
risk of retraumatisation during EMDR with clients with dissociative disorder is particularly high
(Paulson, 2007). The overall DES score is obtained by summing the 28 item scores and dividing by
28: this yields a total score ranging from 0 to 100. A recommended cut off score on the DES is 25
(Saxe et al., 1993). Scores above 25 are clear indications that EMDR should not proceed (Paulson,
2007). However, a subset of 8 DES items (3, 5, 7, 8, 12, 13, 22, and 27) form the Dissociative
Experiences Scale Taxon (Waller et al., 1996), which is thought to be especially sensitive to
pathological dissociation. The DES-T total score can be obtained by averaging across DES items 3,
5, 7, 8, 12, 13, 22, and 27. Waller et al. (1996) have proposed a procedure to derive Bayesian taxon
membership probabilities from these 8 items (Waller & Ross, 1997). The DES has very good
validity and reliability, and good overall psychometric properties (Carlson, 1994; Carlson &
Armstrong, 1994; Carlson & Putnam, 1993; Carlson et al., 1993). The DES cut off score used for
this study was 25.
2.2.2. Measures at Baseline only
(a) Invalidating Childhood Environment Scale (ICES) (Mountford, 2007)
Developed by Mountford et al. (2006), the ICES (see Appendix IV) measures the impact of parental
invalidation. Items include fourteen items related to mother's and father's response to emotions
during childhood rated from 1 (never) to 5 (all of the time). For example, “During my childhood my
parents would become angry if I disagreed with them,” “when I was anxious my parents ignored
this,” “if I couldn't do something, my parents would say things like ‘you're being difficult on
purpose’.” The additional four items assess perceptions regarding perceptions of parents during
childhood which are rated from 1 (not like my family) to 5 (like my family all the time). These
include “everything in my family was perfect on the surface. However, my parents couldn't stand it
if I showed I was upset, scared or angry. They expected me to put aside my feelings and get on with
it” and “I felt listened and cared for. My parents were interested in my thoughts and ideas and
64
encouraged me to make my own decisions and choices. If things were difficult for me, they
supported me and tried to comfort me.”
Trauma related to invalidation has been found to be associated with the difficulties in tolerating
distress that is often seen in adults with eating disorders (Corstorphine et al., 2007). High scores on
the ICES tend to have greater levels of eating disturbance (Mountford et al., 2007). According to the
developers, the ICES has acceptable psychometric and clinical validity (Mountford et al., 2007). In
terms of concurrent validity, Mountford et al. (2007) found that the ICES paternal and maternal
invalidation scores were associated with some of the subscales in the Eating Disorders Inventory (EDI;
Garner, Olmsted, & Polivy, 1983) among both the clinical and non-clinical samples. The ICES was also
able to differentiate clinical from non-clinical groups with the clinical group reporting higher levels of
both maternal and paternal invalidation.
2.2.3. Pre- and Post- Measures
Apart from the BMI (a measure derived by height/weight), questionnaires included three eating
disorder measures - the clinician-administered Eating Disorder Examination (Fairburn & Beglin,
1994) and two pen-and-paper measures - the Eating Beliefs Questionnaire (Groves, 2008) and
Binge Eating Scale (Gormally et al., 1982), one exercise measure - the International Physical
Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ; Craig et al., 2003), and three mental health measures: the Trauma
Symptom Checklist-40 (Briere & Runtz, 1989), the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (Rosenberg,
1965) and the Depression, Anxiety and Stress Scale (DASS21; Lovibond & Lovibond, 1995).
2.2.3.1. Eating Disorder Related Measures
(a) Eating Disorder Examination 16th edition (EDE 16.0D)
The EDE is a 36-item clinician administered self-report measure of eating disorder features that
focuses on the past 28 days (Fairburn & Beglin, 1994; see Appendix IV). Scores on each of the four
65
subscales, as well as a global score, may be derived from 22 items assessing core attitudinal eating
disorder features, namely, restraint, eating concern, weight concern and shape concern (see
Appendix). Scores on these items (and subscales) range from ‘0’ to ‘6’, with higher scores
indicating greater symptom levels (Fairburn & Beglin, 1994).
The EDE-Q subscales have been found to have very good internal consistency, test-retest
reliability, and convergent validity in a range of study populations, including general population
samples of women (Berg et al., 2012; Fairburn & Beglin, 1994; Mond et al., 2004). Reliability and
validity have been supported in the use of BED (Grilo, Masheb, Lozano-Blanco, Barry, 2004):
inter-rater reliability 0.98 for objective bulimic episodes, on the eating disorder scales 0.65-.96; test-
retest reliability 0.70 on episodes and .70 on days and on the eating disorder scales 0.50-.88. Reas
and colleagues (2006) found in their investigation of the reliability of the EDE-Q for people with
BED, that the EDE-Q is useful for assessing the number of objective bulimic episodes and
associated features of eating disorders in patients with BED. However, it is not reliable for assessing
subjective bulimic episodes.
Although not specific to BED, the EDE has diagnostic items and items specific to eating, weight
and body image. Eating items include patterns of eating, picking (nibbling), preoccupation with
food, eating or calories, bulimic episodes and other episodes of overeating, social eating and eating
in secret. Weight items include satisfaction with weight, desire to lose weight, desired weight,
weighing, reaction to prescribed weighing and sensitivity to weight gain. Body image items include
dissatisfaction with shape, preoccupation with shape or weight, importance of weight, shape and
strict control over eating, discomfort seeing body, discomfort about body exposure and feeling fat.
Special training is needed to administer and score the EDE. The investigator who also acted as a
therapist, administered all EDE's at pre-treatment/wait-list. Those participants who were treated by
the assessor, were assessed at post-treatment by an independent assessor.
66
(b) Eating Beliefs Questionnaire (EBQ)
Developed by Groves (2008), this 32-item scale assesses negative and positive beliefs about eating
(see Appendix IV). Items are scored on a Likert scale from 1-5 with 1 (strongly disagree) and 5
(strongly agree). Items include “I will never be able to control my urges to eat,” “Eating helps me
cope,” and “once I start eating I can't stop.” Results of an exploratory factor analysis study
supported a two-factor solution (negative and positive beliefs) providing evidence that it is a valid
and reliable measure within a non-clinical sample.
The EBQ has excellent internal consistency α = .93-.96. It also has good test-retest reliability.
The EBQ also has strong positive correlations with EBQ subscales, BMI and DEBQ subscales and
moderate positive correlations with EBQ subscales and DASS subscales (Groves, 2008). In
addition, Burton et al.'s (2017) validation study also supported the two-factor solution (negative and
positive beliefs) in a confirmatory factor analysis. It provided evidence that the EBQ is a valid and
reliable measure within a large clinical and non-clinical sample. It confirmed significant differences
in EBQ scores between clinical and non-clinical groups and supported test and re-test reliability in
both clinical and non-clinical samples over a period of 2-10 weeks. It also confirmed treatment
sensitivity/responsiveness across two binge eating treatment samples and showed an internal
consistency α = .91-.94. Strong positive correlations were found between EBQ subscales and BMI,
the EDE-Q, binge eating frequency, DASS21 scale scores and measures of eating disorder
symptoms (DEBQ, EDBQ, ED-CBQ, Body Shape Q), measures of emotion regulation (ACS and
DERS) and a measure of negative self-beliefs (CBQ). In this sample, the EBQ Positive Beliefs had
a α = 0.93 indicating excellent reliability and Negative Beliefs a α =0.84 indicating good reliability.
(c) Binge Eating Scale (BES)
The BES was originally developed by Gormally et al. (1982) to identify binge eaters within an
obese population (see Appendix IV). It consists of 16 items that are specific to attitudes about
weight, body size, eating, binge urges, emotional eating, binge behaviours, preoccupation with
67
food, weighted from severity of 1-4. Respondents are classified as mild (<=17), moderate (18 to
26), and severe (>=27). In general, a score >=17 is indicative of binge eating. The BES has
demonstrated excellent performance (96.7%) on discriminating clinically significant cases of binge
eating, showing a sensitivity of 81.8% and specificity of 97.8% (Duarte, Pinto-Goveia & Ferreira,
2015).
Items include “I don’t feel self-conscious about my weight or body size when I’m with others,”
“I feel capable to control my eating urges when I want to.” The BES has good test-retest reliability
(r = .87, p <.001) and a moderate association with binge eating severity as measured by food
records (r = .20-.40, p <.05; Timmerman, 1999). For this study, the BES had a α = 0.83 indicating
good reliability.
2.2.3.2. Mental Health Related Measures
(a) The Depression Anxiety Stress Scale – short form (DASS21; Lovibond & Lovibond, 1995)
The DASS21 is a 21-item self-report measure that assesses the presence and severity of depression,
anxiety and stress over the past week (see Appendix IV). Respondents are instructed to rate each item
using a 4-point Likert scale ranging from 0 (did not apply to me) to 3 (applied to me very much). Items
on the Depression subscale include “I felt down-hearted and blue;” on the Anxiety subscale “I was close
to panic” and on the Stress subscale “I found it hard to wind down.” Scores of the DASS21 range from
0 to 42, with higher scores on each scale representing higher levels of each negative emotional state.
The DASS21 has shown good reliability in the detection of depression (α = .94), anxiety (α = .84), and
stress (α = .91), as well as adequate internal consistency and face validity. The coefficient alphas for the
DASS subscales were .88 for depression, .81 for anxiety, and .85 for stress (Antony et al., 1998).
For this sample, the DASS21-Depression subscale the Cronbach alpha was excellent (α = 0.96), for
Anxiety subscale excellent (α = 0.91) and for DASS21-Stress subscale also excellent (α = 0.91).
68
(b) Trauma Symptom Checklist-40 (TSC-40; Briere & Runtz, 1989)
The TSC-40 is a 40-item self-report questionnaire that evaluates symptomatology in adults
associated with childhood and adult traumatic experiences (see Appendix IV). The TSC measures
aspects of post-traumatic stress and other symptom clusters found in some traumatized individuals.
The TSC-40 consists of six subscales: Anxiety, Depression, Dissociation, Sexual Abuse Trauma
Index (SATI), Sexual Problems and Sleep Disturbance. Each symptom item is rated according to its
frequency of occurrence over the prior two months, using a four-point scale ranging from 0
("never") to 3 ("often"). Items include, for example: “headaches, stomach problems, having trouble
breathing, insomnia, weight loss, sexual problems, flashbacks, low sex drive, nightmares, sadness,
memory problems and feelings of guilt.”
The TSC-40 requires approximately 10-15 minutes to complete and can be scored in
approximately 5-10 minutes. The TSC-40 has predictive validity with reference to a wide variety of
traumatic experiences and has been found to be a relatively reliable measure with subscale α
typically ranging from .66 to .77, with α for the full scale averaging between .89 and .91 (Briere,
1996). For this sample the TSC-40 had a α = 0.94 (excellent).
(c) Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES; Rosenberg, 1965)
The RSES is a 10-item self-report measure evaluating self-esteem esteem (see Appendix IV) using
a 4-point Likert scale ranging from 0 (strongly disagree) to 3 (strongly agree) of an individual's
global self- with higher scores representative of higher self-esteem. Items include “I feel that I have
a number of good qualities” and “I take a positive attitude toward myself.” Reliability and validity
of this scale has been supported by previous studies (e.g., Byrne, 1983; Fleming & Courtney, 1984;
Rosenberg, 1965; Silber & Tippet, 1965). The Cronbach alpha for this sample was good (α = 0.81).
69
2.2.3.3. Other Measures
(a) International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ) short version
This 7-item questionnaire assesses engagement in exercise, but also time spent sitting (see
Appendix IV). Items include questions about number of minutes/hours of vigorous and moderate
physical activity as well as walking over the past week. The IPAQ has reasonable measurement
properties for monitoring population levels of physical activity among 18- to 65-year-old adults in
diverse settings. Criterion validity had a median of about 0.30. (Craig et al., 2003). The IPAQ
includes a question regarding sitting – as per research that has confirmed that sitting for many hours
without getting up, increases risk of diabetes, heart disease and early mortality regardless of
physical activity throughout the day (Dunstan et al., 2012).
(b) Working Alliance Inventory (WAI-S)
This 12-item questionnaire, developed by Tracey and Kokotovic (1989), is based on the original 36-
item Working Alliance Inventory (WAI) by Horvath and Greenberg (1989) to measure the working
alliance – the quality of the bond between therapist and client. It measures three aspects of the
therapeutic relationship: agreement on task and goals. The WAI-S produces a total alliance score, as
well as scores for the three subscales (Goal, Task, Bond), where the total 12-items are comprised of
4 items from each of the subscales.
Items include “I am worried about the outcome of these sessions,” “my therapist and I
understand each other,” “I disagree with my therapists about what I ought to get out of therapy.”
Each item is responded to using a 7-point format. It yields three 12-item, summed subscale scores
(Task, Bond, and Goal) as well as one overall score. Horvath and Greenberg (1986) demonstrated
adequate reliability for the WAI. Internal consistency estimates of alpha were .93 for the overall
client score (with subscale alphas of .85 to .88) and .87 for the overall therapist score (with subscale
alphas of .68 to .87). Content validity has been supported through both rational and empirical
70
methods (Tracey & Kokotovic, 1989). For this study, it was administered at session 4 to participants
in the EMDR group (Appendix IV).
(c) Confidence in Treatment (CIT)
The Confidence in Treatment scale (see Appendix IV), also known as the Credibility/Expectancy
Questionnaire or the Treatment Expectancy Questionnaire (Devilly & Borkovec, 2000), measures
perceived credibility/confidence in treatment. For this study, the three questions were modified to
measure participants' perceived credibility specific to the EMDR treatment and eating/weight
pathology: (1) How logical does this type of treatment seem to you? (2) How confident are you that
this treatment will be successful in reducing your binge eating and helping you with your weight?
and (3) How confident would you be in recommending this treatment to a friend who was
experiencing struggling with binge eating and weight management?
This scale demonstrates high internal consistency within each factor with a standardised alpha
between 0.79 and 0.90 for the expectancy factor, a Cronbach's α of between 0.81 and 0.86 for the
credibility factor, and a standardized α of between 0.84 and 0.85 for the whole scale. Test retest
reliability over a one-week period was also found to be good at 0.82 for expectancy and 0.75 for
credibility. The original version of this scale has been used successfully to compare the reliability of
control treatments in treatment outcome research (Heimber et al., 1990) and to determine the extent
to which treatment credibility predicts treatment outcome (Chambless Tran, & Glass, 1997). It was
modified to include the wording of binge eating/weight management problems and administered at
session 4 by each therapist. For this sample, the Cronbach alpha was acceptable (α = 0.68).
(d) Body Mass Index (BMI)
BMI is calculated by dividing weight by height and then identifying the weight category. For
example, 65kg at 160 m, BMI = 24. This score is then categorised: a BMI between 18 and 24 is
normal/healthy; BMI=25-29 is overweight; a BMI greater than 30 is obese and 30-39 is morbidly
obese, 40+ = super obese (Hudson et al., 2007). For this study, all participants were weighed by the
71
investigator pre-treatment/waitlist period and after 10 sessions/10-week waitlist period.
2.3. Procedure
Of the initial 90 potential participants who contacted the clinic, 38 met eligibility criteria and were
invited for assessment. Participants were then randomly allocated by an independent researcher using a
computer generated randomisation procedure into either the ten 1-hour session individual EMDR
treatment with the therapist one of the three options or allocated to the waitlist group. Participants'
characteristics are described in the results section. Due to the randomized allocation (which was
computer generated), only 16 were allocated to the EMDR group whereas 22 to the waitlist group.
At the assessment interview, participants signed the Participant Consent Form (Appendix III). They
were weighed by the investigator to calculate a BMI. They also completed a total of eight measures
including the Eating Beliefs Questionnaire (EBQ), Binge Eating Scale (BES), Eating Disorder
Examination (EDE), International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ), Trauma Symptom Checklist
(TSC-40), Rosenberg Self-Esteem (RSES), Depression, Anxiety and Stress Scale (DASS21) and the
Invalidating Childhood Experiences Scale (ICES).
Those in EMDR treatment were able to choose their preferred location/therapist. Therapist A, also
the investigator, was a clinical psychologist with a Doctorate in Clinical Psychology with 14 years
clinical experience; Therapist B was a generalist psychologist with a Bachelor of Arts in Psychology and
Post-Graduate Diploma in Psychology with 25 years’ experience; Therapist C was a clinical
psychologist with a Doctorate in Clinical Psychology with 5 years post-doctoral experience. All three
therapists were female and were registered psychologists with AHRPRA and had EMDR Level II
training (accredited by EMDRIA) which meant they adhered to the ethical guidelines outlined by these
professional bodies.
All EMDR participants were also asked to complete two questionnaires that assessed confidence
in treatment with the Confidence in Treatment Scale (Devilly & Borkovec, 2000; see Appendix IV)
and the quality of the therapeutic alliance with the Working Alliance Questionnaire (Horvath &
Greenberg, 1986) in session 4 (see Appendix IV). The Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES;
72
Carlson & Putnam, 1993) administered during the phone screening were forwarded to the therapists
to assist with treatment. After a wait-list period of 10 weeks, participants on the wait-list were asked
to complete post-treatment (waitlist) questionnaires and were also given the opportunity to
participate in the EMDR treatment. EMDR treatment was administered in the form of 10 weekly 1-
hour individual sessions. Although some participants may achieve desired treatment goals in fewer
than 10 sessions, all participants were required to attend 10 sessions in order to standardize the
treatment across all three therapists. Participants were asked to pay $ 10 per session. All participants
who had 10 EMDR sessions, were asked to complete post-treatment questionnaires. Statistical
analyses were performed with SPSS Version 21 (IBM, 2012).
In regards to fidelity checks, all ten 1-hour sessions were audiotaped so that an external auditor
would be able to verify that (1) therapists used only EMDR therapy, (2) therapists presented the
therapy in ten 1-hour sessions and (3) therapists used assessment methods and the EMDR protocol
specifically developed for this particular BED study.
2.3.1. Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing (EMDR)
Because existing BED EMDR protocols were not available, the protocol used for this study was one
developed and modified by the investigator, based on a protocol designed for BN by Forester
(2001). Modifications included (1) the removal of the processing of compensatory behaviours
(vomiting/use of laxatives and excessive exercise) that is used for BN behaviours; (2) the addition
of a protocol to improve motivation to exercise – this was based on the Safe Place Installation; (3)
the addition of a protocol - based on a standard trauma protocol - to lose weight. Although the
standard session time for an EMDR is 90 minutes, the therapy sessions duration was reduced to the
standard 50-60 minutes. The focus of the EMDR was to remove the underlying trauma(s) to
desensitize anxiety about eating/weight/weight loss/food and body shape, improve associated self-
esteem and general mental health, eliminate binge eating, improve engagement in exercise and
decrease body weight. See Appendix II for the complete treatment protocol.
73
CHAPTER 3
74
RESULTS
3.1. Tests of normality, sphericity and randomness of missing data
The data was assessed for any violations to assumptions of normality using the Shapiro-Wilk test
and to assumptions of sphericity using Mauchly's test of sphericity in SPSS. Most variables did not
violate assumptions of normality. However, scores on the DASS21 anxiety and depression
subscales, and the TSC-40 anxiety subscale although broadly distributed, were somewhat positively
skewed, as were scores on the TSC-40 dissociation subscale. These distributions are in keeping with
relatively low mean scores on these measures and with the mean scores for these measures more
generally. Inspection of Q-Q normal plots indicated linear distributions of scores for these variables
and as such raw scores were retained for analysis. In keeping with expectations, EDE shape
concerns subscale scores were somewhat negatively skewed, but again, inspection of Q-Q plots
indicated a linear distribution of scores. There were no violations to assumptions of sphericity using
Mauchley's test of sphericity. Little's MCAR test was conducted, collapsed across groups, for all
quantitative self-report questionnaires completed at baseline (i.e., pre-treatment/waitlist), showing
no significant result, indicating that data are missing at random, p = 1.00.
3.2. Attendance Rates
Of the 90 people who contacted the investigator to participate, 85 people were available for the
phone screening. Of those, 47 people were not eligible for treatment for a variety of reasons most
notably because binge eating without compensatory behaviours was not their primary concern, they
were already regularly engaged in other therapy, or lived too far away to attend therapy regularly.
Of the 16 participants who started EMDR treatment, a total of 11 completed all 10 sessions. Of the
7 participants who started with Therapist A, 6 completed (85%); of the 4 participants who started
with Therapist B, 1 completed (25%); and of the 5 participants who started with Therapist C, 4
completed all 10 sessions (80%). Attendance ranged from 3 to 10 sessions with a mean attendance
rate of 8 sessions (SD = 2.7). No significant differences were found in session attendance rates
75
among the three therapists, χ2 (2, N = 16) = 4.79, p = 0.09, although Therapist B had the lowest
attendance rates.
3.3. Attrition and Questionnaire Return Rates
Of the 16 participants who were assigned to EMDR treatment, 11 completed all 10 sessions and
post-treatment measures, and 5 did not. Attrition rates were calculated as non-attendance at less than
80 percent of EMDR treatment sessions. A Chi-square analysis demonstrated no significant
differences in attrition rates between the two group, 32%, n = 7 for the waitlist group, and 31%, n =
5, for the EMDR group, χ2 (1, N = 38) = 0.001, p = 0.97. A Chi-square analysis revealed that there
was no significant difference between the two groups in the number of participants who completed
post measures, χ2 (1, N=38) =1.67, p = 0.20.
3.4. Study Flowchart
Figure 1 illustrates the flow of participants from initial contact and throughout the study to post
treatment/waitlist. As shown in Figure 1, ninety people responded to the recruitment advertisements
and a total of 85 could be contacted for screening. Participants were “screened” over the phone for
eligibility using a screening questionnaire (see Appendix IV). Of the 85 people who were screened,
47 were not eligible for treatment for a variety of reasons most notably because they did not meet
BED criteria, they were already regularly engaged in other therapy, or lived too far away to attend
therapy regularly. Thus, 38 participants were invited to attend an assessment session and were
provided with written informed consent to participate. All 38 met inclusion criteria and were invited
to participate in the EMDR therapy trial. An independent researcher randomly assigned the 38
participants using a computer-generated randomization procedure, to either EMDR treatment (n =
16) or a waitlist control group (n = 22). Of the total of 16 participants who started EMDR treatment:
7 chose location 1 with Therapist A, a total of 4 participants chose location 2 with therapist B, and 5
participants chose location 3 with therapist C. Twelve participants from the 22 participants on the
76
waitlist group and 11 of the 16 participants from the EMDR treatment group completed post
questionnaires/interviews. Ten participants who were on the waitlist did not complete post-waitlist
period assessment – reasons included moving away, not being available or contactable for a post-
waitlist period assessment or engaging in another treatment during the course of the 10-week
waitlist period. Reasons for discontinuing EMDR treatment included medical reasons that
prevented being able to attend (Therapist A), feeling incompatible (Therapist B) and the therapist
identifying other more severe comorbid issues needing more attention i.e., hoarding disorder and
marital distress (Therapist B) and not having transport anymore to attend treatment (Therapist C).
3.5. Pre-treatment demographic and symptom comparisons for EMDR and waitlist groups
Participants in the EMDR treatment group were compared on various demographic and symptom
measures to those in the waitlist group at pre-treatment/pre-waitlist period using a priori planned
contrasts and comparisons using one way analyses of variance (ANOVA) and Chi square analyses,
as appropriate.
Of these 38 participants who were assessed, all were female except for 1 male participant. Table 1
summarises other characteristics including the age, mean BMI, mean scores and standard deviations
for specific eating disorder measures (EBQ, BES and EDE) as well as other general psychological
health measures (DASS21, ICES, TSC, RSES) for both groups. Table 1 also includes the F values
and indicates significance for comparisons of the two groups using one-way ANOVAs. The only
significant baseline differences between the two groups included higher DASS21-anxiety scores for
waitlist participants and significantly higher ICES-invalidating scores for the EMDR group
participants.
77
Participant Flow Diagram
Contacted clinic (n=90)

Enrollment
Screened for eligibility (n = 85)
Excluded (n= 52)

Not meeting inclusion criteria (n=47)
Declined to participate (n= 5)
Randomized (n = 38)
Allocation
Allocated to waitlist (n = 22) Allocated to EMDR treatment (n = 16)
Received allocated intervention (n= 16)
Therapist A (n=7)
Therapist B (n=4)
Therapist C (n=5)
Follow-Up
Lost to follow-up (n = 10) Discontinued intervention (n= 5)
(moving away, not contactable engaged in other Therapist A (n=1) medical complications
treatment) Therapist B (n=3) incompatible, other overriding
diagnosis
Therapist C (n=1) no transport
Analysis
Analysed (n = 12) Analysed (n = 11)
78
Body Mass Index (BMI)
The relevant BMI weight category was calculated for each participant (i.e., underweight, normal,
overweight and obese ranges). The resulting proportions of waitlist participants in the BMI weight
categories included: 13.2% in the normal range, 15.8% in the overweight range and 21.1% in the
obese range, while participant in the EMDR group consisted of 5.3% in the normal range, 10.5% in
the overweight range and 23.7% in the obese range. A Chi-square analysis showed that the
proportions of participants in each of the BMI weight categories was not significantly different for
the EMDR and waitlist groups, χ2 (3, N = 38) = 1.8, p = 0.61.
Eating Disorder and Mental Health Indices
Results of comparison at pre-treatment/waitlist assessment between EMDR treatment and waitlist
groups showed no significant differences on eating disorder measures (EBQ, BES and EDE) as well
as other general psychological health measures (TSC, RSES) with the exception of two variables:
the waitlist group showed significantly higher mean DASS21–anxiety scores compared to the
EMDR group at baseline, F (1,36) = 4.5, p =.04, while the EMDR group showed significant
differences in ICES–invalidating scores at baseline, F (1,36)=11.0, p = .002. DASS-21 means
appear to be significantly different at baseline between groups.
79
Table 1
Pre-treatment demographics and symptom scores for waitlist (n=22) and EMDR (n=16) groups
Waitlist EMDR
Mean SD Mean SD F
Age 48.5 15.5 49.4 18.4 0.03
BMI 31.9 8.3 31.7 6.0 0.01
DASS21 Depression 17.5 14.5 9.5 8.2 3.9
*
DASS21 Anxiety 12.0 11.9 5.1 5.7 4.5
DASS21 Stress 19.2 11.5 14.1 8.9 2.2
EBQ – positive beliefs 54.6 12.1 50.2 12.2 1.2
EBQ – negative beliefs 47.2 8.7 44.8 8.1 0.7
EDE Weight Concern 4.4 1.2 3.6 1.0 3.8
EDE Shape Concern 4.5 1.1 4.3 1.3 0.2
EDE Eating Concern 2.8 1.6 2.9 1.6 0.1
EDE Restraint 2.7 1.4 2.5 1.7 0.2
EDE Binge days/month 17.6 11.3 14.1 9.8 1.0
EDE Binge episodes/month 22.2 17.4 25.4 23.5 0.2
Binge Eating Scale total 31.0 7.1 29.3 8.7 0.4
Rosenberg Self Esteem 17.3 4.8 15.0 3.4 2.5
**
ICES Invalidating -1.2 1.9 1.1 2.4 11.0
ICES mother 2.6 0.6 2.3 0.4 3.5
ICES father 2.7 0.7 2.4 0.6 2.6
TSC Dissociation 4.7 4.1 3.3 2.6 1.4
TSC Anxiety 6.8 6.2 6.1 4.2 0.2
TSC Depression 10.9 5.4 8.8 4.3 1.6
TSC Sexual Problems 5.6 4.9 3.9 4.1 1.2
*p < .05; **p < .01
3.6. Completer Analyses
Treatment completers were defined as participants who had attended all 10 sessions for those in the
EMDR group and returned post-treatment questionnaires. Those who completed less than 10
sessions were not included as the 10-session treatment format was used to standardize the treatment
for all three therapists. Waitlist completers were defined as having completed post-waitlist
questionnaires after the 10-week waitlist and who did not complete any further treatment during
their waitlist period, or formally discontinued the study.
Bonferroni corrections were applied to the main completer analyses for the eating disorder and
80
other mental health measures separately (corrected p value = .02). All eating disorder by group
analysis remained significant. Apart from the TSC-40, all the other mental health measures
remained significant when the correction was applied. A priori planned comparisons using Repeated
Measures Analyses of Variance (ANOVAs) were conducted to assess overall effects of time, and
any time x group interactions for each of the symptom measures. Effects of time for each of the
symptom measures compared symptom scores at pre versus post measurement points. Time x group
interactions assessed any differences in the effect of time for the two groups on relevant symptom
variables. The completer means and standard deviations for each of the symptom measures at pre-
and post-treatment/waitlist are reported in Table 2. Table 2 also reports F values and associated
significance levels for main effects of time, and time by group interactions for each symptom
variable as well as Cohen’s d effect sizes. Significance is indicated as p < .05, p <. 01 and p <.001.
We hypothesized that the EMDR treatment would have significantly greater effect on symptom
variables than the waitlist control group, resulting in significantly greater improvements in
symptom scores from pre to post treatment. Results are summarised below according to two sets of
measures, that is, (1) those that relate to eating pathology and (2) those that relate to measurement
of general mental health symptoms and concerns.
Hypothesis 1: EMDR decreases BED symptoms
Several BED symptoms reduced for the EMDR treatment participants according to post-treatment
measures. As can be seen in Table 2, a number of significant time by group interactions were
observed for the eating-related pathology measures that indicated significantly improved scores for
the EMDR group, but not for the waitlist group from pre to post treatment/waitlist. These included
significantly lower BES, EBQ-positive and EBQ-negative scale scores from pre to post for the
EMDR group relative to the waitlist group, p’s < .001, as well as lower EDE scores from pre to post
on the eating, shape, and weight subscales, p’s < .05. Importantly, the EMDR group showed
significantly less days per month binging and had significantly less binge episodes per month from
81
pre to post, p’s <.001, relative to the waitlist control group, as measured by the EDE. A
conservative Bonferroni correction decision rule was also applied to the main completer analyses
for the eating disorder measures (corrected p value = .02). All eating disorder measure time by
group analyses remained significant.
More specifically, although only 11 of the 16 in the EMDR treatment group completed post-
treatment questionnaires, improvements were noted in regards to binge days per month and binge
episodes per month with improvements ranging from 33 to 100%. Regarding binge days per month
the mean improvement was 83% (SD = 22) in the EMDR treatment group; regarding binge episodes
per month, the mean improvement was 85% (SD = 21).
Three Measures were converted to change scores by subtracting post treatment scores from pre-
treatment scores for the EMDR group only. The measures converted into change scores included the
Binge Eating Scale (BES) and EDE items 9A (number of days binged) and 9B (number of binge
episodes). These three measures were thought to be the most indicative of binge eating related
symptoms. The three change scores were then correlated with measures at pre-treatment including
BMI scores, EBQ subscales, EDE subscales, DASS-21 subscales, RSES scores, TSC subscales and
ICES subscales. Only four significant correlations emerged from the analysis.
Firstly, greater weight concerns at pre-treatment, as measured by the EDE-weight concerns
subscale, was significantly positively correlated with greater change following EMDR on the BES,
r = 0.78, p = 0.01. In addition, greater self-report of sexual problems at pre-treatment was also
significantly negatively correlated with change in the number of days binge eating, r = - 0.74, p =
0.01, such that greater improvement in days binge eating was significantly associated with less
reported sexual problems at pre-treatment for the EMDR group.
82
Preliminary Estimates of Clinical Significance
The BES, EBQ positive and negative belief scales, and EDE items 9A (number of binge days per
month) and 9B (number of binge episodes per month) were used to indicate whether participant
scores fell in the nonclinical range at post (in the case of the BES and the EBQ scales) or in the
"mild binge eating" range (in the case of the EDE items 9A and 9B) based on available clinical cut-
offs. Scores of less than or equal to 17 on the BES have been categorised as "non-binge eating"
(Celio et al., 2004; Gormally et al., 1982; Greeno et al., 1995), while scores of 25 or higher on the
EBQ positive beliefs scale, and scores of 17 or higher on the EBQ negative beliefs scale indicate
clinical levels of binge eating related beliefs (Burton, Smith & Abbott, in press). Participant scores
on EDE items 9A (binge eating on 1 to 4 days per month) and 9B (1 to 12 binge episodes per
month) were classified as "mild binge eating" according to DSM-5 (APA, 2013) criteria.
Chi-square analyses were conducted to assess significant differences in the distribution of non-
clinical cases for the EMDR and waitlist groups for each of these variables. Significantly more par-
ticipants in the EMDR group (55%) fell in the nonclinical range on the BES at post-treatment com-
pared to the waitlist group (0%), χ2 (1, N=29) = 12.4, p = 0.001. Similarly, the EMDR group
(27.3%) had significantly more participants at post-treatment in the nonclinical range for EBQ posi-
tive belief scores than the waitlist group (0%), χ2 (1, N=28) = 5.2, p = 0.02. No participants in ei-
ther group fell in the nonclinical range at post for EBQ negative belief scores.
A larger proportion of participants in the EMDR group (days/month 80%; episodes/month
100%) were rated as in the “mild binge-eating range” at post-treatment compared with waitlist par-
ticipants (days/month 5.6%; episodes/month 50%), for both number of days binge eating per month,
χ2 (1, N=28) = 16.3, p = 0.001, and number of episodes binge eating per month, χ2 (1, N=28) = 7.4,
p = 0.01.
Hypothesis 2: EMDR improves engagement in exercise
According to the IPAQ, a questionnaire measuring engagement in physical activity including
83
vigorous exercise, moderate exercise, time spent walking and time spent sitting over the past seven
days, the analyses (one way ANOVA) did not reveal significant improvement, all p’s >.20. Repeated
Measures ANOVAs were conducted using completer data, and time and time by group interaction
effects were assessed for each type of physical activity. The results indicated no significant effects
of time or time by group interactions, all p’s ranged from .07 to 1.00. However, the time by group
interaction for the number of days spent walking over the past week approached significance, F
(1,25) = 3.49, p =.07. The waitlist group walked longer than ten minutes for 4.94 days (SD = 2.08)
at pre, and for 4.23 days (SD = 2.14) on average at post, whereas the EMDR group walked on
average for 4.8 days (SD = 2.40) at pre-treatment and 5.1 days (SD = 2.18) at post treatment. The
complete means and standard deviations for the IPAQ are available on request.
Hypothesis 3: EMDR reduces comorbid mental health symptoms and improves self-esteem
Analyses that were performed on scores on the DASS21, TSC-40 and RSES questionnaires
revealed that EMDR treatment improved sleep and dissociation on the TSC-40 anxiety as well as
anxiety but only TSC-40 subscale, not the DASS21 anxiety subscale: significantly improved scores
were seen on the TSC global scale, p <.05, sleep scale, p <.01, and anxiety scale, p <.01 from pre to
post, relative to the waitlist group. A significant time by group interaction was also observed for the
TSC-dissociation scale, showing dissociation scores worsened for waitlist participants while scores
remained stable for EMDR participants from pre to post treatment, p <.05. Higher self-esteem
scores on the RSES at pre-treatment were significantly and positively correlated with greater
change following EMDR on the BES, r = 0.72, p = 0.02. A conservative Bonferroni correction
decision rule was also applied to the main completer analyses (corrected p value = .02) for the other
mental health measures, which also remained significant when the correction was applied, with the
exception of the TSC-dissociation subscale.
84
Hypothesis 4: Childhood trauma is related to response to EMDR treatment
As the literature revealed, BED conceptualized as a trauma reaction, would respond well to EMDR
treatment, a method primarily used to treat trauma disorders. The results revealed that the lower the
trauma – as measured by the ICES – the greater the improvement in binge eating. In fact, change in
the number of days binge eating following EMDR (EDE9A) was significantly negatively correlated
with ICES-mother scores, r = -0.64, p = 0.01, and ICES-father scores, r = -0.70, p = 0.02, indicating
greater improvement in days binge eating in those with lower levels of perceived emotional
invalidation from parents during childhood.
Hypothesis 5: EMDR facilitates weight loss
This hypothesis was confirmed: significantly lower mean BMI scores from pre to post were
observed for the EMDR treatment participants relative to the waitlist participants, p < .01.
3.7. Intent to Treat Analyses
More conservative intent to treat analyses (ITT) were conducted comparing change from pre to post
treatment/waitlist for the EMDR and waitlist groups. No data was missing at baseline. Missing data
at post treatment/waitlist was managed by carrying the relevant baseline score forward (essentially
inferring no change). Again, a priori comparisons of the groups were analysed using Repeated
Measures Analyses of Variance (ANOVAs), and the results are summarised according to the eating-
related measures and general mental health measures separately. Table 3 reports the means and
standard deviations for each of the symptom measures at pre- and post-treatment/waitlist for the
intent to treat data. Table 3 also reports F values and associated significance levels for main effects
of time, and time by group interactions for each symptom variable as well as Cohen’s d effect sizes.
85
Table 2: Completer pre and post means and standard deviations Cohen’s d effect sizes, and F values
for time and time by group interactions for the EMDR and Waitlist participants
Waitlist Group EMDR Group Time Time x group
Pre Post ES Pre Post ES F F
M SD M SD d M SD M SD d
Eating-Related
Measures
BMI 33.7 8.1 34.0 7.8 0.04 34.1 3.7 33.3 3.6 0.22 1.19 9.06**
BES total 31.1 5.8 31.1 6.4 0.00 30.7 6.4 16.6 8.8 1.83 59.91*** 59.91***
EBQ-positive 55.0 11.6 55.8 9.6 0.07 49.6 11.6 37.1 11.7 1.07 13.04** 16.55***
EBQ-negative 47.2 6.7 47.2 7.6 0.00 45.8 6.5 32.0 10.0 1.64 25.27*** 25.48***
EDE-restraint 2.5 1.3 2.4 1.4 0.07 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 0.21 0.41 0.10
EDE-eating 2.8 1.6 2.9 1.6 0.06 2.9 1.4 1.5 1.2 1.07 4.38* 6.08*
EDE-shape 4.4 1.1 4.5 1.1 0.09 4.6 0.88 3.2 1.8 0.99 4.96* 7.18*
EDE-weight 4.4 1.3 4.2 1.0 0.17 3.7 0.90 2.8 1.1 0.58 6.49* 3.34
EDE-binge 16.2 11.0 15.4 10.2 0.08 17.5 10.6 2.1 2.7 1.99 29.21*** 23.86***
days/month
EDE-binge 22.1 18.3 19.2 17.1 0.16 31.9 27.2 2.4 2.8 1.53 20.86*** 14.08**
episodes/month
General Mental
Health Measures
DASS21-dep 16.6 13.6 18.25 12.0 0.13 10.4 9.2 9.5 8.9 0.10 0.05 0.60
DASS21-anxiety 12.0 11.3 11.8 11.5 0.02 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.9 0.14 0.16 0.01
DASS21-stress 20.0 11.0 22.4 11.9 0.21 13.5 9.8 10.9 8.0 0.29 0.00 3.65
RSES 16.8 4.0 16.7 5.1 0.02 14.9 3.6 13.1 3.0 0.54 2.44 1.94
TSC-dissociation 4.4 3.0 6.1 3.7 0.50 2.1 1.6 2.3 2.0 0.11 6.23* 4.08*
TSC-anxiety 6.6 4.8 7.7 5.2 0.22 4.1 2.7 2.0 1.0 1.03 1.55 14.28**
TSC-depression 10.8 4.6 11.7 3.8 0.21 8.1 3.5 6.2 3.4 0.55 0.52 3.89
TSC-sexual 5.5 4.8 5.8 4.8 0.06 3.3 4.2 3.8 4.3 0.12 1.09 0.06
TSC-sleep 9.4 4.2 10.3 4.6 0.20 8.5 3.9 5.7 2.1 0.89 2.25 8.30**
* p <.05; ** p <.01; ***p <.001
86
Effect on binge-eating related indices
Compared to waitlist participants, EMDR participants showed - on average - significantly greater
improvements post-treatment compared to waitlist control participants: they had lower BES scores,
p < .001, significantly lower EBQ positive and EBQ negative scores, p’s <.01; on the EDE,
significantly lower levels of EDE eating and shape concerns, p’s < .05, significantly fewer days
binge eating over the past month, p < .01 and significantly fewer binge episodes over the past
month, p <.05. In addition, the time by group interaction for BMI scores was significant: whereas
waitlist participants had a slight increase in BMI, EMDR participants had a slight decrease in BMI
(p < .01). When Bonferroni correction to the ITT analyses were applied, these were unchanged
except that the time by group analyses for the EDE eating (p = .04) and shape subscales (p = 0.03)
were now not significant.
Effect on mental health
Repeated Measures Analyses of Variance assessing pre to post effects and time by group
interactions for the DASS21, RSES, TSC-40 for the ITT data revealed that both anxiety and
dissociation changed: whereas the TSC-40 dissociation subscale scores significantly increased from
pre to post for those on the waitlist whereas they remained stable for EMDR participants, p < .05.
The TSC-40-anxiety subscale scores also decreased significantly from pre to post for EMDR
participants, but not for the waitlist group, p <.01. However, the TSC-40 dissociation subscale
scores were not significant once the Bonferroni correction to the ITT was applied (p = 0.03).
Confidence in treatment and the therapeutic relationship
EMDR participants’ confidence in treatment and therapy alliance were evaluated using the
Confidence in Treatment (Devilly & Borkovec, 2000) and the Working Alliance Questionnaire
(Horvath & Greenberg, 1986) that were administered to EMDR participants in session 4. The mean
CIT score was 24.6 (SD = 4.5, range 18 to 30), indicating high levels of confidence in the treatment
87
provided. The mean WAI score for the EMDR group was 209.7 (SD = 39.2, range 135 to 240),
indicating strong therapeutic alliance ratings from participants.
Table 3: Intent to Treat pre and post means and standard deviations, Cohen’s d effect sizes and F
values for time and time by group interactions, for EMDR and waitlist participants
Waitlist Group EMDR Group Time Time x group
Pre Post ES Pre Post ES F F
M SD M SD M SD M SD
Eating-Related
Measures
BMI 31.9 8.3 32.2 8.1 0.04 31.7 6.0 31.3 5.8 0.07 0.30 7.36*
BES total 30.9 7.1 31.0 7.5 0.01 29.3 8.7 19.6 10.7 0.98 24.20*** 24.20***
EBQ-positive 54.6 12.2 55.3 10.6 0.06 50.2 12.2 41.6 14.0 0.65 8.05** 10.81**
EBQ-negative 47.2 8.7 47.2 9.3 0.00 44.8 8.1 35.3 11.3 0.97 13.82** 13.97**
EDE-restraint 2.7 1.4 2.6 1.4 0.07 2.5 1.7 2.4 1.7 0.06 0.37 0.05
EDE-eating 2.8 1.6 2.9 1.7 0.06 3.0 1.6 2.1 1.7 0.55 2.90 4.44*
EDE-shape 4.5 1.1 4.6 1.1 0.09 4.3 1.4 3.5 1.8 0.50 3.19 5.19*
EDE-weight 4.4 1.2 4.3 1.0 0.09 3.7 1.1 3.1 1.3 0.50 4.97* 2.07
EDE-binge 17.6 11.3 17.0 10.7 0.05 14.1 9.8 4.5 4.8 1.24 14.70*** 11.30**
days/month
EDE-binge 22.2 17.4 19.8 16.4 0.14 25.4 23.5 6.9 8.7 1.04 12.30** 7.4*
episodes/month
Mental Health
Measures
DASS21-dep 17.5 14.5 18.8 13.3 0.09 9.5 8.3 8.9 8.0 0.07 0.07 0.63
DASS21-anxiety 12.0 11.9 11.8 12.0 0.02 5.1 5.7 4.9 5.8 0.03 0.16 0.00
DASS21-stress 19.2 11.6 21.1 12.4 0.16 14.1 8.9 12.4 7.8 0.20 0.00 3.58
RSES 17.3 4.8 17.2 5.7 0.02 15.0 3.5 13.8 3.2 0.36 1.91 1.40
TSC-dissociation 4.7 4.1 6.2 4.5 0.35 3.3 2.6 3.4 2.7 0.04 7.09* 5.04*
TSC-anxiety 6.9 6.2 7.8 6.4 0.14 6.1 4.2 4.7 4.6 0.32 0.62 11.20**
TSC-depression 10.9 5.4 11.7 4.8 0.16 8.8 4.3 7.5 4.6 0.29 0.3 3.55
TSC-sexual 5.6 4.9 5.9 4.9 0.06 3.9 4.1 4.3 4.2 0.10 1.05 0.19
TSC-sleep 9.3 4.6 10.1 4.9 0.17 9.2 4.4 7.3 4.0 0.45 1.31 6.92*
* p < .05; ** p <.01; *** p <.001
88
CHAPTER 4
89
DISCUSSION
4.1. Summary of the main findings
The aim of this study was to examine the effectiveness of newly designed ten 1-hour-session
EMDR treatment protocol applied to BED. The study results of this modified EMDR protocol,
adapted from a previously used BN protocol, supported the main hypothesis: that EMDR is
effective at reducing BED symptoms. This study also supported the hypotheses that weight loss can
be achieved as well that EMDR can improve some associated mental health symptoms including
anxiety and sleep. However, it did not find sufficient evidence to support the hypothesis that self-
esteem can be improved. Although there was insufficient evidence to support the hypothesis that
engagement in exercise can be facilitated with EMDR, results were encouraging.
4.1.1. EMDR decreases BED symptoms
(1) EMDR reduces binge eating frequency/episodes
The main aim of this study was to evaluate how effective EMDR would be at eliminating or at least
decreasing BED symptoms. The results of this study demonstrated that EMDR was indeed effective
in significantly reducing frequency of binge eating, both in terms of days and the number of binge
episodes per month, relative to the waitlist control group. More specifically, 11 of the 16 EMDR
treatment participants who completed post-treatment questionnaires, reported a reduction in number
of days per month binging and binge episodes per month, ranging from 33-100%. Regarding binge
days per month, the mean improvement was 83% (SD = 22) in the EMDR treatment group;
regarding binge episodes per month, the mean improvement was 85% (SD = 21). In regards to
whether EMDR would reduce the severity of the disorder, the results also show that 55% of the
EMDR participants fell in the non-clinical range on the BES at post-treatment compared to 0% in
the waitlist group (0%), χ2 (1, N=29) = 12.4, p = 0.001 and over 27% were in the non-clinical range
for EBQ positive belief scores compared to the waitlist group (0%), χ2 (1, N=28) = 5.2, p = 0.02.
90
Furthermore, more EMDR participants (days/month 80%; episodes/month 100%) were rated as in
the “mild binge-eating range” at post-treatment compared with waitlist participants (days/month
5.6%; episodes/month 50%), for both number of days binge eating per month, χ2 (1, N=28) = 16.3,
p = 0.001, and number of episodes binge eating per month, χ2 (1, N=28) = 7.4, p = 0.01.
Interestingly, those with fewer sexual problems pre-treatment had greater improvement in binge
eating frequency (r = - 0.74, p = 0.01).
Compared to other available treatments, the reduction in binge eating for the EMDR treatment
fares well: whereas bariatric surgery has not been found to be effective in treating binge eating
(Kalarchian & Marcus, 2015; Niego et al., 2007), the binge eating efficacy rates for antidepressants
(e.g., citalopram, escitalopram and sertraline) for BED ranges from 22 to 50% (Brownley, 2015),
with an effect size at 1.67 (CI, 1.24 to 2.26). Fairburn’s (1981) 15-20 session CBT-based
intervention for BED has been found to be the most effective treatment for BED with only a 50%
success rate in reducing binge (Fairburn, Cooper & Shafran, 2003).
A systematic review and meta-analysis of BED treatment for adults found that therapist-led CBT
decreased binge-eating frequency and increased binge-eating abstinence at 4.95 (95% CI, 3.06 to
8.00). Other psychological treatments including IPT (e.g., Wilfey et al., 2002) and DBT (e.g., Telch
et al., 2000) and other mindfulness methods (O'Reilly, Cook, Spruijt-Metz & Black, 2014) may
show comparable results, but do not yet have enough studies to support their use. Thus, although
this trial is preliminary only, it appears that EMDR – compared to the currently recommended CBT
- may be an even more effective treatment for binge eating and binge-eating related meta-
cognitions.
(2) EMDR reduces body shape and weight concerns
This study also showed that EMDR is effective at reducing body shape concerns, beliefs that binge
eating is helpful, beliefs in ability to control urges and binge eating episodes and also at reducing
body shape preoccupations. Compared to CBT studies measuring effect on eating restraint and
91
weight concerns, this study showed that EMDR does not fare as well. This study found the EDE-
restraint for the EMDR participants (F = 0.37) was not significant whereas Peterson et al.'s (2009)
study of a CBT self-help group treatment and therapist-led group treatment for BED found that
therapist-led CBT group had significantly greater reductions than the waiting list group on the EDE-
restraint subscale (F = 3, 46, df-3, 252, p = 0.017; partial eta-squared=0.040). Furthermore, Striegel-
Moore et al.'s (2010) study of self-guided CBT versus CBT showed that the self-guided CBT
treatment group had a binge eating abstinence rate of 64% at 12-month follow-up but also had
improvements in dietary restraint (d = 0.30); eating, shape, and weight concern (ds = 0.54, 1.01,
0.49), as measured by the EDE.
The results also indicated that those who had greater weight concerns at pre-treatment (as
measured by the EDE-weight concerns subscale) had greater improvements with EMDR. This
result seems to be in line with the research that has found that those with higher body fat were more
motivated and less likely to drop out of treatment (Colombo et al., 2014).
4.1.2. EMDR increases engagement in exercise
The EMDR treatment in this study which included a protocol increase engagement in exercise
showed that the only improvement was seen in number of days spent walking over the past week
which approached significance, F (1,25) = 3.49, p =.07): EMDR participants increase number of
days walking from 4.8 days (SD = 2.40) at pre-treatment to 5.1 days (SD = 2.18) post-treatment
compared to the waitlist group which walked longer than ten minutes for 4.94 days (SD = 2.08) at
pre, and for 4.23 days (SD = 2.14) on average after the 10-week waiting period. The treatment thus
falls short of achieving the goal of increasing exercise to the recommended minimum of 150
minutes a week or 60 minutes a day of moderate intensity exercise. Thus, the aim of exercise -
primarily weight loss (improve body fat distribution and reduce visceral fat deposits, build muscle
tone) and secondary aim of suppressing appetite, improving executive functioning, improving self-
esteem, improving sleep, reducing anxiety, reducing sensitivity to stress and depression and
92
improving mood, was also not achieved. It is likely that the sample size was too small to detect
significant change.
Comparisons with results from other interventions that have a component to improve
engagement in exercise is difficult as – according to the The Cochrane database - high‐quality,
randomised trials with long‐term follow up that explicitly address adherence to exercises and
physical activity and uses standardised validated measures of exercise are sparse. However,
available studies e.g., Dishman and colleagues (1988) have found that those who do complete
exercise studies typically have minimal to average adherence rates.
Malik et al. (2014) have identified some interventions (although still unclear which) that are
effective in improving adherence to an exercise routine, although none have yet to show long term
adherence. Studies citing moderate to high effect sizes for treatment effectiveness of strategies to
enhance exercise adherence range in type of assessment used to measure engagement in exercise.
Nichols and colleagues’ (2012) study of 64 participants in a behavioural skills training intervention
(focusing on social support, self-efficacy, benefits and barriers to exercise and enjoyment) showed
effect sizes due to the intervention moderate to moderately-high for moderate (p=.23, r2=.71) and
vigorous (p=.41, r2=.40) physical activity. A 7-session counselling-based intervention by Proper and
colleagues (2003) on 299 participants found no significant effect on the proportion of participants
that met the recommendations of moderate physical activity (OR=1.46). In the intervention group,
23% changed from “not active enough” to “active” compared to the control group with a change of
19%. However, no effects were observed for changes in moderate intensity physical activity (Sallis
et al., 1985; Dishman et al., 1988).
4.1.3. EMDR improves mental health
The main aim of this EMDR study was to identify whether EMDR would reduce BED symptoms
but also reduce weight. However, because binge eating duration (Schreiber-Gregory et al., 2013)
and cravings, especially cravings for sweet carbohydrates (Christensen & Pettijohn, 2001) including
chocolate consumption (Rose, Koperski & Golomb, 2010) have been associated with depression, it
93
is assumed that a reduction in depression would also be associated with a reduction in binge eating
– as seen in the outcome of BED studies with antidepressants (Wurtman et al., 1985) ranging from
22-50% binge eating remission rate (Brownley, 2015).
Likewise, because weight loss and maintenance is linked to an absence of depression (Klem et
al., 1998), that obesity (particularly abdominal obesity) is associated with major depressive disorder
(McElroy et al., 2004), that non-depressed people are more likely to achieve weight loss (Klem et
al., 1998) and that those without depression and BED are more than double as likely to achieve
clinically significant weight loss (Klem et al., 1998), it is assumed that a reduction in depression
would be associated with greater weight loss.
To assess the effectiveness of EMDR on mental health, participants were assessed with the
DASS21 and TSC-40 which have items including depressed mood, anxiety, stress as well as typical
trauma symptoms including headaches, stomach problems, breathing difficulties, insomnia, sexual
problems, flashbacks, poor libido, nightmares, memory problems and feelings of guilt. Interestingly,
this study indicated that although BED symptoms reduced, scores on the DASS21 and TSC-40
indicated no reduction in depression. It is possible that EMDR did not reduce depression. However,
because of the evidence that EMDR can effectively reduce depression (Hase et al., 2015), it is
possible that reductions in depression were not apparent either because of the small sample size or
because the questionnaires (DASS21 and TSC-40) did not capture depression compared to other
measures (e.g., BDI-II or HADS) which may have shown clearer evidence.
In regards to other mental health indices, this study indicated that it was able to improve sleep
(as measured in the TSC-40), as other EMDR studies have also shown to do (Raboni, Tufik &
Suchecki, 2006). Although CBT studies have shown that it can be effective for sleep problems
(Trauer et al., 2015), studies of CBT for BED have not reported improvements with sleep,
indicating that EMDR for BED may be unique in that it can target sleep while also addressing BED
symptoms. According to research, improved sleep has various benefits including decreased feelings
of hunger (Schmid et al., 2008). However, the presence and persistence of poor sleep has also been
94
found to increase comorbidity and attrition from ED treatment and also directly predicts the severity
of the ED symptoms both directly and through the mediation of depression (Lombardo et al., 2015).
Thus, it is possible that the reduction in binge eating behaviour of this study may be partially due to
improvements in sleep.
In regards to self-esteem, this study showed that EMDR did not effectively improve self-esteem
as measured by the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale. This is in contrast to various studies of eating
disorder treatments which have resulted in increased self-esteem, generally with medium effect
sizes identified between pre- and post-treatment means (Hepburn & Wilson, 2014). Again, it is
possible that the sample size was too small or the follow-up period too short to detect changes.
4.1.4. Childhood trauma is related to response to EMDR treatment
According to the results of the scores on the ICES which measures emotional trauma, those
participants with less emotional invalidation by parents had a better outcome than those with more
trauma. This appears to be in line with the research indicating that the worse the illness, the less
change of recovery. Although not specifically related to sexual problems, many studies have
confirmed that the severity of the illness predicts outcome, e.g., the research by Klein, Skinner and
Hawley (2013) who found that outcomes at 6-month follow-up were better for those who had
higher levels of drive for thinness, higher levels of interoceptive awareness, lower levels of binge
eating pathology and, in women, lower levels of body dissatisfaction. Likewise, Ricca and
colleagues (2010) study who found that those without a severe comorbid disorder and had lower
binge eating severity at baseline were more likely to recover from BED. However, as the ICES is
specific to childhood emotional trauma by parents, it is possible that the outcome that those with
sexual problems were less likely to recover because the ICES did not capture sexual abuse or other
types of abuse. It is clear from the literature that BED is clearly a trauma response (Smyth et al.,
2008), but with sexual trauma are likely to have sexual problems as a result (Brewerton, 2014)
e.g., those with histories of child sexual abuse were nearly twice as likely to report current sexual
95
problems (28 per cent compared with 47 per cent) and for women whose abuse involved
penetration, nearly 70 per cent complained of current sexual problems (Mullen & Fleming, 1998)
4.1.4. EMDR facilitates weight loss
During the 10-week treatment, the effect sizes for both groups were small in regards to BMI, but
showed significantly different changes for the two groups: over the 10 weeks, BMI marginally
decreased for EMDR treatment participants and slightly increased for waitlist participants. BMI for
both groups, on average, remained in the obese range: the mean BMI for the waitlist group was 33.7
(SD = 8.1) at pre-wait-list period and 34.0 (SD = 7.8) after the 10-week waitlist period compared to
the EMDR participants with a BMI of 34.1 (SD = 3.7) pre-treatment which reduced to 33.3 post-
treatment with a time x group interaction of 9.06. It is possible that further changes may have been
seen with time. Studies investigating weight loss and maintenance of weight loss typically have
follow-up periods of at least 6 months and up to 2 years (Headland et al., 2016).
However, compared to CBT (e.g., Brownley et al., Grilo et al., 2012; McElroy et al., 2015) IPT
and mindfulness methods which – in most cases do not lead to weight loss at all (Rogers et al.,
2016), this study has had comparable results. However, given that there was no long term follow-
up, changes in weight and body composition may have to be further analysed at longer follow-up
periods to identify whether EMDR has significant long term results.
The reduction in weight may be explained in part by the marginal increase in exercise in EMDR
participants who tended to increase the number of days they engaged in walking-related exercise
(although this was non-significant). Although some studies show no change in weight once exercise
is introduced, the majority of studies support the use of exercise in addition to diet to maximise
weight loss (Miller et al., 2013) and body composition (Stiegler & Cunliffe, 2006).
However, another explanation for change in weight (given that increase in exercise was only
marginal) is that EMDR was able to improve sleep (as measured in the TSC-40) as - according to
research - improved sleep has various benefits including decreased feelings of hunger (Schmid et
96
al., 2008) but also decreased cortisol levels – which facilitates weight loss (Aldabal & Bahammam,
2011) and decreases calorie consumption (Brondel et al., 2010). However, more importantly, the
success in achieving weight loss may indeed provide support for the Adaptive Information Theory
that underpins EMDR in the use of weight management. It appears that the protocol (which
essentially reduces the anxiety about losing weight) can be effectively eliminated.
4.2. Strengths, Limitations and Suggestions for Future Research
4.2.1. Strengths
One of the strengths of this study was that it used a randomized design and an intent-to-treat
analysis. Quality of treatment was also ensured by the provision of clinical supervision by an
EMDR supervisor. Although a review by random sampling of audiotapes by an independent
researcher was planned, time limitations made this difficult. This study also used assessments not
only of BED symptoms but also of mental health symptoms with standardised tests that are
commonly used in BED investigations. In addition, unlike common CBT and pharmacological
studies that typically do not target an exercise or have a weight loss component, this study also
aimed to address weight loss (including exercise motivation EMDR component).
Another strength of this study is that the EMDR treatment was implemented by three different
qualified and experienced therapists which not only made treatment more accessible to people who
lived in different locations, it also facilitated analyses of potential differential therapist responses
and minimised experimenter expectancy effects. Furthermore, because this study used trained,
experienced clinicians it provided treatment that would have been offered in standard private
practice with therapists who were professionally trained and had at least 5 years clinical experience.
Another strength is that ethical guidelines were adhered to in regards to involving only those
appropriate for EMDR treatment, i.e., through the process of screening of potential participants that
had contraindications to EMDR (e.g. dissociative disorders, use of benzodiazepines, etc.).
Furthermore, a strength of this study is that it assessed the therapeutic alliance and confidence in
97
treatment (with the WAI and CIT) to identify factors other than treatment modality that may have
impacted outcome. Although the results of this study were difficult to compare to other eating
disorder treatment studies as none were available, the results indicated that participants were
confident in the treatment and had a strong therapeutic relationship – which both may have also
contributed to the positive outcomes.
4.2.2. Limitations
The results of this EMDR study, while promising, should be interpreted with caution due to
weakness in this study including a small sample size, lack of follow-up assessment and lack of
comparison to an active control group. In regards to sample size, it is clear that the lack of diversity
limited generalizability (in terms of age, gender, ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and other
demographic variables). This study appeared to attract those aged in their mid-30’s and 70's, as is
typical for the BED population (Klein, Skinner & Hawley, 2013). The small sample size also
reduced the power of the study, increasing the likelihood of a Type II error, skewing the results.
Furthermore, because demographic details including age, level of education, culture and marital
status, etc. were assessed but not analysed, it is difficult to identify whether any of these indices
may have played a role in differences in outcome, as identified in other studies e.g., SES and culture
(Thompson-Brenner, 2013).
The second major limitation of this study was the lack of long term follow up. Consequently, it
makes it difficult to determine whether the improvements in binge eating and other eating-related
pathology, weight and mental health indices achieved directly after treatment are going to be
maintained long term. Other investigations in BED have found that treatment may work initially but
not long term (Fichter, Quadflieg & Gnutzmann, 1998). Studies with CBT (e.g., Agras et al., 1997)
and IPT (e.g., Wilfley et al., 2002) usually measure at follow up at 6-month, 1-year and 2-year
periods. In both CBT and IPT, stability of treatment effects has been documented in randomised
controlled trials over a period of up to 2 years following treatment cessation (Wilson et al., 2010;
98
Devlin et al., 2007). The average length of the follow up across exercise studies ranged from 3
weeks (Luszczynska, 2006) to 30 months whereas most have a follow up of 12 months (Jordan et
al., 2010. Thus, the lack of follow-up period makes it difficult to draw conclusions regarding the
permanency of results.
The third major weakness of this study was the lack of an active control group in which
participants who do not receive EMDR treatment, receive standard treatment e.g., CBT. Thus, the
study allowed only for associative and theoretical conclusions about the improvements in
symptoms. Thus, it is unclear whether treatment outcomes were a result of the intervention alone or
whether they were due to other extraneous and uncontrolled variables and could be explained by
regression to the mean due to the small sample of individuals who may not have accurately
represented a true random sampling of the population. If the scores on baseline measures were
particularly extreme (compared to the "true" population mean), then it is conceivable that less
extreme scores (indicating a downward regression to the mean) were reported at post-treatment,
making it appear as though improvements were achieved. Thus, the efficacy beyond the treatment
as usual is unclear. Furthermore, whereas this research was conducted in an objective and unbiased
manner, it is important to acknowledge that researcher bias (including experimenter bias, and
systematic errors) could also be a possible source of error.
Whereas every effort was made to improve sample size (in terms of power analyses, recruitment
and preventing drop out), unfortunately, the fact that potential participants could not take part in the
treatment or dropped out of treatment or failed to complete follow-up assessments, could not be
prevented. This research was limited due to funding and time, making it difficult to obtain a larger
and more representative sample, a longer follow-up assessment period and implement active control
groups.
99
4.2.3. Suggestions for Future Research
Improving generalizability and maximising application
In regards to the sample size, future research would benefit from a larger sample size to maximise
generalisability of results to individuals not represented in this study e.g. children, adolescents,
younger adults and males. Additional research into the application of EMDR to those who were
screened out in this study would provide further insight as to the benefit of application to those e.g.,
with comorbid conditions including personality disorders, substance use disorders, etc. This would
mean additional measures would be used e.g., Beck Depression Inventory II (Beck et al., 1996)
for major depressive disorder, the PTSD Checklist (PCL; Blevins et al., 2015) for PTSD, the State-
Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI; Speilberger et al., 1983) for anxiety, the attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder Self-Rating Scale (ASRS) for Adult ADHD (Kessler et al., 2005) as well as
measures that identify related symptoms e.g., Difficulties in Emotion Regulation Scale (DERS), the
Barratt Impulsivity Scale-11 (BIS-11; Patton et al., 1995), the Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index
(Buysse et al., 1989). Furthermore, a more general questionnaire of trauma or a more specific
sexual abuse related questionnaire would also be useful in identifying whether EMDR is effective
for individuals with trauma other than emotional abuse in childhood by parents only as in this study.
These may include The Brief Trauma Questionnaire (BTQ; Schnur et al., 1999), a 10-item measure
that also assesses war traumas, serious car accidents, natural disasters, exposure to violent death,
life-threatening illness, and physical or sexual abuse.
In addition, future research may benefit from minimizing drop-out e.g., by improving treatment
expectancy and low self-efficacy which has been shown to be related to drop out (Davis & Addis,
1999). Future research would also benefit from not only assessing but also analysing the relation-
ship between demographic variables and treatment drop out as previous studies have indicated that
cultural background (Thompson-Brenner, 2013) and age (Korte et al., 2011), including age at first
dieting attempt (Colombo et al., 2014) have been linked to rate of attrition. Drop outs have also
100
been associated with levels of eating pathology at baseline and body mass index (Colombo et al.,
2014). Furthermore, analysing whether and which treatment outcomes were achieved in fewer than
10 sessions may also provide further insight as to how quickly EMDR therapy starts to take effect.
Increasing follow-up period
In regards to follow-up period, future research would benefit from follow-up assessments of up
to 2 years to gain not only an insight as to whether the reductions in BED related symptoms are
maintained but also to identify whether weight would reduce further. However, rather than weight
only, future studies may have a more accurate assessment with measurements with a tape measure
to measure loss of centimetres in waist, hips, arms, etc and measurements with a digital scale that
indicates body fat percentage, increases in muscle mass and changes in water as well as measure-
ments (e.g. waist, hips, arms, thighs).
Identifying treatment protocol and combinations
In regards to comparing EMDR to an active control group, future studies would benefit from inves-
tigating not only EMDR compared to another single treatment e.g. CBT but also combination
treatments which, in general – have been found to be more effective than single approaches (Ander-
sen & Mehler, 1999; Brauhardt, de Zwaan & Hilbert, 2014; Grilo et al., 2005), including the com-
bination of psychological, pharmacological and nutritional treatments (Brambilla et al., 2009;
Masheb, Grilo and Rolls, 2011), including nutritional supplementation e.g., Vitamin D (Salehpour
et al., 2012) and calcium (Heaney, Davies & Barger-Lux, 2002). However, given that combination
treatments are likely to extend the number of sessions needed, further investigations may provide
information as to whether participants prefer and/or benefit more from a greater number of sessions
or whether fewer sessions is more “consumer-friendly” in terms of practicality and accessibility.
Furthermore, the session length and duration may be investigated, i.e., comparing a 10-session
program of EMDR to a 10-session CBT treatment or comparing a 22-session EMDR with a 22-
101
session CBT treatment. These and other treatment modalities could also be compared to the
recommended 90-minute versus the standard 50-60 minute treatments sessions to identify whether
duration and quantity of sessions affects outcome as EMDR is best delivered in 90 minute sessions
(Chen et al., 2014; Shapiro, 1997).
In regards to exercise, further studies may benefit from investigating how other reasons for not
engaging in exercise may be overcome. For example, other studies have identified typical barriers
including weight, physical health problems, financial restrictions (e.g., to afford gym memberships
or personal trainers), time limitations, discomfort in taking part in organised exercise activities, par-
ticularly alone (Thomas et al., 2008). Because High Intensity Intermittent exercise (Trapp et al.,
2008) and resistance training have been found to be most effective for weight loss, especially if
done in the morning (Maraki et al., 2005), a study including an exercise component may illucidate
whether further improvements in mental health can be achieved.
Whereas this study has shown promising results using the modified BN protocol, future studies
may investigate whether using a different EMDR protocol would further improve results. Because
BED has also been conceptualized as a substance addiction (Cserjési, 2009; Maranhão et al., 2015;
Volkow, Wang, Maynard, 2003) and “food addiction” (Baumeister et al., 2013) and that medications
normally used for addictions (e.g., Naloxone and Baclofen) also work in BED (Corwin et al., 2012),
the Popky’s (2005) EMDR addiction DeTur protocol (Appendix II) or CravEx protocol (Hase,
Schallmayer & Sack, 2008) would be a potential option to explore in regards to binge eating
behavior as well as application with food cravings as these has been identified as being common in
individuals with BED (Imperatori et al., 2013).
4.3. Clinical implications
The literature has clarified that because a variety of factors impact treatment outcome, that
treatment with BED individuals depends not only on treatment type but also on individual
differences in the client but also in the therapist and the therapeutic relationship. Consequently, a
102
thorough assessment not only of BED symptoms with e.g. BES or EBQ but also of other mental
health indices would assist in approaching treatment more wholistically. This would mean adding
an exercise component to further improve results. At the same time, it seems prudent to be vigilant
of treatment drop out and that the treatment targets should include aspects to potentiate these e.g.
treatment efficacy, self-esteem and motivation to change. Because EMDR is potentially a more
efficient treatment, it would mean that it would be a method that may be more appealing to those
who have difficulty accessing severing treatment sessions.
4.4. Conclusions
Although this particular study found that EMDR could be effective at alleviating symptoms of
BED, it is clear that it is a very difficult disorder to treat. Yager (2008) asserts that because of the
physical and psychiatric comorbidities, BED is considered to be the most difficult disorder to treat.
The literature has pointed out that BED is influenced by genetics (APA, 2013) and is related to
specific disturbances in neuro-chemical functioning (Kaye et al., 1985) NS hormonal factors (Edler,
Lipson and Keel, 2007; Hildebrandt et al., 2015; Klump et al., 2013). Based on the evidence that
even the gold-standard CBT does not achieve favourable outcome for all those BED, this study of
EMDR has resulted in admirable outcomes in achieving improvements for those with BED.
Although EMDR is said to be a more efficient form of therapy (Shapiro, & Maxfield, 2002;
Stickgold, 2002), reported to produce significant improvements after a limited number of sessions,
at least with PTSD (Shapiro, 2014), it is possible that outcomes may have been improved had the
number of treatment sessions been extended beyond this ten one-hour format, especially if follow-
up period was extended to at least 6 months and ideally to 2 years. It is clear, however, that BED is
a multifaceted disorder that is unlikely to remit with a single approach – a multidisciplinary
approach integrating EMDR as an alternative to CBT may prove to be the treatment that works best.
103
References
Ackard, D.M., Neumark-Sztainer, D., Story, M. & Perry, C. (2003). Overeating among
adolescents: Prevalence and associations with weight-related characteristics and psychological
health. Pediatrics, 111,(1), 67-74.
Adami, G.F., Gandolfo, P., Campostano, A., Meneghelli, A., Ravera, G., Scopinaro, N. (1998).
Body image and body weight in obese patients. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 24, 299-
306.
Agras, W.S., Telch, C.F., Arnow, B., Eldredge, K., Wilfley, D.E., Raeburn, S.D., Henderson, J.,
Marnell, M. (1994). Weight loss, cognitive-behavioral, and desipramine treatments in binge eating
disorder: An additive design. Behavior Therapy, 25, 225-238.
Agras, W.S, Walsh B.T, Fairburn C.G., Wilson, C.T, Kraemer, H.C. (2000). A multi-center
comparison of cognitive-behavioral therapy and interpersonal psychotherapy for bulimia nervosa.
Archives of General Psychiatry, (54), 459-65.
Ahrberg, M., Trojca, D., Nasrawi, N., & Vocks, S. (2011). Body image disturbance in binge
eating disorder: A review. European Eating Disorders Review, 19(5), 375.
Ainsworth, M. D. S., & Bell, S. M. (1970). Attachment, exploration, and separation: Illustrated
by the behavior of one year-olds in a strange situation. Child Development, 41, 49-67.
Ainley, V., Tsakiris, M. (2013). Body Conscious? Interoceptive Awareness, Measured by
Heartbeat Perception, Is Negatively Correlated with Self-Objectification. PLoS ONE 8(2): e55568.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0055568
Alfonsson, S., Parling, T., & Ghaderi, A. (2012). Screening of adult ADHD among patients
presenting for bariatric surgery. Obesity Surgery, 22(6), 918-26.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11695-011-0569-9
Alfonsson, S., Parling, T., & Ghaderi, A. (2015). Group behavioral activation for patients with
severe obesity and binge eating disorder: A randomized controlled trial. Behavior Modification,
39(2), 270.
Aldabal, L., & Bahammam, A. S. (2011). Metabolic, endocrine, and immune consequences of
sleep deprivation. The Open Respiratory Medicine Journal, 5, 31-43.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.2174/1874306401105010031
Algars, M., Huang, L., Von Holle, A.F., Peat, C. M., Thornton, L. M., Lichtenstein, P., & Bulik,
C. M. (2014). Binge eating and menstrual dysfunction. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 76(1),
19-22. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychores.2013.11.011
Allison, K. C., Grilo, C. M., Masheb, R. M., & Stunkard, A. J. (2007). High self-reported rates
104
of neglect and emotional abuse, by persons with binge eating disorder and night eating syndrome.
Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45(12), 2874-2883.
Allison, K.C., Lundgren, J.D., Moore, R.H., O’Reardon, J.P., Stunkard, A.J. (2010). Cognitive
behavior therapy for night eating syndrome: a pilot study. American Journal of Psychotherapy,
64(1):91–106
Altamura, A.C., Dell’Osso, B., D’Urso, N., Russo, M., Fumagalli, S., Mundo, E. (2008).
Duration of untreated illness as a predictor of treatment response and clinical course in generalized
anxiety disorder. CNS Spectrum, 13(Suppl 5), 415–422.
Altamura, A.C., Dell’Osso, B., Berlin, H.A., Buoli, M., Bassetti, R., Mundo, E. (2010). Duration
of untreated illness and suicide in bipolar disorder: a naturalistic study. European Archives of
Psychiatry: Clinical Neuroscience, 260(Suppl 5), 385–391.
American Psychiatric Association (2006). Practice Guideline for the Treatment of Patients With
Eating Disorders, Third Edition. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 4–54.
Ametller, L., Castro, J., Serrano, E., Martínez, E. & Toro, J (2005). Readiness to recover in
adolescent anorexia nervosa: prediction of hospital admission. Journal of Child Psychology and
Psychiatry, 46 (4), 394-400.
American Psychiatric Association. APA practice guidelines: Treatment of patients with eating
disorders, third edition. Level of care guidelines for patients with eating disorders.
Psychiatry online. http://www.psychiatryonline.com/popup.aspx?aID=139471.
Ames, G. E., Patel, R. H., Ames, S. C., & Lynch, S. A. (2009). Weight loss surgery: Patients who
regain. Obesity and Weight Management, 5(4), 154-161.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1089/obe.2009.0403
Amianto, F., Ercole, R., Marzola, E., Abbate Daga, G., & Fassino, S. (2015). Parents' personality
clusters and eating disordered daughters' personality and psychopathology. Psychiatry Research,
230(1), 19-27. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2015.07.048
Amianto, F., Ottone, L., Daga, G. A., & Fassino, S. (2015). Binge-eating disorder diagnosis and
treatment: a recap in front of DSM-5. BMC psychiatry, 15(1), 70.
Andersen, A.E. & Mehler, P.S. (1999). Eating disorders: a guide to medical care and
complications. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Apovian, C. M., M.D., & Aronne, L. J., M.D. (2013). Zonisamide for weight reduction in obese
adults. Jama, 310(6), 637.
Appolinario, J.C., Bacaltchuk, J., Sichieri, R. (2003). A randomized, double-blind, placebo-

controlled study of sibutramine in the treatment of binge-eating disorder. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 60 (11), 1109-1116.
105
Arterburn, D. E., Crane, P. K., & Veenstra, D. L. (2004). The efficacy and safety of sibutramine
for weight loss: A systematic review. Archives of Internal Medicine, 164(9), 994-1003.
American Psychiatric Association. (1994). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders. 4th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.
Ascher, J.A., Cole, J.O., Colin, J.N., et al. (1995). Bupropion: a review of its mechanism of
antidepressant activity. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 56, 395-401.
Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health (ACPMH) (2013). Australian guidelines for
the treatment of acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder.
Australian Prescriber (2002). New Drugs, 25 (1), 22.
Bachelor, A. & Horvath, A. (1999). The therapeutic relationship: The heart and soul of change:
In M.A. Hubble, B.L. Duncan, S.D. Miller (Eds). What works in therapy.(pp. 133-178).
Washington, DC, US: American Psychological Association, xxiv, 462 pp.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/11132-004.
Bakker, A., Spinhoven, P., van Balkom, A.J., Vleugel, L., van Dyck, R. (2000). Cognitive
therapy by allocation versus cognitive therapy by preference in the treatment of panic disorder.
Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 69(5), 240–243.
Balbo, M. (2003, May). EMDR and treatment of binge eating disorders. Symposium conducted
at the 4th EMDR Europe Association Conference, Rome, Italy.
Balbo, M., Zaccagnino, M., Cussino, M., & Civilotti, C. (2017). Eye Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing and eating disorders: a systematic review. Clinical Neuropsychiatry, (5).
Barry, D., Clarke, M. and Petry, N.M. (2009). Obesity and its relationship to addictions: is
overeating a form of addictive behavior? The American Journal on Addictions, 18(6), 439-451.
Ball, K. & Crawford, D. (2006). An investigation of psychological, social and environmental
correlates of obesity and weight gain in young women. International Journal of Obesity, 30, 1240-
1249.
Blevins, C. A., Weathers, F. W., Davis, M. T., Witte, T. K., & Domino, J. L. (2015). The
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Checklist for DSM-5 (PCL-5): Development and initial psychometric
evaluation. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 28, 489-498. doi: 10.1002/jts.22059
Blouin, J., Schnarre, K., Carter, J., Blouin, A., Tener, L., Zuro, C. et al. (1995): Factors affecting
dropout rate from cognitive-behavioral group treatment for bulimia nervosa. International Journal
of Eating Disorders 17(4), 323–329.
Barry, M. J., & Edgman-Levitan, S. (2012). Shared Decision Making – The Pinnacle of Patient
Centered Care. The New England Journal of Medicine, 366, 780-781.
Beck, A.T, Steer, R., Garbin, M.G. (1988). Psychometric properties of the Beck Depression
Inventory: 25 years of evaluation. Clinical Psychology Review, 8: 77–100.
106
Becker, A.E. (2007). Culture and eating disorders classification. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 40, S111-6.
Becker D.F. & Grilo C.M. (2015). Comorbidity of mood and substance use disorders in patients
with binge-eating disorder: Associations with personality disorder and eating disorder pathology.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 79, 159 - 164. 10.1016/j.jpsychores.2015.01.016
Beintner, I., Jacobi, C., & Schmidt, U. H. (2014). Participation and outcome in manualized self-
help for bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder—a systematic review and meta-regression
analysis. Clinical psychology review, 34(2), 158-176.
Bennett, G.A., Jones, S.E. (1986). Dropping out of treatment for obesity. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 30, 567–73.
Bergman, R.N., Stefanovski, D., Buchanan, T.A., Sumner, A.E., Reynolds, J.C, Sebring, N.G,
Xiang, A.H., Watanabe, R.M. (2011). A better index of body adiposity. Obesity (Silver Spring)
19:1083–1089.doi:10.1038/oby.2011.38
Bernaards, C. M., Ariëns, G. A., Knol, D. L., & Hildebrandt, V. H. (2007). The effectiveness of a
work style intervention and a lifestyle physical activity intervention on the recovery from neck and
upper limb symptoms in computer workers. Pain, 132(1-2), 142-153.
Bernstein, E. M., & Putnam, F. W. (1986). Development, reliability and validity of a dissociation
scale. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 174, 727-735.
Beutler, L.E., Harwood, T.M., Michelson, A., Song, X., and Holman, J. (2011). ‘Resistance/
reactance level’ Journal of Clinical Psychology, 67, 133-142
Bisson, J. I., Roberts, N. P., Andrew, M., Cooper, R., & Lewis, C. (2013). Psychological
therapies for chronic post‐traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in adults. The Cochrane Library.
Bjergved, L., Jørgensen, T., Perrild, H., Laurberg, P., Krejbjerg, A., Ovesen, L., . . . Knudsen, N.
(2014). Thyroid function and body weight: A community-based longitudinal study. PloS One, 9(4),
1. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0093515
Blaine, B. & Rodman J. (2007). Responses to weight loss treatment among obese individuals
with and without BED: a matched-study meta-analysis. Eating & Weight Disorders, 12(2): 54–60.
Bloom, L.J., Schoreder, D.H. & Babineu, W. (1981). Reputation, training, fee and androgyny:
the comparative effects on impression of therapist credibility. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37,
90-95.
Bloomgarden, A., & Calogero, R. M. (2008). A randomized experimental test of the efficacy of
EMDR treatment on negative body image in eating disorder inpatients. Eating disorders, 16(5),
418-427.
Biondi B. (2010). Thyroid and obesity: an intriguing relationship. Journal of Clinical
Endocrinological Metabolism, 95, 3614-3617.
107
Boutcher, S.H. (2011). High-Intensity Intermittent Exercise and Fat Loss. Journal of
Obesity.868305. doi: 10.1155/2011/868305
Bowlby, J. (1980). Attachment and Loss, Vol. III. Loss: Sadness and depression. New York, NY:
Basic Books.
Brambilla, F., Samek, L., Company, M., Lovo, F., Cioni, L., & Mellado, C. (2009). Multivariate
therapeutic approach to binge-eating disorder: Combined nutritional, psychological and
pharmacological treatment. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 24(6), 312-317.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/YIC.0b013e32832ac828.
Branconnier, R.J., Cole, J.O., Ghazvinian, S., Spera, K.F., Oxenkrug, G.F., Bass, J.L. (1983).
Clinical pharmacology of bupropion and imipramine in elderly depressives. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 44, 130-3.
Brauhardt, A., de Zwaan, M., Hilbert, A. (2014). The therapeutic process in psychological
treatments for eating disorders: a systematic review. The International Journal of Eating Disorders,
47(6): 565-584.
Brewerton, T. D., Rance, S. J., Dansky, B. S., O'Neil, P. M., & Kilpatrick, D. G. (2014). A
comparison of women with child-adolescent versus adult onset binge eating: Results from the
national women's study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 47(7), 836.
Brewerton, T.D. (2007). Eating disorders, trauma, and comorbidity: focus on PTSD. Eating
Disorders, 15, 285-304
Briere, J. (1996). Psychometric review of the Trauma Symptom Checklist-40, in B.H. Stamm
(Ed.). Measurement of stress, trauma, and adaptation. Lutherville, MD: Sidran Press.
Brière, J., Kaltman, S., & Green, B. L. (2008). Accumulated childhood trauma and symptom
complexity. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 21(2), 223-226. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/jts.20317
Brigham, K.S. & Brigham, J.C. (1985). The influence of psychotherapy fees on observers'
evaluation of therapists and clients. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 3, 224-231.
Brondel, L., Romer, M. A., Nougues, P. M., Touyarou, P., & Davenne, D. (2010). Acute partial
sleep deprivation increases food intake in healthy men. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition,
91(6), 1550-1559. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.3945/ajcn.2009.28523.
Bossert, S., Schmölz, U., Wiegand, M., Junker, M., & Krieg, J. C. (1992). Predictors of short-
term treatment outcome in bulimia nervosa inpatients. Behavior Research and Therapy, 30,
193-199.
Briere, J. & Runtz, M. (2010). The Trauma Symptom Checklist (TSC-40).
Brownley, K.A., Berkman, N.D., Sedway, J.A., Lohr, K.N. & Bulik, C.M. (2007). Binge eating
disorder treatment: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. International Journal of
108
Eating Disorders, 40(4), 337–48.
Brownley, K. A., Peat, C. M., La Via, M., & Bulik, C. M. (2015). Pharmacological approaches to
the management of binge eating disorder. Drugs, 75(1), 9-32.
Brownley, K. A., Berkman, N. D., Peat, C. M., Lohr, K. N., Cullen, K. E., Bann, C. M., & Bulik,
C. M. (2016). Binge-eating disorder in adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Annals of
Internal Medicine, 165(6), 409-420. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.7326/M15-2455
Bulik, C. M., Marcus, M. D., Zerwas, S., Levine, M. D., & La Via, M. (2012). The changing
"weightscape" of bulimia nervosa. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 169 (10), 1031-6.
Burmeister, J. M., Hinman, N., Koball, A., Hoffmann, D. A., & Carels, R. A. (2013). Food
addiction in adults seeking weight loss treatment. Implications for psychosocial health and weight
loss. Appetite, 60, 103-110.
Busch, A. M., Whited, M. C., Appelhans, B. M., Schneider, K. L., Waring, M. E., DeBiasse, M.
A., . . . Pagoto, S. L. (2013). Reliable change in depression during behavioral weight loss treatment
among women with major depression. Obesity (Silver Spring, Md.), 21(3), E211-E218.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/oby.20113
Buysse, D.J., Reynolds, C.F., Monk, T.H., Berman, S.R. & Kupfer, D.J. (1989). The Pittsburgh
sleep quality index: A new instrument for psychiatric practice and research. Psychiatric Research,
28, 193-213.
Campbell, B., Staley, D. and Matas, M. (2014). Who misses appointments? An empirical
analysis. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry 36(3), 223–225, 1991.
Psychiatry Quarterly (85), 121–132 129.
Carlson, E. B., Putnam, F. W., Ross, C. A., Torem, M., Coons, P., Dill, D. L., . . . Braun, B. G.
(1993). Validity of the dissociative experiences scale in screening for multiple personality disorder:
A multicenter study. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 150(7), 1030-1036.
Carrière, K., Khoury, B., Günak, M. M., and Knäuper, B. (2017) Mindfulness-based interventions
for weight loss: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Obesity Reviews, doi: 10.1111/obr.12623.
Carter, J.C., Fairburn C.G. 1998). Cognitive-behavioral self-help for binge eating disorder: a
controlled effectiveness study. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66 (4): 616–23.
Cassin, S. E., von Ranson, K.M., Heng, K., Brar, J., & Wojtowicz, A. E. (2008). Adapted
motivational interviewing for women with binge eating disorder: A randomized controlled trial.
Psychology of Addictive Behaviors: Journal of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors,
22(3), 417-425. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0893-164X.22.3.417
Castro-Fornieles, J., Bigorra, A., Martinez-Mallen, E., Gonzalez, L., Moreno, E., Font, E., Toro,
J. (2011). Motivation to change in adolescents with bulimia nervosa mediates clinical change after
treatment. European Eating Disorders Review, 19, 46 -54 .10.1002/erv.1045 20872926
109
Cawley, J. (2004). The Impact of Obesity on Wages. The Journal of Human Resources, 39 (2),
451-474.
Centorrino, F., Hernan, M.A., Drago-Ferrante, G., Rendall, M., Apicella, A., Langar, G. et al
(2001). Factors associated with noncompliance with psychiatric outpatient visits. Psychiatric
Services (Washington, DC) 52(3), 378–380.
Chao, A. M., Grilo, C. M., & Sinha, R. (2016). Food cravings, binge eating, and eating disorder
psychopathology: Exploring the moderating roles of gender and race. Eating behaviors, 21, 41-47.
Chen, G., Gully, S. M., & Eden, D. (2001). Validation of a new general self-efficacy scale.
Organizational research methods, 4(1), 62-83.
Chen, Y., Hung, K., Tsai, J., Chu, H., Chung, M., Chen, S., Chou, K. (2014). Efficacy of eye-
movement desensitization and reprocessing for patients with posttraumatic-stress disorder: A meta-
analysis of randomized controlled trials. PloS One, 9(8), 1.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0103676
Chen, L., Zhang, G., Hu, M., & Liang, X. (2015). Eye movement desensitization and
reprocessing versus cognitive-behavioral therapy for adult posttraumatic stress disorder: Systematic
review and meta-analysis. The Journal of nervous and mental disease, 203(6), 443-451.
Chiaro, G., Caletti, M. T., & Provini, F. (2015). Treatment of sleep-related eating disorder.
Current treatment options in neurology, 17(8), 1-11.
Chamorro, R. A., Durán, S.,A., Reyes, S. C., Ponce, R., Algarín, C.,R., & Peirano, P. D. (2011).
Sleep deprivation as a risk factor for obesity. Revista Médica De Chile, 139(7), 932-940.
doi:http://dx.doi.org//S0034-98872011000700017.
Chowbey, P., Salway, S., & Ismail, M. (2012). Influences on diagnosis and treatment of eating
disorders among minority ethnic people in the UK. Journal of Public Mental Health, 11(2), 54-64.
Christensen, L. & Pettijohn, L. (2001). Mood and carbohydrate cravings. Appetite, 36 (2), 137-
145.
Clark, M.M., Abrams, D.B., Niaura, R.S., Eaton, C.A. & Rossi, J.S. (1991). Self-efficacy in
weight management. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 739–744.
Claudino, A. M., de Oliveira, I.R., Appolinario, J. C., Cordás, T.,A., Duchesne, M., Sichieri, R.,
& Bacaltchuk, J. (2007). Double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial of topiramate plus
cognitive-behavior therapy in binge-eating disorder. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 68(9),
1324-1332.
Cohen, J. (1977). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. New York: Academic
Press
Cole-Detke, H. & Kobak, R. (1996). Attachment processes in eating disorder and depression.’
110
Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 282-290.
Colombo, O., Ferretti, V. V., Ferraris, C., Trentani, C., Vinai, P., Villani, S., & Tagliabue, A.
(2014). Is drop-out from obesity treatment a predictable and preventable event? Nutrition Journal,
13, 13. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1475-2891-13-13
Conceição, E. M., Crosby, R., Mitchell, J. E, Engel, S. G., Wonderlich, S. A., Simonich, H. K.,
Le Grange, D. (2013). Picking or nibbling: Frequency and associated clinical features in bulimia
nervosa, anorexia nervosa, and binge eating disorder. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
46(8), 815.
Cooper, P. J., Taylor, M. J., Cooper, Z., & Fairburn, C. G. (1987). The development and
validation of the body shape questionnaire. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 6, 485–494.
Corstorphine, E., Mountford, V., Tomlinson, S., Waller, G., & Meyer, C. (2007). Distress
tolerance in the eating disorders. Eating Behaviors, 8(1), 91-97.
Constantino, M.J., Arnow, B.A., Blasey, C. & Agras, S.W. (2005). The association between
patient characteristics and the therapeutic alliance in cognitive-behavioral and interpersonal therapy
for bulimia nervosa. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 73(2), 203–211.
Cooper, Z., Doll, H. A., Hawker, D. M., Byrne, S., Bonner, G., Eeley, E., ... & Fairburn, C. G.
(2010). Testing a new cognitive behavioural treatment for obesity: A randomized controlled trial
with three-year follow-up. Behaviour research and therapy, 48(8), 706-713.
Cortese, S., Bernardo, D. B., & Mouren, M. (2007). Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity disorder
(ADHD) and binge eating. Nutrition Reviews, 65(9), 404-11.
Corwin, R. L., Boan, J., Peters, K. F., & Ulbrecht, J.S. (2012). Baclofen reduces binge eating in a
double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study. Behavioural Pharmacology, 23(5-6), 616-625.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/FBP.0b013e328357bd62
Cossrow N., Pawaskar M., Witt E.A., Ming E.E., Victor T.W., Herman B.K. & Erder M.H.
(2016). Estimating the prevalence of binge eating disorder in a community sample from the United
States: Comparing DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 criteria. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 77, e968 -
e974. 10.4088/JCP.15m1005.
Cox, R.P., & Howard, M.D. (2007). Utilization of EMDR in the treatment of sexual addiction: A
case study. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 14(1), 1-20.
Craig, C. L., Marshall, M., Sjostrom, A. E., Bauman, M., Booth, B. E. Ainsworth, M., Pratt, U.
Ekelund, A. Yngve, Sallis, J.F. & Oja, P. (2003). International Physical Activity Questionnaire
(IPAQ): 12-country reliability and validity. Medical Science, Sports & Exercise (35) 8, 1381–1395.
Cross-Disorder Group of the Psychiatric Genomics Consortium. (2013). Genetic relationship
between five psychiatric disorders estimated from genome-wide SNPs. Nature genetics, 45(9), 984-
994.
111
Crow, S.J., Peterson, C.B., Swanson, S.A., Raymond, N.C., Specker, S., Eckert, E.D., Mitchell,
J.E. (2009). Increased mortality in bulimia nervosa and other eating disorders. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 166, 1342-1346.
Curioni, C.C. & Lourenco, P.M. (2005). Long-term weight loss after diet and exercise: a
systematic review. International Journal of Obesity, 29, 1168-74.
Dalle Grave, R., Calugi, S., Compare, A., El Ghoch, M., Petroni, M. L., Colombari, S., . . .
Marchesini, G. (2015). Personality, attrition and weight loss in treatment seeking women with
obesity. Clinical Obesity, 5(5), 266-272. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/cob.12112
Dalle-Grave., R, Calugi, S., Molinari, E., et al. (2005). Weight loss expectations in obese patients
and treatment attrition: an observational multicenter study. Obesity Research, 13, 1961–9.
Davis, M.J. and Addis, M.E. (1999). Predictors of attrition from behavioral medicine treatments.
Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 21, 339–49.
Davis, C., & Carter, J. C. (2009). Compulsive overeating as an addiction disorder. A review of
theory and evidence. Appetite, 53(1), 1-8.
Davis, C., Levitan, R.D., Smith, M., Tweed, S. & Curtis, C. (2006). Associations among
overeating, overweight, and attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder: A structural equation modelling
approach. Eating Behavior, 7, 266-274.
Davis, C.L., Tomporowski, P.D., McDowell, J. E., Austin, B.P.; Miller, P. H.; Yanasak, N.E.;
Allison, J, D., Naglieri, J. A. (2011). Exercise improves executive function and achievement and
alters brain activation in overweight children: A randomized, controlled trial. Health Psychology, 30
(1), 91-98. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0021766.
De Jongh, A., and ten Broeke, E. (2009). EMDR and the anxiety disorders: exploring the current
status. J. EMDR Practical Research, 3, 133–140. doi: 10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.133
de Jongh et al. (2016). Critical analysis of the current treatment guidelines for complex PTSD in
adults. Depression and Anxiety, 1-11.
Delany, J.P., Kelley D.E., Hames, K.C., Jakicic, J.M., Goodpaster, B.H. (2014). Effect of
physical activity on weight loss, energy expenditure, and energy intake during diet induced weight
loss. Obesity (Silver Spring), 22, 363-370.
Delinsky, S. S., Thomas, J. J., Germain, S. A. S., Ellison Craigen, K., Weigel, T. J., Levendusky,
P. G., & Becker, A. E. (2011). Motivation to change among residential treatment patients with an
eating disorder: Assessment of the multidimensionality of motivation and its relation to treatment
outcome. The International Journal of Eating Disorders, 44(4), 340-348.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/eat.20809
De Panfilis, C., Torre, M., Cero, S., et al. (2008). Personality and attrition from behavioral
weight-loss treatment for obesity. General Hospital Psychiatry, 30, 515–20.
112
De Pergola, G., Ciampolillo, A., Paolotti, S., Trerotoli, P. & Giorgino R. (2007). Free
triiodothyronine and thyroid stimulating hormone are directly associated with waist circumference,
independently of insulin resistance, metabolic parameters and blood pressure in overweight and
obese women. Clinical Endocrinology, 67, 265-269.
Desprésa, J. and Lamarche, B. (1993). Effects of Diet and Physical Activity on Adiposity and
Body Fat Distribution: Implications for the Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease. Nutrition
Research Reviews, 6, 137-159. doi:10.1079/NRR19930010.
Devlin, M.J., Goldfein, J.A., Petkova, E., Liu, L., Walsh, B.T. (2007). Cognitive behavioral
therapy and fluoxetine for binge eating disorder: two-year follow-up. Obesity, 15, 1702–9.
de Vos, J. A., Netten, C., & Noordenbos, G. (2016). Recovered eating disorder therapists using
their experiential knowledge in therapy: A qualitative examination of the therapists' and the patients'
view. Eating Disorders, 24(3), 207-223. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10640266.2015.1090869
De Wachter, D., Neven, A., Vandewalle, S., Vanderlinden, J., & Lange, A. (2008). Dissociative
phenomena: Relationship to present and past stress]. Tijdschrift Voor Psychiatrie, 50 (2), 83-88.
de Zwaan, M. L., Ghaderi, A., & Norring, C. (2011). Binge eating in surgical weight-loss
treatments. long-term associations with weight loss, health related quality of life (HRQL), and
psychopathology. Eating and Weight Disorders, 16(4), e263-e269.
de Zwaan, M., Mitchell, J.E., Seim, H.C., et al. (1994). Eating related and general
psychopathology in obese females with binge eating disorder. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 15(1), 43–52.
Di Segni, M., Patrono, E., Patella, L., Puglisi-Allegra, S., & Ventura, R. (2014). Animal models
of compulsive eating behavior. Nutrients, 6 (10), 4591-4609.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/nu6104591
Dishman, R., & Steinhardt, M. (1988). Reliability and concurrent validity for a 7-d recall of
physical activity in college subjects. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 20(1), 14-25.
Doggrell, S. A. (2008). New indications for topiramate: Alcohol dependency and binge-eating
disorder. Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy, 9(5), 869-873.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1517/14656566.9.5.869
Drewnowski, A., Gosnell, B., Klahn, D. D. & Canum, K. (1989). Sensory preferences for sugar
and fat: Evidence for opioid involvement. Appetite, 12, 206.
Duarte, C., Pinto-Gouveia, J., & Ferreira, C. (2015). Expanding binge eating assessment:
Validity and screening value of the Binge Eating Scale in women from the general population.
Eating Behaviors, 18, 41-47.
DuBois, R. H., Rodgers, R. F., Franko, D. L., Eddy, K. T., & Thomas, J. J. (2017). A network
113
analysis investigation of the cognitive-behavioral theory of eating disorders. Behaviour Research
and Therapy, 97, 213-221. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2017.08.004
Dulcan, M. (1997). Practice parameters for the assessment and treatment of children,
adolescents, and adults with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. American Academy of Child
and Adolescent Psychiatry. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,
36 (suppl 10): S85-S121.
Dumbrowski, S.U., Knittle, K., Avenell, A., Araújo-Soares, V. & Sniehotta, F.F. (2014). Long
term maintenance of weight loss with non-surgical interventions in obese adults: systematic review
and meta-analyses of randomised controlled trials. British Medical Journal, 348 doi:
http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.g2646, 348:g2646.
Dunkley, D. M., & Grilo, C. M. (2007). Self-criticism, low self-esteem, depressive symptoms,
and over-evaluation of shape and weight in binge eating disorder patients. Behaviour Research and
Therapy, 45(1), 139. Retrieved from Dunstan, D.W., Howard, B., Healy, G.N., Owen, N. (2012).
Too much sitting – A health hazard. Diabetes Research and Clinical Practice, 97(3), 368–376 DOI:
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2012.05.020
Edler, C., Lipson, S. F., & Keel, P. K. (2007). Ovarian hormones and binge eating in bulimia
nervosa. Psychological Medicine, 37(01), 131-141.
Edmond, T., Rubin, A., & Wambach, K. G. (1999). The effectiveness of EMDR with adult
female survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Social Work Research, 23(2), 103-116.
Ehlers, A., Bisson, J., Clark, D. M., Creamer, M., Pilling, S., Richards, D., ... & Yule, W. (2010).
Do all psychological treatments really work the same in posttraumatic stress disorder? Clinical
psychology review, 30(2), 269-276.
Ehlers, A., Bisson, J., Clark, D. M., Creamer, M., Pilling, S., Richards, D., ... & Yule, W. (2010).
Do all psychological treatments really work the same in posttraumatic stress disorder?. Clinical
psychology review, 30(2), 269-276.
Ehring T. & Watkins E.R. (2008). Repetitive negative thinking as a transdiagnostic process.
International Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 1, 192–205.
Elran-Barak, R., Sztainer, M., Goldschmidt, A. B., Crow, S. J., Peterson, C. B., Hill, L. L., Le
Grange, D. (2015). Dietary restriction behaviors and binge eating in anorexia nervosa, bulimia
nervosa and binge eating disorder: Trans-diagnostic examination of the restraint model. Eating
Behaviors, 18, 192-196. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2015.05.012.
Engel, S. G., Boseck, J. J., Crosby, R. D., Wonderlich, S. A., Mitchell, J. E., Smyth, J., ... &
Steiger, H. (2007). The relationship of momentary anger and impulsivity to bulimic behavior.
Behaviour Research and therapy, 45(3), 437-447.
Escobar-Koch, T., Banker, J. D., Crow, S., Cullis, J., Ringwood, S., Smith, G., van Furth, E.,
114
Westin, K. and Schmidt, U. (2010). Service users' views of eating disorder services: An
international comparison. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 43, 549–559.
doi:10.1002/eat.20741
Escobar-Koch, T., Mandlich, C.C. & Urzua, R.F. (2012). Treatments for eating disorders: The
patients’ views. In I.J. Lobera (ed.). Relevant topics in eating disorders (pp.253–268). USA: InTech
Escott-Stump, S. (2008). Nutrition and Diagnosis-Related Care. 6th ed. Baltimore, MD: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins.
Fabricatore, A. N., Wadden, T. A., Higginbotham, A. J., Faulconbridge, L. F., Nguyen, A. M.,
Heymsfield, S. B., & Faith, M. S. (2011). Intentional weight loss and changes in symptoms of
depression: a systematic review and meta-analysis. International Journal of Obesity, 35(11), 1363-
1376.
Fabricatore, A.N., Wadden, T.A., Moore, R.H., et al. (2009). Predictors of attrition and weight
loss success: results from a randomized controlled trial. Behavioral Research Therapy, 47, 685–91.
Fairburn, C., Cooper, Z., Doll, H., Norman, P., O'Connor, M. (2000). The natural course of
bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder in young women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57,
659-65.
Fairburn, C.G, Zafra, C., D.M., Doll, H.A. Norman, P. & O'Connor, M. (2000). The Natural
Course of Bulimia Nervosa and Binge Eating Disorder in Young Women. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 57(7), 659-665. doi:10-1001/pubs.
Fandiño, J., Moreira, R. O., Preissler, C., Gaya, C. W., Papelbaum, M., Coutinho, W. F., &
Appolinario, J. C. (2010). Impact of binge eating disorder in the psychopathological profile of
obese women. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 51(2), 110-114.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.comppsych.2009.03.011
Faraone, S. V., & Antshel, K. M. (2008). Diagnosing and treating attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder in adults. World Psychiatry: Official Journal of the World Psychiatric Association (WPA),
7(3), 131-136.
Fichter, M.M., Quadflieg, N., Gnutzmann, A. (1998). Binge eating disorder: Treatment outcome
over a 6-year course. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 44, 385-405.
Fine, C., Paulsen, S., Rouamoin, C., Luber, L. Puk, G., & Young. W. (1995). A general guide to
the use of EMDR in the dissociative disorders: A task force report. In F. Shapiro (Ed). Eye
movement desensitisation reprocessing: basic principles, practices and procedures. New York:
Guilford Press.
Finkelstein, E. A., Trogdon, J. G., Cohen, J. W., & Dietz, W. (2009). Annual medical spending
attributable to obesity: Payer-and service-specific estimates. Health Affairs, 28(5), W822-W831.
Fitzgerald P. (2004). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation and electroconvulsive therapy:
115
complementary or competitive therapeutic options in depression? Australasian Psychiatry, 12, 234-
8.
Fisher, E.H. & Turner, J.L. (1970). Orientations to seeking help: development and research
utility of an attitude scale. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 35, 79-90.
Fleming, J. & Levy, L. (2002). Eating disorders in women with AD/HD. In: Quinn PO, Nadeau
KG, eds. Gender Issues and AD/HD: Research, Diagnosis and Treatment. Silver Springs, MD:
Silver Springs Advantage Books, 411-426.
Forester, D. (2009). EMDR Solutions II: for Depression, Eating disorder, performance and
More. 1st Edition. Shapiro, R. (Ed). Norton Professional Books.
Foster, G.D., Wadden & Vogt, R.A. (1997). Body image before, during and after weight loss
treatment. Health Psychology, 16, 226-229.
Frank, J. (1971). Therapeutic factors in psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 25,
350-61.
Franko, D.L (1997). Ready or not? Stages of change as predictors of brief group therapy
outcome in bulimia nervosa. Group, 21, 39-45.
Franz., M.J. et al. (2007). Weight loss outcomes: systematic review and meta-analysis of weight
loss clinical trials with a minimum 1 year follow up. Journal of the American Dietetics Association,
7 (10), 1755-1767.
Freud, S. (1913/1958). On beginning the treatment: further recommendations on the technique of
psychoanalysis. In J. Strachey (Ed.). The standard edition of the complete works of Sigmund Freud
(Vol 12, pp.121-144). London: Hogarth Press (original work published in 1913).
Friedman, S, Even C., Dardennes, R & Guelfi, J.D. (2002). Light therapy, obesity, and night-
eating syndrome. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159(5):875–876.
Fursland, A., Byrne, S., & Nathan, P. (2007). Overcoming disordered eating. Perth, Western
Australia: Centre for Clinical Interventions. http://www.cci.health.wa.gov.au/about/objectives.cfm.
Fraile, M. G., Bobes, J., Vallejo, J., Iglesias, C., & Iriarte, V. (2011). Bupropion: efficacy and
safety in the treatment of depression. Actas Esp Psiquiatr, 39(Supl 1), 1-25.
Gardner, K., Salah, S., Leavey, C. and Porcellato, L. (2010). The perfect size: perceptions of and
influences on body image and body size in young Somali women living in Liverpool - a qualitative
study. Diversity in Health and Care, 7 (1), 23-34.
Gadalla, T., & Piran, N. (2007). Co-occurrence of eating disorders and alcohol use disorders in
women: A meta analysis. Archives of Women's Mental Health, 10(4), 133-40.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00737-007-0184-x
Gianini, L., Roberto, C. A., Attia, E., Walsh, B. T., Thomas, J. J., Eddy, K. T., . . . Sysko, R.
(2017). Mild, moderate, meaningful? Examining the psychological and functioning correlates of
116
DSM-5 eating disorder severity specifiers. The International Journal of Eating Disorders, 50(8),
906-916. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/eat.22728
Goldsmith, S.J., Anger-Friedfeld K, Beren S, et al. (1992). Psychiatric illness in patients
presenting for obesity treatment. International Journal of Eating Disorder, 12, 63–71.
González-Soltero, R., Blanco, M. J., Biscaia, J. M., Mohedano, R. B., Grille-Mariscal, M., &
Blanco, M. A. (2014). Contents, positioning and quality analysis in Spanish websites related to
nutrition and eating behavior disorders. Nutricion Hospitalaria, 31(3), 1394-1402.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.3305/nh.2015.31.3.8122
Gratz, K.L. & Roemer L. (2004). Multi-dimensional assessment of emotion regulation and
dysregulation: Development, factor structure, and initial validation of the difficulties in emotion
regulation scale. Journal of Psychopathological Behaviour, 36, 41–54.
Grilo, C.M. (2006). Eating and weight disorders. London: Psychology Press.
Grilo, C. M., Crosby, R. D., Peterson, C. B., Masheb, R. M., White, M. A., Crow, S. J., Mitchell,
J. E. (2010). Factor structure of the eating disorder examination interview in patients with binge-
eating disorder. Obesity, 18(5), 977-81. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/oby.2009.321
Grilo, C. M., Ivezaj, V., & White, M. A. (2015). Evaluation of the DSM-5 severity indicator for
binge eating disorder in a clinical sample. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 71, 110. Retrieved
from https://search.proquest.com/docview/1696478006?
Grossi, E., Dalle, Grave, R., Mannucci, E., et al. (2006). Complexity of attrition in the treatment
of obesity: clues from a structured telephone interview. International Journal of Obesity, 30, 1132–
7.
Grunebaum, M., Luber, P., Callahan, M., Leon, A.C., Olfson, M., Portera, L.(1996): Predictors
of missed appointments for psychiatric consultations in a primary care clinic. Psychiatric Services
(Washington, DC) 47(8), 848–852.
Gadde, K. M., Kopping, Mariko F,M.S., Wagner, H.R., Yonish, Gretchen M., Allison, D. B., &
Bray, G. A. (2012). Zonisamide for weight reduction in obese adults: A 1-year randomized
controlled trial. Archives of Internal Medicine, 172(20), 1557.
Gaitan-Sierra, C., & Hyland, M. E. (2015). Common factor mechanisms in clinical practice and
their relationship with outcome. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 22(3), 258-266.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/cpp.1894
Garnerone, L., Iorio, L., Zelaschi, R., Delnevo, A., Tufano, A., & Ambrosi, B. (2010). Thyroid
function and obesity. Minerva Medica, 101(5), 363-370.
Gauhar, Y. W. M. (2016). The efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of depression. Journal of
EMDR Practice and Research, 10(2), 59-69. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1891/1933-3196.10.2.59
Ghaderi, A. (2006). Attrition and outcome in self-help treatment for bulimia nervosa and binge
117
eating disorder: A constructive replication. Eating Behaviors, 7(4), 300-308.
Gearhardt, A.N. Corbin, W.R. Brownell, K.D. (2009). The preliminary validation of the Yale
Food Addiction Scale, Appetite, 52, 430-436.
Gilbert, P., Pehl, J., Allan, S. (1994). The phenomenology of shame and guilt: An empirical
investigation. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 67, 23-26.
Gingerich, K.R. (1987). Attitudes toward therapy as a result of fee and type of therapist. Paper
presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, New York.
Godfrey, K.M; Gallo, L.C. & Afari, N. (2015). Mindfulness-based interventions for binge eating:
a systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 38(2), 348-362.
Goodrick, G. K., Pendleton, V. R., Kimball, K. T., Carlos Poston, W. S., Reeves, R. S. and
Foreyt, J. P. (1999). Binge eating severity, self-concept, dieting self-efficacy and social support
during treatment of binge eating disorder. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 26, 295–300.
doi:10.1002/(SICI)1098-108X(199911)26:3<295:AID-EAT7>3.0.CO;2-7
Gokee-LaRose. J., Gorin. A.A, Raynor, H.A, et al (2009). Are standard behavioral weight loss
programs effective for young adults? International Journal of Obesity, 33, 1374-1380.
Goldberg, S. B., Rousmaniere, T., Miller, S. D., Whipple, J., Nielsen, S. L., Hoyt, W. T., &
Wampold, B. E. (2016). Do psychotherapists improve with time and experience? A longitudinal
analysis of outcomes in a clinical setting. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 63(1), 1.
Goldfein, J. A., Devlin, M. J., & Spitzer, R. L. (2000). Cognitive behavioral therapy for the
treatment of binge eating disorder: What constitutes success? The American Journal of Psychiatry,
157(7), 1051-6.
Goldschmidt, A. B., Le Grange, D., Powers, P., Crow, S. J., Hill, L. L., Peterson, C. B., . . .
Mitchell, J. E. (2011). Eating disorder symptomatology in normal-weight vs. obese individuals with
binge eating disorder. Obesity, 19(7), 1515-1518. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/oby.2011.24
Goldstein, D. J. (1992). Beneficial health effects of modest weight loss. International journal of
obesity and related metabolic disorders: Journal of the International Association for the Study of
Obesity, 16(6), 397-415.
Goodman, E. and Whitaker R. (2002). A prospective study of the role of depression in the
development and persistence of adolescent obesity. Pediatrics, 109, 497-504.
Goode, R. W., Ye, L., Sereika, S. M., Zheng, Y., Mattos, M., Acharya, S. D., . . . Burke, L. E.
(2016). Socio-demographic, anthropometric, and psychosocial predictors of attrition across
behavioral weight-loss trials. Eating Behaviors, 20, 27-33. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.
2015.11.009
Gorin, A.A., Phelan, S., Hill, J.O., Wing, R.R. (2004). Medical triggers are associated with better
short- and long-term weight loss outcomes. Preventative Medicine, 39, 612-616.
118
Gormal, J., Black, S., Daston, S. & Rardin, D. (1982). The assessment of binge eating severity
among obese persons. Addictive Behaviors, 7, 47-55.
Graves, T. A., Tabri, N., Thompson-Brenner, H., Franko, D. L., Eddy, K. T., Bourion-Bedes, S.,
Thomas, J. J. (2017). A meta-analysis of the relation between therapeutic alliance and treatment
outcome in eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 50(4), 323-340.
Greenberg, I., Perna, F., Kaplan, M., Sullivan, M.A. (2005). Behavioral and psychological
factors in the assessment and treatment of obesity surgery patients. Obesity Research, 13(2), 244–9.
Greenwald, R. (1993a). Treating children’s nightmares with EMDR. EMDR Network
Newsletter, 3, 7–9.
Greenwald, R. (1993b). Magical installations can empower clients to stay their dragons. EMDR
Network Newsletter, 2, 16–17.
Grenon, R., Schwartze, D., Hammond, N., Ivanova, I., Mcquaid, N., Proulx, G., & Tasca, G. A.
(2017). Group psychotherapy for eating disorders: A meta-analysis. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 50(9), 997-1013. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/eat.22744
Grilo, C. M. (2013). Why no cognitive body image feature such as overvaluation of shape/weight
in the binge eating disorder diagnosis? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 46(3), 208.
Grilo, C.M., Crosby, R.D., Masheb, R.M., White, M.A., Peterson, C.B., Wonderlich, S.A., Engel,
S.G., Crow, S.J., Mitchell, J.E. (2009). Overvaluation of shape and weight in binge eating disorder,
bulimia nervosa, and sub-threshold bulimia nervosa. Behavioral Research Therapy, 47, 692–696.
Grilo, C.M., Hrabosky, J.I., White, M.A., Allison, K.C., Stunkard, A.J., Masheb, R.M. (2008)
Overvaluation of shape and weight in binge eating disorder and overweight controls: refinement of
a diagnostic construct. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 117, 414–419.
Grilo, C.M. & Masheb, R.M. (2005). A randomized controlled comparison of guided self-help
cognitive behavioral therapy and behavioral weight loss for binge eating disorder. Behavior
Research Therapy, 43(11), 1509–25.
Grilo, C.M., Masheb, R.M., Lozano-Blanco, C. & Barry D.T. (2004). Reliability of the Eating
Disorder Examination in patients with BED. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 35 (1), 80-
85.
Grilo C.M., Masheb, R.M., White, M.A. (2010). Significance of overvaluation of shape/ weight
in binge-eating disorder: comparative study with overweight and bulimia nervosa. Obesity (Silver
Spring), 18, 499–504.
Grilo, C.M., White, M.A., Barnes, R.D., Masheb, R.M. (2013). Psychiatric disorders
comboribidy and correlation in an ethnically diverse sample of obese patients with Bed in primary
119
care settings. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 54, 209-216.
Grilo, C. M, White, M. A., Wilson, G. T., Gueorguieva, R. and Masheb, R. M. (2012). Rapid
response predicts 12-month post-treatment outcomes in binge-eating disorder: theoretical and
clinical implications. Psychological Medicine, 42.4, 807-17.
Grilo, C.M., Masheb, R.M., Wilson, G.T. (2001). Subtyping binge eating disorder. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69 (6) 1066-1072
Grilo, C.M., Masheb, R.M. & Wilson, G.T. (2005). Efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy and
fluoxetine for the treatment of binge eating disorder: A randomized double-blind study. Biological
Psychiatry, 57, 301-309
Grohol, J. (2013). An Introduction to Borderline Personality Disorder. Psych Central. Retrieved
on http://psychcentral.com/lib/an-introduction-to-borderline-personality-disorder/
Gulliksen, K.S., Espeset, E.M.S., Nordbo, R.H.S., Skarderud, F., Geller, J., and Holte, A. (2012)
Preferred therapist characteristics in treatment of anorexia nervosa: The patient’s perspective’ The
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 45, 932-941.
Guthrie, H., Tetley, D. and Hill, A.J. (2014). Quasi-prospective, real-life monitoring of food
craving post-bariatric surgery: comparison with overweight and normal weight women. Clinical
Obesity, 4(3),136–142, DOI:10.1111/cob.12054.
Guerdjikova, A. I., Blom, T. J., Martens, B. E., Keck, P. E., & McElroy, S. L. (2013).
Zonisamide in the treatment of bulimia nervosa: An open-label, pilot, prospective study. The
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 46(7), 747-750. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/eat.22159
Guerdjikova & McElroy, 2015; Schmidt do Prado‐Lima, P. A., & Bacaltchuck, J. (2002).
Topiramate in treatment‐resistant depression and binge‐eating disorder. Bipolar disorders, 4(4),
271-273.
Halmi, K.A, Agras W.S., Mitchell, J., Wilson, G.T, Crow, S. and Bryson, S.W. (2002). Relapse
predictors of patients with bulimia nervosa who achieved abstinence through cognitive behavioral
therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 1105-1109.
Harrison, A., Sullivan, S., Tchanturia, K., & Treasure, J. (2010). Emotional functioning in eating
disorders: attentional bias, emotion recognition and emotion regulation. Psychological Medicine,
40, 1887–1897. doi:10.1017/S0033291710000036.
Hart, S. (2006). Betydningen af samhørighed, om neuroaffektiv udviklingspsykologi. The
meaning of cohesion, about neuroaffective developmental psychology. Copenhagen, Denmark:
Hans Reitzels.
Hase, M., Schallmayer, S., & Sack, M. (2008). EMDR reprocessing of the addiction memory:
Pretreatment, posttreatment, and 1-month follow-up. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(3),
170–179.
120
Hawk, L. W., Ashare, R. L., Rhodes, J. D., Oliver, J. A., Cummings, K. M., & Mahoney, M. C.
(2015). Does extended pre-quit bupropion aid in extinguishing smoking behavior? Nicotine &
Tobacco Research, 17(11), 1377-1384.
Hay, P.J., Bacaltchuk, J., Stefano, S., Kashyap, P.(2009). Psychological treatments for bulimia
nervosa and binging Cochrane Depression, Anxiety and Neurosis Group
DOI:10.1002/14651858.CD000562.pub3.
Hay, P. J., & Claudino, A. M. (2012). Clinical psychopharmacology of eating disorders: A
research update. The International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 15(2), 209-22.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S1461145711000460
Hay, P.J., Marley, J., & Lemar, S. (1998). Covert eating disorders: the prevalence, characteristics
and help-seeking of those with bulimic eating disorders in general practice. Primary Care
Haedt-Matt, A. A., & Keel, P. K. (2011). Revisiting the affect regulation model of binge eating: a
meta-analysis of studies using ecological momentary assessment. Psychological Bulletin, 137(4),
660.
Halvgaard, K. (2015). Single Case Study: Does EMDR Psychotherapy Work on Emotional
Eating?.Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 9(4), 188-197.
Haour, F. (2016). Summary: Scientific evaluation of EMDR psychotherapy. L'Encephale, 42(3),
284-288.
Hase, M., Balmaceda, U. M., Hase, A., Lehnung, M., Tumani, V., Huchzermeier, C., & Hofmann,
A. (2015). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy in the treatment of
depression: A matched pairs study in an inpatient setting. Brain and Behavior, 5(6), 1.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/brb3.342
Heal, A.B., Aspley, D.J., Prow, S., Jackson, M. R.; Martin, H. C.; Cheetham, K.F. (1998).
"Sibutramine: a novel anti-obesity drug. A review of the pharmacological evidence to differentiate it
from d-amphetamine and d-fenfluramine". International Association for the Study of Obesity.
International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 22 Suppl 1: S18–S28;
discussion S28.
Hase, M., Schallmayer S., Sack M. (2008). EMDR reprocessing of the addiction memory:
Pretreatment, posttreatment, and 1-month follow-up. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research,
2(3), 170-179.
Headland, M., Clifton, P. M., Carter, S., & Keogh, J. B. (2016). Weight-loss outcomes: a
systematic review and meta-analysis of intermittent energy restriction trials lasting a minimum of 6
months. Nutrients, 8(6), 354.
Heaney, R.P., K., Davies, M. & Barger-Lux J. (2002). Calcium and Weight: Clinical Studies.
121
Journal of the American College of Nutrition, 21(2), 152S-155S.
Heinonen, E., Lindfors, O., Laaksonen, M.A. & Knekt, P. (2012). Therapists' professional and
personal characteristics as predictors of outcome in short- and long-term psychotherapy. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 138 (3), 301-312.
Hembree, E. A., Foa, E. B., Dorfan, N. M., Street, G. P., Kowalski, J., & Tu, X. (2003). Do
patients drop out prematurely from exposure therapy for PTSD? Journal of Traumatic Stress, 16
(6), 555-562.
Hemmingsson, E., Johansson, K. & Reynisdottir, S. (2014). Effects of childhood abuse on adult
obesity: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Obesity reviews. DOI: 10.1111/obr.12216
Henry, S.L. (1996). Pathological gambling: etiological considerations and treatment efficacy of
eye movement desensitization/reprocessing. Journal of Gambling Studies,12, 395–405.
Hepworth, N. S., & Paxton, S. J. (2007). Pathways to help-seeking in bulimia nervosa and binge
eating problems: a concept mapping approach. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 493-
504.
Hepworth, N. S., Paxton, S. J. & Williams, B. (2007). Predictors of attitudes towards treatments
for bulimia nervosa. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry. 41, 247-256.
Herbozo, S., Schaefer, L. M., & Thompson, J. K. (2015). A comparison of eating disorder
psychopathology, appearance satisfaction, and self-esteem in overweight and obese women with
and without binge eating. Eating Behaviors, 17, 86-89. doi:http://dx. doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.
2015.01.007
Herring, L. Y., Wagstaff, C. and Scott, A. (2014), The efficacy of 12 weeks supervised exercise
in obesity management. Clinical Obesity, 4, 220–227. doi: 10.1111/cob.12063
Herring, M. P., Sailors, M. H., & Bray, M. S. (2014). Genetic factors in exercise adoption, ad-
herence and obesity. Obesity reviews, 15(1), 29-39.
Herron, W.G. & Sitkowski, S. (1986). Effect of fees on psychotherapy: What is the evidence?
Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 17, 347-351.
Hildebrandt, B. A., Racine, S. E., Keel, P. K., Burt, S. A., Neale, M., Boker, S., . . . Klump, K. L.
(2015). The effects of ovarian hormones and emotional eating on changes in weight preoccupation
across the menstrual cycle. The International Journal of Eating Disorders, 48(5), 477-486.
Holzer, S. R., Uppala, S., Wonderlich, S. A., Crosby, R. D. & Simonich, H. (2008). Mediational
significance of PTSD in the relationship of sexual trauma and eating disorders. Child abuse &
neglect, 32(5), 561-566.
Hornsfeld, H. (2005, June). Cue exposure and EMDR, a new protocol description of procedure
and demonstration of clinical application in the treatment of binge eating. In EMDR and eating
122
disorders. Symposium conducted at the 6th EMDR Europe Association Conference, Brussels,
Belgium.
Horvath, A. O., & Greenberg, L. S. (1989). Development and validation of the Working Alliance
Inventory. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 36, 223-233.
Howard, W.T., Evans, K.K., Quintero-Howard, C.V., Bowers, W.A., Andersen, A.E. (1999).
Predictors of success or failure of transition to day hospital treatment for inpatients with anorexia
nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1697–1702.
Hudson, J.I. Hiripi, E, Pope, J.R., Kessler, R.C. (2007). Physical activity and its correlates of
Eating Disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey. Biological Psychiatry, 61, 348-358.
L'Encephale, 42(3), 284-288. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.encep.2016.02.012.
Hunt, C., Andrews, G. (1992). Drop-out rate as a performance indicator in psychotherapy. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 85(4), 275–278.
IBM Corp (21012). SPSS Statistics for Windows, Version 21.0 Armonk, NY: IBM Corp.
Imperatori, C., Innamorati, M., Tamburello, S., Continisio, M., Contardi, A., Tamburello, A., &
Fabbricatore, M. (2013). Gender differences in food craving among overweight and obese patients
attending low energy diet therapy: A matched case-control study. Eating & Weight Disorders, 18(3),
297-303. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40519-013-0054-7.
Jaberghaderi, N., Greenwald, R., Rubin, A., Shahin, O. Z., & Dolatabadi, S. (2004). A
comparison of CBT and EMDR for sexually-abused Iranian girls. Clinical Psychology and
Psychotherapy, 11(5), 358-368. Retrieved from
https://search.proquest.com/docview/213890788?accountid=166958
Jakicic, J.M., Marcus, B.H., Gallagher, K.I., Napolitano, M. and Lang, W. (2003). Effect of
Exercise Duration and Intensity on Weight Loss in Overweight, Sedentary Women: A Randomized
Trial. JAMA, 290(10):1323-1330. doi:10.1001/jama.290.10.1323
Javaras, K. N., Pope, H. G., Lalonde, J. K., Roberts, J. L., Nillni, Y. I., Laird, N. M., ... &
Hudson, J. I. (2008). Co-occurrence of binge eating disorder with psychiatric and medical disorders.
The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 69(2), 266-273.
Javaras, K. N., Laird, N. M., Reichborn-Kjennerud, T., Bulik, C. M., Pope, H. G., & Hudson, J.
I. (2008). Familiality and heritability of binge eating disorder: Results of a case-control family
study and a twin study. The International Journal of Eating Disorders, 41(2), 174-179.
Javaras, K.N., Pope, H.G., Lalonde, J.K., Roberts, J.L., Nilini, Y.I., Laird, N.M., Bulik, C.M.,
Crow, S, Lavie, C.J., Milani, R.V. & Ventura, H.O. (2009). Obesity and cardiovascular disease: risk
factor, paradox, and impact of weight loss. Journal of American College of Cardiology, 53, 1925–
1932.
Jensen, M.D., Ryan, D.H., Apovian, C.M., Ard J.D.,Comuzzie, A.G., Donato, K.A., Hu, F.B.,
123
Hubbard V.S, Jakicic, J.M., Kushner, R.F, Loria C, Millen, B.E., Nonas, C.A, Pi-Sunyer F.X.,
Stevens, J., Stevens V.J, Wadden, T.A., Wolfe, B.M., Yanovski, S.Z. (2013). AHA/ACC/TOS
guideline for the management of overweight and obesity in adults: a report of the American College
of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and The Obesity
Society. Circulation; 00:000–000
Jones, A., Lindekilde, N., Lübeck, M., & Clausen, L. (2015). The association between
interpersonal problems and treatment outcome in the eating disorders: A systematic review. Nordic
Journal of Psychiatry, 69(8), 563-573. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.3109/08039488.2015.1019924
Jones, M., Luce, K.H., Osborne, M.I., et al. (2008). Randomized, controlled trial of an internet-
facilitated intervention for reducing binge eating and overweight in adolescents. Pediatrics, 121(3):
453–62.
Jordan, J.L., Holden, M.A., Mason, E.E.J. Foster, N.E. (2010). Interventions to improve
adherence to exercise for chronic muscuskeletal pain in adults. Cochrane Databse of Systematic
Reviews, 1. No CD005956. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.
Joyner, M. A., Gearhardt, A. N., & White, M. A. (2015). Food craving as a mediator between
addictive-like eating and problematic eating outcomes. Eating Behaviors, 19, 98-101.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2015.07.005
Kalarchian, M. A. & Marcus, M. D. (2015). Psychosocial interventions pre and post bariatric
surgery. European Eating Disorders Review: The Journal of the Eating Disorders Association,
23(6), 457-462. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/erv.2392
Katterman, S.N., Kleinman, B.M., Hood, M.M., Nackers, L.M., Joyce A. & Corsica, J.A.(2014).
Mindfulness meditation as an intervention for binge eating, emotional eating, and weight loss: A
systematic review. Eating Behaviors, 15 (2), 197–204.
Kaye, W.H., Jimerson, D.C., Lake. C.R & Ebert, M.H. (1985). Altered norepinephrine
metabolism following long term weight recovery in patients with anorexia nervosa. Psychiatry
Research, 14 (4), 333-342.
Karmisholt, J., Andersen, S. & Laurberg, P. (2011). Weight loss after therapy of hypothyroidism
is mainly caused by excretion of excess body water associated with myxoedema. Journal of
Clinical Endocrinological Metabolism, 96, E99-E103.
Keijsers, G.P.J., Kampman, M., Hoogduin, C.A.L. (2001): Dropout prediction in cognitive
behavior therapy for panic disorder. Behavior Therapy 32(4), 739–749.
Kendler, K.S., Gardner, C.O., Prescott, C.A. (2006). Toward a comprehensive developmental
model for major depression in men. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 115–124.
Kendler, K.S., Gardner, C.O., Prescott, C.A. (2002). Toward a comprehensive developmental
model for major depression in women. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1133–1145.
124
Keppel, G. (1991). Design and Analysis: a researchers handbook (3rd ed). Upper Saddle River,
NJ: Prentice Hall.
Kessler, R. C. (2000). Posttraumatic stress disorder: The burden to the individual and to society.
The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61(Suppl 5), 4-14.
Kessler, R. C., Adler, L., Ames, M., Demler, O., Faraone, S., Hiripi, E. V. A., … & Ustun, T. B.
(2005). The World Health Organization Adult ADHD Self-Report Scale (ASRS): a short screening
scale for use in the general population. Psychological medicine, 35(02), 245-256.
Kiernan, M, Moore, S.D., Schoffman, D.E., Lee, K., King, A.C., Taylor, C.B., et al. (2012).
Social support for healthy behaviors: Scale psychometrics and prediction of weight loss
among women in a behavioral program. Obesity, 20, 756-764.
King, N.A., Burley, V.J., Blundell, J.E. (1994). Exercise-induced suppression of appetite: effects
on food intake and implications for energy balance. European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 48,
715–724.
Kirk, S.F., Penney, T.L., McHugh, T.L. & Sharma, A.M. (2012). Effective weight management
practice: a review of the lifestyle intervention evidence. International Journal of Obesity, 36, 178–
185.
Kirkpatrick, S. L., Goldberg, L. R., Yazdani, N., Babbs, R. K., Wu, J., Reed, E. R., Bryant, C. D.
(2017). Cytoplasmic FMR1-interacting protein 2 is a major genetic factor underlying binge eating.
Biological Psychiatry, 81(9), 757-769. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2016.10.021
Klein, A. S., Skinner, J. B., & Hawley, K. M. (2013). Targeting binge eating through components
of dialectical behavior therapy: Preliminary outcomes for individually supported diary card self-
monitoring versus group-based DBT. Psychotherapy (Chicago, Ill.), 50(4), 543-552.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0033130
Klem, M.L. Wing, R., McGuire, M.T.; Seagle, H.M., Hill, J.O. (1998). Psychological symptoms
in individuals successful at long-term maintenance of weight loss. Health Psychology, 17(4), 336-
345. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0278-6133.17.4.336.
Klump, K. L., Hildebrandt, B. A., O'Connor, S.M., Keel, P. K., Neale, M., Sisk, C. L., . . . Burt,
S. A. (2015). Changes in genetic risk for emotional eating across the menstrual cycle: A longitudinal
study. Psychological Medicine, 45(15), 3227-3237.
Koh-Banerjee, P., Wang, Y., Hu, F.B., Spiegelman, D., Willett, W.C., Rimm, E.B. (2004).
Changes in body weight and body fat distribution as risk factors for clinical diabetes in US men.
American Journal of Epidemiology, 159, 1150–1159.
Korn, D. L. and Leeds, A. M. (2002). Preliminary evidence of efficacy for EMDR resource
development and installation in the stabilization phase of treatment of complex posttraumatic stress
125
disorder. Journal of Clinical. Psychology, 58, 1465–1487. doi:10.1002/jclp.10099
Kwan, B. M., Dimidjian, S., & Rizvi, S. L. (2010). Treatment Preference, Engagement and
Clinical Improvement in Pharmacotherapy Versus Psychotherapy For Depression. Behaviour
Research and Therapy, 48(8), 799-804.
Hepworth, N.S. (2011). A mindful eating group as an adjunct to individual treatment for eating
disorders: a pilot study. Eating Disorders, 19(1) 1, 6–16.7
Kolotkin, R.L., Moore, J.M. (1983). Attrition in a behavioral weight-control program. A
comparison of dropouts and completers. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 2, 93–100.
Klump, K. L., Keel, P. K., Racine, S. E., Burt, S. A., Burt, A. S., Neale, M., . . . Hu, J. Y. (2013).
The interactive effects of estrogen and progesterone on changes in emotional eating across the
menstrual cycle. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 122(1), 131-137.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0029524
Korn, D..L & Leeds, A.M. (2002). Preliminary Evidence of Efficacy for EMDR
Resource Development and Installation in the Stabilization Phase of Treatment of
Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58, 1465–1487.
Korte, J. E., Rosa, C. L., Wakim, P. G., & Perl, H. I. (2011). Addiction treatment trials: How
gender, race/ethnicity, and age relate to ongoing participation and retention in clinical trials.
Substance Abuse and Rehabilitation, 2, 205-218. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.2147/SAR.S23796
La Mela, C., Maglietta, M., Castellini, G., Amoroso, L., & Lucarelli, S. (2010). Dissociation in
eating disorders: Relationship between dissociative experiences and binge-eating episodes.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 51(4), 393-400. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.comppsych.2009.09.008
Lammers, M. W., Vroling, M. S., Ouwens, M. A., Engels, R. C. M. E., & van Strien, T. (2015).
Predictors of outcome for cognitive behaviour therapy in binge eating disorder. European Eating
Disorders Review, 23(3), 219.
LaRose, J. G., Leahey, T. M., Hill, J. O., & Wing, R. R. (2013). Differences in motivations and
weight loss behaviors in young adults and older adults in the National Weight Control Registry.
Obesity, 21(3), 449-453.
Lattimore, P., Mead, B. R., Irwin, L., Grice, L., Carson, R., & Malinowski, P. (2017). 'I can't
accept that feeling': Relationships between interoceptive awareness, mindfulness and eating
disorder symptoms in females with, and at-risk of an eating disorder. Psychiatry Research, 247,
163-171. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2016.11.022
LeardMann, C. A., Woodall, K. A., Littman, A. J., Jacobson, I. G., Boyko, E. J., Smith, B., . . .
Crum-Cianflone, N. (2015). Post-traumatic stress disorder predicts future weight change in the
millennium cohort study. Obesity, 23(4), 886-892. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/oby.21025
126
Le, Q. A., Doctor, J. N., Zoellner, L. A., & Feeny, N. C. (2018). Effects of treatment, choice, and
preference on health-related quality-of-life outcomes in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder
(PTSD). Quality of Life Research, 27(6), 1555-1562. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11136-018-
1833-4.
Leeds, A.M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Paper presented at the annual
meeting of the International EMDR Association, Santa Monica, CA. Leeds, A.M., & Shapiro, F.
(2000). EMDR and Resource Installation: Principles and procedures for enhancing current
functioning and resolving traumatic experiences. In J. Carlson & L. Sperry (Eds.), Brief therapy
strategies with individuals and couples. (pp. 469–534). Phoenix, AZ: Zeig, Tucker, Theisen, Inc.
Leemrijse, C.J. & de Bakker, D. (2006). Dieetadvies uit de AWBZ: aanloopproblemen de moeite
waard? Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Diëtisten, 61, 107–112.
Legenbauer, T., de Zwaan M, Benecke A, et al. 2009). Depression and anxiety: their predictive
function for weight loss in obese individuals. Obesity Facts, 2, 227–34.
Leombruni, P., Lavagnino, L., & Fassino, S. (2009). Treatment of obese patients with binge
eating disorder using topiramate: A review. Neuropsychiatric Disease and Treatment, 5, 385-392.
Levitan, D. R. & Davis, C. (2010). Emotions and eating behaviour: Implications for the current
obesity epidemic. University of Toronto Quarterly, 79(2), 783-799. http://
dx.doi.org/10.1353/utq.2010.0226.
Lin, P., Campbell, D. G., Chaney, E. F., Liu, C. F., Heagerty, P., Felker, B. L., & Hedrick, S. C.
(2005). The Influence of Patient Preference on Depression Treatment in Primary Care. Annals of
Behavioral Medicine, 30(2), 164-173.
Linardon, J., Hindle, A., & Brennan, L. (2018). Dropout from cognitive‐behavioral therapy for
eating disorders: A meta‐analysis of randomized, controlled trials. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 51(5), 381-391. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/eat.22850.
Linley, P. A. & Joseph, S. (2007). Therapy work and therapists' positive and negative well–being.
Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 26(3), 385-403.
Lombardo, C., Battagliese, G., Venezia, C., & Salvemini, V. (2015). Persistence of poor sleep
predicts the severity of the clinical condition after 6 months of standard treatment in patients with
eating disorders. Eating Behaviors, 18, 16-19. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2015.03.003
Lovejoy, J.C. (2003). The menopause and obesity. Primary Care, 30, 317-325.
Loveman, E, Frampton, G.K & Shepherd, H. (2011). The clinical effectiveness and cost-
effectiveness of long-term weight management schemes for adults: a systematic review. Health
Technology Assessment, 15, 1–182.
Lovibond & Lovibond, (1995). The Depression, Anxiety & Stress Scale.
127
Löwe, B., Zipfel, S., Buchholz, C., Dupont, Y., Reas, D.L., Herzog, W. (2001). Long-term
outcome of anorexia nervosa in a prospective 21-year follow-up study. Psychological Medicine,
31(Suppl 5), 881–8900.
Luborsky, L., McLellan, A. T., Woody, G. E., O'Brien, C.P., & Auerbach, A. (1985). Therapist
success and its determinants. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42(6), 602-611.
Luszczynska, A. (2006). Effects of an implementation intention intervention on physical activity
after MI are mediated by cognitive processes, change in forming action plans. Social Science and
Medicine, 62, 900-908.
Lydecker, J. A., & Grilo, C. M. (2016). Different yet similar: Examining race and ethnicity in
treatment-seeking adults with binge eating disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology,
84(1), 88.
Macht, M. and Mueller, J. (2007). Immediate effects of chocolate on experimentally induced
mood states, Appetite, 49(3), 667–674.
Mackinnon, S. P., Sherry, S. B., Graham, A. R., Stewart, S. H., Sherry, D. L., Allen, S. L., ... &
McGrath, D. S. (2011). Reformulating and testing the perfectionism model of binge eating among
undergraduate women: A short-term, three-wave longitudinal study. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 58(4), 630.
MacNair, R.R., Corazzini, J.G. (1994) Client factors influencing group therapy dropout.
Psychotherapy, 31(2), 352–362.
Malik, S. H., Blake, H., & Suggs, L. S. (2014). A systematic review of workplace health
promotion interventions for increasing physical activity. British journal of health psychology, 19(1),
149-180.
Maraki, M., Tsofliou, F., Pitsiladis, Y. P., Malkova, D., Mutrie, N., & Higgins, S. (2005). Acute
effects of a single exercise class on appetite, energy intake and mood. Is there a time of day effect?
Appetite, 45(3), 272-278
Maranhão, M. F., Estella, N. M., Cury, M. E. G., Amigo, V. L., Picasso, C. M., Berberian, A., &
Claudino, A. M. (2015). The effects of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in obese females
with binge eating disorder: A protocol for a double-blinded, randomized, sham-controlled trial.
BMC Psychiatry, 15, 194. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s12888-015-0569-8
Markus, W., de Weert–van Oene, G. H., Becker, E. S., & DeJong, C. A. (2015). A multi-site
randomized study to compare the effects of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR) added to TAU versus TAU to reduce craving and drinking behavior in alcohol dependent
outpatients: study protocol. BMC psychiatry, 15(1), 51.
Marney, A., White, C. and Grilo, M. (2005). Psychometric properties of the Food Craving
Inventory among obese patients with binge eating disorder. Eating Behaviors, 6 (3), 239–245.
128
Martínez, E., Castro, J., Bigorra, A., Morer, A., Calvo, R., Vila, M., Toro, J., Rieger, E. (2007).
Assessing motivation to change in bulimia nervosa: the Bulimia Nervosa Stages of Change
Questionnaire. European Eating Disorder Review, 15, 13 -23 .10.1002/erv.725
Marinilli Pinto, A., Guarda, A. S., Heinberg, L. J., & Diclemente, C. C. (2006). Development of
the eating disorder recovery self-efficacy questionnaire. The International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 39(5), 376-384. Retrieved from
Martinez, E., Castro, J., Bigorra, A., Morer, A., Calvo, R. (2007): Assessing motivation to
change in bulimia nervosa: the Bulimia Nervosa Stages of Change Questionnaire. European Eating
Disorders Review: The Journal of the Eating Disorders Association, 15(1), 13-23.
Martinez, R. (1991). EMDR: Innovative uses. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1, 7.
Masheb, R. M., Grilo, C. M., & Rolls, B. J. (2011). A randomized controlled trial for obesity and
binge eating disorder: Low-energy-density dietary counseling and cognitive-behavioral therapy.
Behaviour Research and Therapy, 49(12), 821.
Mason, T. B., & Lewis, R. J. (2016). Examining social support, rumination, and optimism in
relation to binge eating among Caucasian and African-American college women. Eating and Weight
Disorders. Retrieved from https://search.proquest.com/docview/1826709471?accountid=166958
Mason, T. B., Lavender, J. M., Wonderlich, S. A., Steiger, H., Cao, L., Engel, S. G., . . . Crosby,
R. D. (2017). Comfortably numb: The role of momentary dissociation in the experience of negative
affect around binge eating. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/NMD.0000000000000658
Mathes W.F, Brownley, K.A., Mo, X. and Bulik, C.M. (2009). The biology of binge eating.
Appetite, 52(3), 545-553.
Mattos, P., Saboya, E., Ayrao, V., Segenreich, D., Duchesne, M., Coutinho, G. (2004). Comorbid
eating disorders in a Brazilian attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder adult clinical sample. Review
Brasilia Psiquiatri, 26, 248-250.
Matz, J., & Frankel, E. (2004). Beyond a shadow of a diet: The comprehensive guide to treating
binge eating disorder, compulsive eating and emotional overeating (2nd ed.). New York, NY:
Routledge.
McKay, K.M., Zac, E., Imel, B and Wampold, E. (2006). Psychiatrist effects in the psycho-
pharmacological treatment of depression Journal of Affective Disorders, 92, 2–3, 287–
290doi:10.1016/j.jad.2006.01.020
McCann, U.D. & Agras W.S. (1990). Successful treatment of nonpurging bulimia nervosa with
desipramine: A double-blind, placebo-controlled study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 1509-
13.
129
McElroy, S. L., Guerdjikova, A. I., Mori, N., Munoz, M. R., & Keck, P. E. (2015). Overview of
the treatment of binge eating disorder. CNS Spectrums, 20(6), 546-556.
McElroy, S. L., Hudson, J. I., Capece, J. A., Beyers, K., Fisher, A. C. & Rosenthal, N. R. (2007).
Topiramate for the treatment of binge eating disorder associated with obesity: A placebo-controlled
study. Biological Psychiatry, 61(9), 1039-1048.
McElroy, S. L., Kotwal, R., Guerdjikova, A. I., Welge, J. A., Nelson, E. B., Lake, K. A. &
Hudson, J. I. (2006). Zonisamide in the treatment of binge eating disorder with obesity: a
randomized controlled trial. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67(12), 1897-1906.
McElroy, S.L.,Hudson, J.I., Mitchell, J.E., Wilfley, D; M., Ferreira-Cornwell, C., Gao, J. , Wang,
J. , Whitaker, T., Jonas, J.& Gasior, M.(2015). Efficacy and Safety of Lisdexamfetamine for
Treatment of Adults With Moderate to Severe Binge-Eating Disorder: a Randomized Clinical Trial.
JAMA Psychiatry, 72(3):235-246. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2014.2162.
McElroy, J.I., Walsh, B.T., Tsuang, M.T., Rosenthal, N.R. & Hudson, J.I. (2008). Co-occurence
of Binge Eating Disorder with psychiatric to medical disorders. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69,
266-273.
McElroy, S.L., Kotwal, R., Malhotra, S., Nelson, E.B., Keck, P.E. and Nemeroff, C.B. (2004).
Are Mood Disorders and Obesity Related? A Review for the Mental Health Professional. The
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65: 634–651. doi:10.4088/jcp.v65n0507.
McLean, R. C., Morrison, D. S., Shearer, R., Boyle, S. and Logue, J. (2016). Attrition and weight
loss outcomes for patients with complex obesity, anxiety and depression attending a weight
management programme with targeted psychological treatment. Clinical Obesity.
doi:10.1111/cob.12136
Meredith, G.E., Callen, S. & Scheuer, D.A. (2002). Brain-derived neurotrophic factor expression
is increased in the rat amygdala, piriform cortex and hypothalamus following repeated
amphetamine administration. Brain Research, 949, 21 8-227.
Miller, C. T., Fraser, S. F., Straznicky, N. E., Dixon, J. B., Selig, S. E., & Levinger, I. (2013).
Effect of diet versus diet and exercise on weight loss and body composition in class II and III
obesity: a systematic review. Journal of Diabetes and Metabolism, 4(6), 1-6.
Miller, R. (2010). Feeling-state theory and the impulse-control disorder protocol. Traumatology,
16(3), 2–10.
Miller, R. (2012). Treatment of behavioral addictions utilizing the feeling-state addiction
protocol: a multiple baseline study. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(4), 159–69.
Miller, P.M., Watkins, J.A, Sargent, R.G. & Rickert, E.J. (1999). Self-efficacy in overweight
130
individuals with binge eating disorder. Obesity Research, 7, 552–555.
Miller, W.R., Benefield, R.G., & Tonigan, J.S. (1993). Enhancing motivation for change in
problem drinking: A controlled comparison of two therapist styles. Journal of Consulting and
Clinical Psychology, 61, 455-461.
Mitchell, J. E., King, W. C., Courcoulas, A., Dakin, G., Elder, K., Engel, S. & Wolfe, B. (2015).
Eating behavior and eating disorders in adults before bariatric surgery. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 48(2), 215.
Mitchell, K. S., Neale, M. C., Bulik, C. M., Aggen, S. H., Kendler, K. S., & Mazzeo, S. E.
(2010). Binge eating disorder: A symptom-level investigation of genetic and environmental
influences on liability. Psychological Medicine, 40(11), 1899-906.
Mitchell K.S. Wolf E.J. (2016). PTSD, food addiction, and disordered eating in a sample of
primarily older Veterans: The mediating role of emotion regulation. Psychiatry Research, 243, 23 -
29. 10.1016/j.psychres.2016.06.013
Mohlman, J., & Gorman, J. M. (2005). The role of executive functioning in CBT: a pilot study
with anxious older adults. Behaviour research and therapy, 43(4), 447-465.
Mond, J.M., Hay, P.J., Rodgers, B. & Owen, C. (2007). Recurrent binge eating with and without
the “undue influence of weight or shape on self-evaluation: implications for the diagnosis of binge
eating disorder. Behavioral Research Therapy, 45, 929–938.
Mooney, M. E., Schmitz, J. M., Allen, S., Grabowski, J., Pentel, P., Oliver, A., & Hatsukami, D.
K. (2016). Bupropion and naltrexone for smoking cessation: A double‐blind randomized placebo‐
controlled clinical trial. Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 100(4), 344-352.)
Moulton, S. J., Newman, E., Power, K., Swanson, V., & Day, K. (2015). Childhood trauma and
eating psychopathology: A mediating role for dissociation and emotion dysregulation? Child Abuse
& Neglect, 39, 167-174. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2014.07.003
Mountford, V., Corstorphine, E., Tomlinson, S. & Waller, G. (2007). Development of a measure
to assess invalidating childhood environments in the eating disorders. Eating Behaviors, 8(1), 48-
58. Retrieved from https://search.proquest.com/docview/68379009?accountid=166958
Moyers, T. B., Miller, W. R., & Hendrickson, S. M. (2005). How does motivational interviewing
work? Therapist interpersonal skill predicts client involvement within motivational interviewing
sessions. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 73, 590-598.
Mukhopadhyay, S. (2008). Do women value marriage more? The effect of obesity on
cohabitation and marriage in the USA. Review of Economics of the Household, 6 (2), 111.
Mullen, P. E., & Fleming, J. (1998). Long-term effects of child sexual abuse. Melbourne:
Australian Institute of Family Studies.
131
Meyer, O. L., & Zane, N. (2013). The influence of race and ethnicity in clients' experiences of
mental health treatment. Journal of Community Psychology, 41(7), 884-901. National Health
Service. The NHS Information Centre for Health and Social Care (2014).
www.noo.org.uk/NOO_pub/briefing_papers.
Mott, J. M., Stanley, M. A., Street, R. L., Grady, R. H., & Teng, E. J. (2014). Increasing
Engagement in Evidence-Based PTSD Treatment Through Shared Decision Making: A Pilot Study.
Military Medicine, 179(2), 143-149.
National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE, 2017).
http://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg9/chapter/1-recommendations#atypical-eating-disorders-
including-binge-eating-disorder
Mueller, M. & Pekarik, G. (2000). Treatment duration prediction: Client accuracy and its
relationship to dropout, outcome, and satisfaction. Psychotherapy
Theory/Research/Practice/Training 37(2):117–123.
Nevin, A. (1990). The changing of teacher education special education. Teacher Education and
Special Education: The Journal of the Teacher Education Division of the Council for Exceptional
Children, 13(3-4), 147-148.
Ng, L., & Davis, C. (2013). Cravings and food consumption in binge eating disorder. Eating
Behaviors, 14(4), 472-475. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2013.08.011.
Nichols, J.F., Wellma, E., Caparosa, S., Sallis, J.F., Calfas, K.J., Rowe, R. (2000). Impact of a
worksite behavioral skills intervention. American Journal of Health Promotion, 14, 218-221.
Nichols, M. D. (2012). Self-efficacy, outcome expectancy, and fear of failure as predictors of
physical activity. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale.
Nicholls, W., Devonport, T. J., and Blake, M. (2016). The association between emotions and
eating behaviour in an obese population with binge eating disorder. Obesity Reviews, 17, 30–42.
doi: 10.1111/obr.12329.
Nicholls, W., Devonport, T. J., and Blake, M. (2016) The association between emotions and eating
behaviour in an obese population with binge eating disorder. Obesity Reviews, 17, 30–42. doi:
10.1111/obr.12329.
Nicoli, M. G., & Junior, R. D. R. L. (2011). Binge eating disorder and body image perception
among university students. Eating Behaviors, 12(4), 284-288.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh. 2011.07.004
Niego, S. H., Kofman, M.D., Weiss, J.J., Geliebter, A. (2007). Binge eating in the bariatric
surgery population: A review of the literature. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40(4),
349–359. doi:10.1002/eat.20376.
Nishizawa, S., Benkelfat, C., Young, S. N., Leyton, M., Mzengeza, S., de Montigny, C., …
132
Diksic, M. (1997). Differences between males and females in rates of serotonin synthesis
in human brain. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America,
94(10), 5308–5313
Nolen-Hoeksema, S., Wisco, B. E., & Lyubomirsky, S. (2008). Rethinking rumination.
Perspectives on Psychological Science: A Journal of the Association for Psychological Science,
3(5), 400-424. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-6924.2008.00088.x
Nunez-Navarro, A., Agüera, Z., Krug, I., Jiménez-Murcia, S., Sánchez, I., Araguz, N., Gorwood,
P., Granero, R., Penelo, E., Karwautz, A., Moragas, L., Saldaña, S., Treasure, J., Menchón, J.M.,
Fernández-Aranda, F. (2011). Differentiating purging and non-purging bulimia nervosa and binge
eating disorder. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 44(6), 488–496.
Öst, L., Karlstedt, A., & Widén, S. (2012). The effects of cognitive behavior therapy delivered by
students in a psychologist training program: An effectiveness study. Behavior Therapy, 43(1), 160.
Retrieved from https://search.proquest.com/docview/922787123?accountid=178506
Omaha, J. (2000, September). Treatment of bulimia and binge eating disorder using the
Chemotion/EMDR protocol. Presentation at the 5th EMDR International Association Conference,
Toronto, ON
Okorodudu, D.O., Jumean, M.F., Montori, V.M., Romero-Corral, A., Somers, V.K., Erwin, P.J.,
Lopez-Jimenez, F. (2010) Diagnostic performance of body mass index to identify obesity as defined
by body adiposity: a systematic review and meta-analysis. International Journal of Obesity (Lond)
34, 791–799. doi:10.1038/ijo.2010.5
Opolski, M., Chur-Hansen, A., & Wittert, G. (2015). The eating-related behaviours, disorders
and expectations of candidates for bariatric surgery. Clinical Obesity, 5(4), 165-197.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/cob.12104.
O'Reilly, G.A.L., Cook, D., Spruijt-Metz and Black. D. S. (2014). Mindfulness-based
interventions for obesity-related eating behaviours: a literature review. Obesity Reviews, 15 (6),
453–461.
Ortega, R. M., Aparicio, A., Rodríguez-Rodríguez, E., Bermejo, L. M., Perea, J. M., López-
Sobaler, A.,M., . . . Andrés, P. (2008). Preliminary data about the influence of vitamin D status on
the loss of body fat in young overweight/obese women following two types of hypocaloric diet. The
British Journal of Nutrition, 100(2), 269-72.
Ozier, A. D. & Henry, B. W. (2011). Position of the American Dietetic Association: Nutrition
intervention in the treatment of eating disorders. Journal of the American Dietetic Association,
111(8), 1236-1241. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jada.2011.06.016
Padwal, R., Klarenbach, S., Wiebe, N., Birch, D., Karmali, S., Manns, B. & Tonelli, M. (2011).
Bariatric surgery: A systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomized trials. Obesity
133
Reviews, 12(8), 602-621. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-789X.2011.00866.x
Painot, D., Jotterand, S., Kammer A. Fossati, M. & Golay, A. (2001). Simultaneous nutritional
cognitive–behavioural therapy in obese patients. Patient Education and Counselling, 42, 1, 47–52
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0738-3991(00)00092-6
Palmisano, G. L., Innamorati, M., & Vanderlinden, J. (2016). Life adverse experiences in
relation with obesity and binge eating disorder: A systematic review. Journal of Behavioral
Addictions, 5(1), 11-31. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1556/2006.5.2016.018
Patton, J. H., Stanford, M. S., & Barratt, E. S. (1995). Factor structure of the Barratt
impulsiveness scale. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 51(6), 768-774.
Paulsen, S. (1995). EMDR - its cautious use in the dissociative disorders. Dissociation, VIII, 1.
Pawlow, L.A., O’Neil, P.M., Malcolm, R.J. (2003). Night eating syndrome: effects of brief
relaxation training on stress, mood, hunger, and eating patterns. International Journal Obesity
Related Metabolic Disorders, 27(8): 970–978
Pearce, E.N. (2012). Thyroid hormone and obesity. Current Opinion on Endocrinology, Diabetes
Obesity, 19, 408-413.
Pearl, R. L., White, M. A., & Grilo, C. M. (2014). Overvaluation of shape and weight as a
mediator between self-esteem and weight bias internalization among patients with binge eating
disorder. Eating Behaviors, 15(2), 259-261. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2014.03.005
Paulson, S. (1995). Its cautious use in the Dissociative Disorders. Dissociative Disorders, 8 (1),
32-44.
Peat, C. M. & Muehlenkamp, J. J. (2011). Self-objectification, disordered eating, and depression:
A test of mediational pathways. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 35(3), 441. Retrieved from
Peterson, R.E., Latendresse S.J., Bartholome, L.T., Warren, C.S., Raymond, N.C. (2012). Binge
eating disorder mediates links between symptoms of depression, anxiety, and caloric intake in
overweight and obese women. Journal of Obesity, 407103.
Perkins, D.O., Gu, H., Boteva, K., Lieberman, J.A. (2005). Relationship between duration of
untreated psychosis and outcome in first-episode schizophrenia: a critical review and meta-analysis.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 162(Suppl 10), 1785–1804.
Peterson, C. B., Mitchell, J. E., Crow, S. J., Crosby, R. D., & Wonderlich, S. A. (2009). The
efficacy of self-help group treatment and therapist-led group treatment for binge eating disorder.
The American Journal of Psychiatry, 166 (12), 1347-1354.
Plank, L.D. (2005). Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry and body composition. Current Opinions
on Clinical Nutritional Metabolic Care, 8, 305–309. doi: 00075197-200505000-00011
134
Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional
behaviors. EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing, 167-188.
Porzelius, L.K., Houston, C., Smith, M., Arfken, C. & Fisher, E. (1995). Comparison of a
standard behavioral weight loss treatment and a binge eating weight loss treatment. Behavior
Therapy, 26, 119-134
Potoczna, N., Branson, R., Kral, J.G., Piec, G., Steffen, R., Ricklin, T. & Horber, F. F. (2004).
Gene variants and binge eating as predictors of comorbidity and outcome of treatment in severe
obesity. Journal of Gastrointestinal Surgery, 8(8), 971-81; discussion 981-2.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.gassur.2004.09.032
Puhl, R. M., Andreyeva, T., & Brownell, K. D. (2008). Perceptions of weight discrimination:
prevalence and comparison to race and gender discrimination in America. International Journal of
Obesity, 32(6), 992-1000.
Purkar S.R., Shinde M.G. & Dandgavhal, K.R. (2014). Anti-obesity drugs: effects and safety.
International Journal of Pharmaceutical Chemistry Research, 22 (3), 4, 2278 – 8700.
Prestano, C., Lo Coco, G., Gullo, s. & Lo Verso, G. (2008). Group analytic therapy for eating
disorders: Preliminary results in a single-group study. European Eating Disorders Review, 16(4),
302–310.
Proper, K.I., Hildebrandt, V.H., VanderBeck, A.J., Twisk, J.W., Mechelen, W.V. (2003). Effect of
individual counseling on physical activity fitness and health: a randomized controlled trial in a
workplace setting. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 24 (3), 218-226.
Rabin, A.S., Kaslow, N.J., Rehm, L.P. (1985). Factors influencing continuation in a behavioral
therapy. Behaviour Research and Therapy 23(6), 695–698.
Raboni, M. R., Tufik, S., & Suchecki, D. (2006). Treatment of PTSD by eye movement
desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) improves sleep quality, quality of life, and perception of
stress. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1071, 508-513. Retrieved from
Reas, D.L. & Grilo, C.M. (2014). Current and emerging drug treatment for Binge Eating
Disorder. Expert opinion on Emerging Drugs, 19 (1), 99-142.
Reas, D. L., & Grilo, C. M. (2007). Timing and sequence of the onset of overweight, dieting, and
binge eating in overweight patients with binge eating disorder. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 40(2), 165.
Reas, D. L. & Grilo, C. M. (2008). Review and meta-analysis of pharmacotherapy for binge-
eating disorder. Obesity, 16(9), 2024-38. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/oby.2008.333
Reas, D. L., Grilo, C. M., & Masheb, R. M. (2006). Reliability of the Eating Disorder
Examination-Questionnaire in patients with binge eating disorder. Behaviour Research and
135
Therapy, 44(1), 43-51.
Reinehr, T. (2010). Obesity and thyroid function. Molecular Cellular Endocrinology, 316, 165-
171.
Renjilian, D.A., Perri, M.G., Nezu, A.M., McKelvey, W.F, Shermer, R.L., Anton, S.D. (2001)
Individual versus group therapy for obesity: Effects of matching participants to their treatment
preferences. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 69(4), 717–721.
Rethorst, C.D, Wipfli, B.M., Landers, D.M. (2009) The anti-depressive effects of exercise: a
meta-analysis of randomized trials. Sports Medicine, 39, 491-511.
Ricca, V., Castellini, G., Mannucci, E., Lo Sauro, C., Ravaldi, C., Rotella, C. M., & Faravelli, C.
(2010). Comparison of individual and group cognitive behavioral therapy for binge eating disorder.
A randomized, three-year follow-up study. Appetite, 55(3), 656-665. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016
/j.appet.2010.09.019
Ricca, V., Castellini, G., Lo Sauro, C., Rotella, C. M., & Faravelli, C. (2009). Zonisamide
combined with cognitive behavioral therapy in binge eating disorder: A one-year follow-up study.
Psychiatry, 6 (11), 23-28. Retrieved from
Richard, M., Bauer, S. & Kordy, H. (2005). Relapse in anorexia and bulimia nervosa - a 2.5-year
follow-up study. European Eating Disorders Review, 13(3), 180-190. doi: 10.1002/erv.638.
Richards, J., Hillsdon, M., Thorogood, M., Foster, C. (2013). Face-to-face interventions for
promoting physical activity. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 9. Art. No.: CD010392. DOI:
10.1002/14651858.CD010392.pub2.
Rodin, J., Wack, J., Ferrannini, E., DeFronzo, R.A. (1985). Effect of insulin and glucose on
feeding behavior. Metabolism. 34(9), 826-31.
Rodin, J., Mancuso, J., Granger, J. and Nelbach, E. (1991). Food cravings in relation to body
mass index, restraint and estradiol levels: A repeated measures study in healthy women. Appetite, 17
(3), 177-185.
Rogers, J. M., Ferrari, M., Mosely, K., Lang, C. P., & Brennan, L. (2017). Mindfulness‐based
interventions for adults who are overweight or obese: a meta‐analysis of physical and psychological
health outcomes. Obesity Reviews, 18(1), 51-67.
Rose, N., Koperski, S. & Golomb, B. A. (2010). Mood food: Chocolate and depressive
symptoms in a cross-sectional analysis. Archives of Internal Medicine, 170(8), 699. Retrieved from
http://search.proquest.com/docview/220079021? accountid=166958.
Rosenberg, N., Bloch, M., Ben Avi, I., Rouach, V., Schreiber, S., Stern, N. & Greenman, Y.
(2013). Cortisol response and desire to binge following psychological stress: Comparison between
136
obese subjects with and without binge eating disorder. Psychiatry Research, 208(2), 156-161.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2012.09.050
Safer, D. L. & Jo, B. (2010). Outcome from a randomized controlled trial of group therapy for
binge eating disorder: Comparing dialectical behavior therapy adapted for binge eating to an active
comparison group therapy. Behavior Therapy, 41(1), 106.
Safer, D. L., Lively, T. J., Telch, C. F. and Agras, W. S. (2002). Predictors of relapse following
successful dialectical behavior therapy for binge eating disorder. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 32, 155–163. doi:10.1002/eat.10080.
Salehpour, A., Farhad Hosseinpanah, F., Shidfar, F., Vafa, M., Razaghi, M., Dehghani, S.,
Hoshiarrad, A. and Gohar. M. (2012). A 12-week double-blind randomized clinical trial of vitamin
D3 supplementation on body fat mass in healthy overweight and obese women. Nutrition Journal,
11, 78, 1-8.
Sallis, J.F., Grossman, R.M., Pinski, R.B., Patterson, T.L. & Nader, P.R. (1987). The
development of scales to measure social support for diet and exercise behaviors. Preventative
Medicine, 16, 825-836.
Sallis, J.F., Haskel, W., Wood, P. (1985). Physical Activity Assessment Methodology for the Five
City Project. American Journal of Epidemiology, 121, 91-106.
Sanfilippo, L. (2009). Method of treating depressive disorders. U.S. Patent Application No.
12/646,441.
Salmon, P. (2001). Effects of physical exercise on anxiety, depression, and sensitivity to stress: a
unifying theory. Clinical Psychology Review, 21(1), 33-61.
Sassaroli, S., Ruggiero, G. M., Vinai, P., Cardetti, S., Carpegna, G., Ferrato, N., . . . Sampietro,
S. (2009). Daily and nightly anxiety among patients affected by night eating syndrome and binge
eating disorder. Eating Disorders, 17(2), 140-145.
Saxe, C.N., van der Kolk, B.A., Berkowitz, R., Chinman. G., Hall, K., Lieberg. G., & Schwartz,
J. (1993). Dissociative disorders in psychiatric inpatients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150 (7),
1037-1042.
Schlundt, D. G., & Zimering, R. T. (1988). The dieter's inventory of eating temptations: a
measure of weight control competence. Addictive Behaviors, 13(2), 151-164.
Schneider, L.J., Watkins, C.E. (1990). Perceptions of Therapists as a function of professional
fees and treatment modalities. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 46 (6), 923-927.
Schnurr, P., Vielhauer, M., Weathers, F., & Findler, M. (1999). The Brief Trauma Questionnaire.
White River Junction, VT: National Center for PTSD.
137
Schoemaker, C. (1997). Does early intervention improve the prognosis in anorexia nervosa? A
systematic review of the treatment-outcome literature. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 21, 1–15.
Schottenbauer, M. A., Glass, C. R., Arnkoff, D. B., Tendick, V., & Gray, S. H. (2008).
Nonresponse and Dropout Rates in Outcomes Studies on PTSD: Review and Methodological
Considerations. Psychiatry, 71(2), 134-168.
Schöttke, H., Flückiger, C., Goldberg, S. B., Eversmann, J., & Lange, J. (2016). Predicting
psychotherapy outcome based on therapist interpersonal skills: A five-year longitudinal study of a
therapist assessment protocol. Psychotherapy Research: Journal of the Society for Psychotherapy
Research, 1-11. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10503307.2015.1125546
Scott, L., Martinovich, Z., Lutz, W. and Lyons, J.S. (2005). The effect of therapist experience on
psychotherapy outcomes. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 12, 6.
Scott, K., M. R., Bruffaerts, et al. (2008). Obesity and Mental Disorders in the General
Population: Results from the World Mental Health Surveys. International Journal of Obesity, 32
(1), 192–200.
Scott, J. C., Matt, G. E., Wrocklage, K. M., Crnich, C., Jordan, J., Southwick, S. M., ... &
Schweinsburg, B. C. (2015). A quantitative meta-analysis of neurocognitive functioning in
posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychological Bulletin, 141(1), 105.
Shaw, K.A, Gennat, H.C., O'Rourke P. & Del Mar, C. (2006). Exercise for overweight or obesity.
Cochrane Library
Spence, J. C., McGannon, K. R., & Poon, P. (2005). The effect of exercise on global self-esteem:
A quantitative review. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 27(3), 311-334.
Spielberger, C. D., Gorsuch, R. L., Lushene, R., Vagg, P. R., & Jacobs, G. A. (1983). Manual for
the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.
Schweickert, L.A., Straber, M., Moskowitz, A. (1997). Efficacy of methylphenidate in bulimia
nervosa comorbid with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: a case report. International Journal
of Eating Disorders, 21, 299-301.
Shapiro, F. (1995). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, basic principles, protocols
and procedures. New York: Guilford Press.
Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR):
Information processing in the treatment of trauma. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(8), 933-946.
Shapiro, F. (2014). The role of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy
in medicine: Addressing the psychological and physical symptoms stemming from adverse life
experiences. The Permanente Journal, 18(1), 71-77. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.7812/TPP/13-098
Shaw, K., P. , o'Rourke, et al. (2005). Psychological interventions for overweight or
138
obesity. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews DOI:10.1002/14651858.CD003818.pub2.
Shaw, K.A, Gennat, H.C., o'Rourke P. & Del Mar, C. (2006). Exercise for overweight or obesity.
Cochrane Library.
Scholom, J. (2009). Integrating eating disorders treatment into the early phases of the EMDR
protocol. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance,
and more (pp. 114-128): New York, NY: Norton.
Schmid, S. M., Hallschmid, M., Jauch-Chara, K., Born, J., & Schultes, B. (2008). A single night
of sleep deprivation increases ghrelin levels and feelings of hunger in normal-weight healthy men.
Journal of Sleep Research, 17(3), 331-334. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2869.2008.00662.x
Schreiber-Gregory, D., Lavender, J. M., Engel, S. G., Wonderlich, S. A., Crosby, R. D., Peterson,
C. B., . . . Mitchell, J. E. (2013). Examining duration of binge eating episodes in binge eating
disorder. The International Journal of Eating Disorders, 46(8), 810-814.
Silverman, A. B., Reinherz, H. Z., & Giaconia, R. M. (1996). The long-term sequelae of child
and adolescent abuse: A longitudinal community study. Child Abuse and Neglect, 20(8), 709-723.
doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0145-2134(96)00059-2
Simon, G. E., Rohde, P., Ludman, E. J., Jeffery, R. W., Linde, J. A., Operskalski, B. H., &
Arterburn, D. (2010). Association between change in depression and change in weight among
women enrolled in weight loss treatment. General Hospital Psychiatry, 32(6), 583-589.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.genhosppsych.2010.09.010
Simons, J. S., & Gaher, R. M. (2005). The distress tolerance scale: development and validation
of a self-report measure. Motivation and Emotion, 29, 83–102.
Skodol, A. E., Buckley, P., & Charles, E. (1983). Is there a characteristic pattern to the treatment
history of clinic out patients with borderline personality? Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease.
171(7). 405—U0
Smyth, J. M., Heron, K. E., Wonderlich, S. A., Crosby, R. D., & Thompson, K. M. (2008). The
influence of reported trauma and adverse events on eating disturbance in young adults.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 41, 195-202
Smyth, J. M., Wonderlich, S. A., Heron, K. E., Sliwinski, M. J., Crosby, R. D., Mitchell, J. E., &
Engel, S. G. (2007). Daily and momentary mood and stress are associated with binge eating and
vomiting in bulimia nervosa patients in the natural environment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical
Psychology, 75(4), 629.
Solomon, R. M., & Rando, T. A. (2014). Utilisation of eye movement desensitisation and
reprocessing in the treatment of grief and mourning. Bereavement Care, 33(3), 118-126.
139
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02682621.2014.980988
Song, A.Y., Rubin, J.P., Thomas, V., Dudas, J.R., Marra, K.G. and Fernstrom, M.H. (2006). Body
image and quality of life in post massive weight loss body contouring patients. Obesity, 14, 1626 –
1636.
Spahn, J.M., Reeves, R.S., Keim, K.S., Laquarta, I., Kellogg, M., Jortberg, B., Clark, N.A.
(2010). State of the evidence regarding behavior change theories and strategies in nutrition
counseling to facilitate health and food behavior change. Journal of American Dietetics Association,
110, 879–891.
Spielberger, C, (1983). State-trait anxiety inventory for adults, sampler set. Manual, test booklet
and scoring key. Mind Garden: Consulting Psychologists Press, Inc.
Spitzer, R.L., Yanovski, S.Z. & Marcus, M.D. (1993). The Questionnaire on Eating and Weight
Patterns-Revised (QEWP-R). New York State Psychiatric Institute, New York.
Stahl S.M. (2014). Stahl's essential psychopharmacology prescriber's guide (5th ed.). New York,
NY : Cambridge University Press.
Stefano, S., Bacaltchuk, J., Blay, S. & Appolinário, J. C. (2008). Anti-depressants in short-term
treatment of binge eating disorder: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Eating Behaviors, 9(2),
129-136. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2007.03.006.
Stein, D.J., Ipser. J. & McAnda, N. (2009). Pharmacotherapy of posttraumatic stress
disorder: a review of meta-analyses and treatment guidelines. CNS Spectrum, 14(Suppl 1): 25–31
Steinhausen, H.C. (2002). The outcome of anorexia nervosa in the 20th century. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 159(Suppl 8), 1284–1293.
Stice, E., Agras, W.S., Telch, C., Halmi, K., Mitchell, J. & Wilson, G.T. (2001). Subtyping binge
eating-disordered women along dieting and negative affect dimensions. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 30 (1), 11-27.
Stickgold, R. (2002). EMDR: A putative neurobiological mechanism of action. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 58(1), 61-75.
Stiegler, P., & Cunliffe, A. (2006). The role of diet and exercise for the maintenance of fat-free
mass and resting metabolic rate during weight loss. Sports Medicine, 36(3), 239-262.
Striegel-Moore, R.H. and Franko, D. (2008). Should binge eating disorder be included in the
DSM-V? A critical review of the state of the evidence. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 4,
305-324.
Striegel-Moore, R., Wilson, G. T., DeBar, L., Perrin, N., Lynch, F., Rosselli, F., & Kraemer, H.
C. (2010). Cognitive behavioral guided self-help for the treatment of recurrent binge eating. Journal
of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 78(3), 312-321. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0018915
Stunkard, A. (2002). Binge-eating Disorder and the Night Eating Syndrome. In: Fairburn C.,
140
Brownell K. (Eds.). Eating Disorders and Obesity: A Comprehensive Handbook. New York,
Guilford Press, 107-121.
Stunkard, A.J. & Allison, K.C. (2003). Binge eating disorder: disorder or marker? International
Journal of Eating Disorder, 34(suppl): S107-S116.
Stunkard, A.J., & Messick, S. (1988). Eating Inventory Manual. New York: Psychological
Corporation.
Strong, S.R. & Matross, R.P. (1973). Change process in counseling and psychotherapy. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 20, 25-37.
Strong, S.R. (1968). Counseling: an interpersonal influence process. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 15, 215-224.
Spahlholz, J., Baer, N., König, H.-H., Riedel-Heller, S. G, and Luck-Sikorski, C. (2015) Obesity
and discrimination – a systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. Obesity
Reviews, doi: 10.1111/obr.12343.
Spitzer, R.L., Devlin, M.J. Walsh, B.T. Hasin, D., Wing, R.R, Marcus, M.D., Stunkard, A.,
Wadden, T.A., Agras, W.S., Mitchell, J. and Nonas, C. (1992). Binge eating disorder: A multi-site
field trial for the diagnostic criteria. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 11, 191-203.
Spitzer, R.L. Yanovski, S., Wadden, T., Wing, R., Marcus, M.D., Stunkard, A; Devlin, M.,
Mitchell, J., and Hasin, D. (1993). Binge eating disorder: Its further validation in a multisite study.
Subich, L.M. & Coursol, D.H. (1985). Counseling Journal of Clinical Psychology. Expectations
of clients and non-clients for group and individual treatment modes. Journal of Counseling
Surman, C.B., Randall, E.T, Biederman J. (2006). Association between attention-
deficit/hyperactivity disorder and bulimia nervosa: analysis of 4 case-control studies. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 67, 351-354.
Swain-Campbell, N.R., Surgenor, L.J. & Snell, L.D. (2001). An analysis of consumer
perspectives following contact with an eating-disorders service. Australian and New Zealand
Journal of Psychiatry, 35, 99–103.
Swanson S.A., Crow S.J., LeGrange D., Swendsen J. & Merikangas K.R. (2011). Prevalence and
correlates of eating disorders in adolescents: Results from the national comorbidity survey
replication adolescent supplement. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 714 - 723.
10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2011.22
Sysko, R., Hildebrandt, T., Wilson, G. T., Wilfley, D. E., & Agras, W. S. (2010). Heterogeneity
moderates treatment response among patients with binge eating disorder. Journal of Consulting and
141
Clinical Psychology, 78(5), 681-690. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0019735
Taheri S, Lin L., Austin D., Young, T. & Mignot, E. (2004) Short Sleep Duration Is Associated
with Reduced Leptin, Elevated Ghrelin, and Increased Body Mass Index. PLoS Med 1(3): e62.
doi:10.1371/journal.pmed.0010062
Tamers, S.L., Okechukwu, C., Allen, J., Yang M, Stoddard, A. & Tucker-Seeley, R. (2013)
Are social relationships a healthy influence on obesogenic behaviors among racially/ethnically
diverse and socio-economically disadvantaged residents? Preventative Medicine, 56, 70-74.
Tasca, G. A., Balfour, L., Presniak, M. D., & Bissada, H. (2012). Outcomes of specific
interpersonal problems for binge eating disorder: Comparing group psychodynamic interpersonal
psychotherapy and group cognitive behavioral therapy. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 62(2), 197-218. doi:http://dx.doi.org/101521ijgp2012622197
Tegethoff, M., Belardi, A., Stalujanis, E., & Meinlschmidt, G. (2015). Association between
mental disorders and physical diseases in adolescents from a nationally representative cohort.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 77(3), 319. Retrieved from
Teixeira, P.J., Going, S.B., Sardinha, L.B., & Lohman, T.G. (2005). A review of psychosocial
pre-treatment predictors of weight control. Obesity Reviews, 6, 43-65.
Telch, C.F., Agras, W.S, Rossiter, E.M, Wilfley, D. & Kenardy, J. (1990). Group cognitive-
behavioural treatment for nonpurging bulimic: An initial evaluation. Journal of Consulting and
Clinical Psychology, 58, 629-635.
Tesarz, J., Leisner, S., Gerhardt, A., Janke, S., Seidler, G., Eich, W., & Hartmann, M. (2014).
Effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment in chronic pain
patients: A systematic review. Pain Medicine (Malden, Mass.), 15(2), 247-263.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/pme.12303
The National Eating Disorders Collaboration (2010). Eating Disorders Prevention, Treatment &
Management: An Evidence Review. Retrieved from http://www.nedc.com.au/nedc-publications.
Timmerman, G. (1999). Binge Eating Scale: further assessment of reliability and validity. Journal
of Applied Biobehavioral Research, 4, 1-12.
Thomas, S. L., Hyde, J., Karunaratne, A., Kausman, R., & Komesaroff, P. A. (2008). They all
work... when you stick to them": A qualitative investigation of dieting, weight loss, and physical
exercise, in obese individuals. Nutrition Journal, 7(1), 34.
Thompson, L., & McCabe, R. (2012). The Effect of Clinician-Patient Alliance and
Communication on Treatment Adherence in Mental Health Care: A Systematic Review. BMC
Psychiatry, 12, 87.
142
Thompson-Brenner, H., Franko, D. L., Thompson, D. R., Grilo, C. M., Boisseau, C. L., Roehrig,
J. P., . . . Wilson, G. T. (2013). Race/ethnicity, education, and treatment parameters as moderators
and predictors of outcome in binge eating disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology,
81(4), 710-721. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0032946
Tracey, T.J. and Kokotovic, A.M. (1989). Factor Structure of the Working Alliance Inventory.
Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 75, l(3), 207-210. 1040-3590/89/$00.
Trapp, E.G., Chisholm, D.J., Freund, J. and Boutcher, S.H. (2008). The effects of high-intensity
intermittent exercise training on fat loss and fasting insulin levels of young women. International
Journal of Obesity, 32, 684–691; doi:10.1038/sj.ijo.0803781.
Trauer, J. M., Qian, M. Y., Doyle, J. S., Rajaratnam, S. M. W., & Cunnington, D. (2015).
Cognitive behavioral therapy for chronic insomnia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Annals
of Internal Medicine, 163(3), 191-204. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.7326/M14-2841
Trautt, G. M., & Bloom, L. J. (1982). Therapeugenic factors in psychotherapy: The effects of fee
and title on credibility and attraction. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 38(2), 274-279.
Treister, R., Lang, M., Klein, M. M., & Oaklander, A. L. (2013). Non-invasive Transcranial
Magnetic Stimulation (TMS) of the Motor Cortex for Neuropathic Pain—At the Tipping Point?
Rambam Maimonides Medical Journal, 4(4), e0023. http://doi.org/10.5041/RMMJ.10130
Treasure, J.L., Katzman, M., Schmidt, U., Troop, N., Todd, G. & de Silva, P. (1999).
Engagement and outcome in the treatment of bulimia nervosa: first phase of a sequential design
comparing motivation enhancement therapy and cognitive behavioural therapy. Behavioural
Research and Therapy, 37, 405–418.
United States Food and Drug Administration (2016). Topomax Prescribing Information.
Utzinger, L. M., Mitchell, J. E., Cao, L., Crosby, Crow, S. J., Wonderlich, S. A., & Peterson, C.
B., (2015). Clinical utility of subtyping binge eating disorder by history of anorexia or bulimia
nervosa in a treatment sample. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 48(6), 785.
Valiente-Gómez, A., Moreno-Alcázar, A., Treen, D., Cedrón, C., Colom, F., Pérez, V., & Amann,
B. L. (2017). EMDR beyond PTSD: A systematic literature review. Frontiers in Psychology, 8,
1668. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01668
Vall, E., & Wade, T. D. (2015). Predictors of treatment outcome in individuals with eating
disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis. The International Journal of Eating Disorders,
48(7), 946-971. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/eat.22411
Vancampfort, D., de Herdt, A., Vanderlinden, J., Lannoo, M., Soundy, A., Pieters, G., Adriaens,
A., de Hert, Probst, M. (2014). Health related quality of life, physical fitness and physical activity
participation in treatment seeking obese persons with and without B.E.D. Psychiatry Research, 216
143
(1): 97-102.
Vander, Wal, J.S., Gang, C.H., Griffing, G.T. & Gadde, K.M. (2012). Escitalopram for treatment
of night eating syndrome: a 12-week, randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 32 (3), 341–345.
van der Kolk, B. A., Roth, S., Pelcovitz, D., Sunday, S., & Spinazzola, J. (2005). Disorders of
extreme stress: The empirical foundation of a complex adaptation to trauma. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 18, 389-399.
van der Kolk, B. A. (2014). The body keeps the score: Brain, mind, and body in the healing of
trauma. New York, NY: Penguin.
Van Etten, M.L. and Taylor, S. (1998). Comparative efficacy of treatments for post-traumatic
stress disorder: a meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 5(3), 126-144.
Vanderlinden, J., Vandereycken, W., Van Dyck, R., & Vertommen, H. (1993). Dissociative
experiences and trauma in eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 13(2), 187-
193.
Verpeut, J. L., & Bello, N. T. (2014). Drug safety evaluation of naltrexone/bupropion for the
treatment of obesity. Expert Opinion on Drug Safety, 13(6), 831-841.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1517/14740338.2014.909405
Vervaet, M., van Heeringen, C. & Audenaert, K. (2004). Binge eating disorder and Non-purging
bulimia: more similar than different. European Eating Disorders Review, 12(1): 27–33.
Villanova, N., Pasqui1, F., Burzacchini1, S., Forlani, G., Manini, R., Suppini, A., Melchionda, N.
and Marchesini, G. (2006). A physical activity program to reinforce weight maintenance following
a behavior program in overweight/obese subjects. International Journal of Obesity, 30, 697–703.
doi:10.1038/sj.ijo.0803185.
Vinai, P., Ferri, R., Ferini-Strambi, L., Cardetti, S., Anelli, M., Vallauri, P., & Manconi, M.
(2012). Defining the borders between sleep-related eating disorder and night eating syndrome. Sleep
Medicine, 13(6), 686-690.
Vincent, N. & Lionberg, C. (2001). Treatment preference and patient satisfaction in chronic
insomnia. Sleep 24(4), 411–417.
Vocks, S., Tuschen-Caffier, B., Pietrowsky, R., Rustenbach, S. J., Kersting, A., & Herpertz, S.
(2010). Meta-analysis of the effectiveness of psychological and pharmacological treatments for
binge eating disorder. The International Journal of Eating Disorders, 43(3), 205-217.
Volkow, N.D, Wang, G.J., Maynard, L., et al. (2003). Brain dopamine is associated with eating
behaviors in humans. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 136.
von Ranson, K. M. and Robinson, K. E. (2006), Who is Providing what Type of Psychotherapy
144
to Eating Disorder Clients? A Survey. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 39, 27–34.
doi:10.1002/eat.20201
Vujanovic, A. A., Bernstein, A., & Litz, B. T. (2011a). Traumatic stress. In M. J. Zvolensky, A.
Bernstein & A.A. Vujanovic (Eds.). Distress tolerance. New York: Guilford.
Waller, G., Evans, J. & Stringer, H. (2012). The therapeutic alliance in the early part of cognitive
behavioral therapy for the eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 45(1), 63–
69.
Wansink, B., Cheney, M. M., & Chan, N. (2003). Exploring comfort food preferences across age
and gender. Physiology & Behavior, 79 (4), 739-747.
Westerberg, D. P., & Waitz, M. (2013). Binge-eating disorder. Osteopathic Family Physician,
5(6), 230-233.
Weight-Control Information Network.
http://win.niddk.nih.gov/publications/binge.htm.20/08/2012.
White, M. A., & Grilo, C. M. (2013). Bupropion for overweight women with binge-eating
disorder: A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry,
74(4), 400-406. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.4088/JCP.12m08071
White, M. A., Peters, E. N., & Toll, B. A. (2010). Effect of binge eating on treatment outcomes
for smoking cessation. Nicotine & Tobacco Research: Official Journal of the Society for Research
on Nicotine and Tobacco, 12(11), 1172-1175. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/ntr/ntq163.
Wierzbicki, M. & Pekarik, G. (1993). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy dropout. Professional
Psychology: Research and Practice 24(2), 190–195.
Wildwind, L. (1992, April). Treating chronic depression. Paper presented at the annual EMDR
Conference, San Jose, CA.
Wilens, T.E., Zusman, R.A., Hammerness, P. (2006). An open-label study of the tolerability of
mixed amphetamine salts in adults with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and treated primary
essential hypertension. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67, 696–702.
Wilfley, D.E., Agras, W.S, Telch, C.F., Rossiter, E.M., Schneider, J.A., Cole, A.G., Sifford, L,
Raeburn, S.D. (1993). Group cognitive-behavioral and group interpersonal psychotherapy for the
non-purging bulimic individual: A controlled comparison. Journal of Consulting and Clinical
Wilfley, D.E., Bishop, M., Wilson, G.T., Agras, W.S. (2007). Classification of eating disorders:
toward DSM-V. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40(suppl): S123-S129.
Wilfley D.E., Welch, R.R., Stein, R.I., Spurrell, E.B., Cohen, L.R., Saelens, B.E., Dounchis JZ,
Frank, M.A., Wiseman, C.V. & Matt, G.E. (2002). A randomized comparison of group cognitive-
behavioral therapy and group interpersonal psychotherapy for the treatment of overweight
145
individuals with binge-eating disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59 (8), 713-21.
Williams, G. C., Grow, V. M., Freedman, Z. R., Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (1996). Motivational
predictors of weight loss and weight-loss maintenance. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
70, 115-126.
Wilson-Barlow, L., Hollins, T. R., & Clopton, J. R. (2014). Construction and validation of the
healthy eating and weight self-efficacy (HEWSE) scale. Eating Behaviors, 15(3), 490-492.
doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eatbeh.2014.06.004
Wilson, G.T. (2011). Treatment of binge eating disorder. Psychiatric Clinic North America,
34(4), 773–783.
Wilson, G.T., Agras, S.W., Fairburn, C.G., Walsh, B.T. & Kraemer, H. (2002). Cognitive-
behavioral therapy for bulimia nervosa: Time course and mechanisms of change. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70(2), 267–274.
Wilson, G.T., Wilfley, D.E., Agras, S.W. & Bryson, S.W. (2010). Psychological Treatments of
Binge Eating Disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 67(1), 94-101. doi:10.1001
(2013/archgenpsychiatry.170.
World Health Organization (2009). Global Health Risks: Mortality and Burden of Disease
Attributable to Selected Major Risks. World Health Organization: Geneva, Switzerland.
World Health Organization (2013). Guidelines for the management of conditions specifically
related to stress. Geneva. Retrieved from
http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/85119/1/9789241505406_eng.pdf?ua=1.
World Health Organization (2013). Guidelines for the management of conditions specifically
related to stress. Geneva: WHO, 2013. Retrieved from
http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/10665/85119/1/9789241505406_eng.pdf?ua=1, and Australian
Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health (ACPMH) (2013).
Wurtman, R. J. and Wurtman, J. J. (1995), Brain Serotonin, Carbohydrate-Craving, Obesity and
Depression. Obesity Research, 3:477S–480S. doi:10.1002/j.1550-8528.1995.tb00215.x.
Wurtman, R.J. and Wurtman, J.J. (1986). Carbohydrate craving, obesity and brain serotonin.
Appetite, 7, 99-103.
Wurtman, J., Wurtman, R., Mark, S., Tsay, R., Gilbert, W., Growdon, J. (1985). d-Fenfluramine
Selectively Suppresses Carbohydrate Snacking by Obese Subjects. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 4(1), 89-99.
Yager, J. (2008). Binge Eating Disorder: the search for better treatment. American Journal of
Yang, P., Ho, K., Chen, H., Chien, M (2012). Exercise Training improves sleep quality in middle
aged and older adults with sleep problems: a systematic review. Journal of Physiotherapy, 58, 3,
146
157-163. doi. 10.1016518369553C12. 70106
Whited, M. C., Olendzki, E., Ma, Y., Waring, M. E., Schneider, K. L., Appelhans, B. M., ... &
Pagoto, S. L. (2016). Obstructive sleep apnea and weight loss treatment outcome among adults with
metabolic syndrome. Health Psychology, 35(12), 1316.
Wing, R.R. (2004). Behavioral approaches to the treatment of obesity. In: Bray & Bouchard
(Eds) Handbook of Obesity: Clinical Applications (2nd ed.), 147-167
Wonderlich, S. A., de Zwaan, M., Mitchell, J. E., Peterson, C., & Crow, S. (2003). Psychological
and dietary treatments of binge eating disorder: conceptual implications. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 34(S1), S58-S73.
Yamamoto, T. (2003). Brain Mechanisms of sweetness and palatability of sugars. Nutrition
Reviews, 61(5.2), S5-9.
Yanovski, S.Z., Nelson, J.E. Dubbert, B.K. and Spitzer, R.L. (1993). Association of binge eating
disorder and psychiatric comorbidity in obese subjects. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1472-
1479.
Yanovski, S.Z. & Yanovski, J. A. (2015). Naltrexone (XR) Plus Bupropion (XR) for Treatment
of Obesity. JAMA, 313(12): 1213-1214. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.1617
Yass-Reed, E.M., Barry, N.J. & Dacey, C.M. (1993). Examination of pretreatment predictors of
attrition in a VLCD and behavior therapy weight-loss program. Addictive Behaviors, 18,431–5.
Zaitsoff, S.L., Doyle, A.C., Hoste, R.R. & le Grange, D. (2008). How do adolescents with
bulimia nervosa rate the acceptability and therapeutic relationship in family-based treatment?
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 41(5), 390–398.
Zeeck, A. & Hartmann, A. (2005). Relating therapeutic process to outcome: Are there predictors
for the short-term course in anorexic patients? European Eating Disorders Review, 13, 245–254.
Zellner, D.A., Garriga-Trillo, A., Rohm, E. (1999). Food Liking and Cravings: A cross-cultural
approach. Appetite, 33 (1), 61-70.
Zipfel, S., Löwe, B., Reas, D.L., Deter, H.C., Herzog, W. (2000). Long-term prognosis in
anorexia nervosa: Lessons from a 21-year follow-up study. Lancet, 355, 721–722.
Zvolensky, M. J., Vujanovic, A. A., Bernstein, A., & Leyro, T. (2010). Distress tolerance: theory,
measurement, and relations to psychopathology. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 19,
406–410. doi:10.1177/0963721410388642.
Zweben, J., & Yeary, J. (2006). EMDR in the treatment of addiction. Journal of Chemical
Dependency Treatment, 8(2), 115-127.
147
APPENDIX I
148
BINGE EATING DISORDER 307.51 (F50.8)
A. Recurrent episodes of binge eating. An episode of binge eating is characterized by both of the
following:
1. Eating, in a discrete period of time (e.g., within any 2-hour period), an amount of food that is
definitely larger than what most people would eat in a similar period of time under similar
circumstances.
2. A sense of lack of control over eating during the episode (e.g., a feeling that one cannot stop
eating or control what or how much one is eating).
B. The binge-eating episodes are associated with three (or more) of the following:
1. Eating much more rapidly than normal.
2. Eating until feeling uncomfortably full.
3. Eating large amounts of food when not feeling physically hungry.
4. Eating alone because of feeling embarrassed by how much one is eating.
5. Feeling disgusted with oneself, depressed, or very guilty afterward.
C. Marked distress regarding binge eating is present.
D. The binge eating occurs, on average, at least once a week for 3 months.
E. The binge eating is not associated with the recurrent use of inappropriate compensatory behavior
as in bulimia nervosa and does not occur exclusively during the course of bulimia nervosa or
anorexia nervosa.
In partial remission: After full criteria for binge-eating disorder were previously met, binge eating
occurs at an average frequency of less than on episode per week for a sustained period of time.
In full remission: After full criteria for binge-eating disorder were previously met, none of the
criteria have been met for a sustained period of time.
Specify current severity:
Mild: 1-3 binge-eating episodes per week

Moderate: 4-7 binge-eating episodes per week
Severe: 8-13 binge-eating episodes per week
Extreme: 14 or more binge-eating episodes per week
149
APPENDIX II
EMDR Protocol
THE EIGHT PHASES OF EMDR THERAPY
(according to Francine Shapiro)
Phase 1: History Taking
The first session is focused on assessment in order to set up a treatment plan.
Assessment generally includes gathering information on presenting symptoms (e.g. binge eating,
depressed mood/mood lability, panic attacks, insomnia, restlessness, poor short term memory, etc),
demographic information (age, relationship status/sexual orientation, cultural background,
children), interpersonal relationships and communication issues (e.g. with parents, partners,
children and other family members, friends), sexual functioning and libido, medical conditions
(e.g., anemia, hypothyroidism, pain, sleep apnoea, digestive problems) and use of
medications/compliance, cognitive functioning (memory, concentration, estimated IQ and
educational level), work, leisure activities (hobbies, work/life balance), stressors
(financial/legal/living conditions, major move, etc), alcohol/drug use/addiction and
gambling/internet or other addiction (incl. nicotine use), suicidality, self-harm, self-esteem, sleep
(nightmares, sleep disruption) and energy levels, diet, exercise and self-care, other mental health
conditions (e.g. ADHD, Mood D/o, phobias, OCD, psychosis, personality disordered behaviours,
etc), experience of therapy including current expectations and motivation; traumas (e.g., domestic
violence victim or witness, sexual assault, workplace/childhood bullying, deaths of family
members, friends, colleagues, pets) are then also identified.
With a clear assessment, EMDR targets are identified. These can be disturbing issues, events,
feelings, or memories. Maladaptive beliefs are also identified (e.g., ʺI canʹt trust peopleʺ or ʺI canʹt
protect myselfʺ).
Phase 2: Preparation Phase
While focusing on building a therapeutic relationship, the preparation includes the “Safe Place”
150
installation (an image or memory that elicits comfortable feelings and a positive sense of self). This
serves to help a client after the session should further feelings or images emerge.
Phase 3: Assessment/Target identification
The client identifies an image or images that represents the target and the disturbance as well as the
negative cognition(s) e.g., ʺI canʹt trust peopleʺ associated with these. Positive Cognitions (PC) e.g.,
“I am able to trust” that replace these negative cognitions are also identified.
Phase 4: The Desensitization Phase
With the images, the negative cognitions, the disturbing emotions or body sensations in mind, the
client is asked how disturbing this is on the SUDS (Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale). The
therapist begins the bilateral stimulation i.e. the client follows the therapist’s fingers with his or her
eyes from side to side. Bilateral stimulation can be done with auditory stimulation or physical
stimulation e.g., alternatively tapping one side of the body in quick succession. After a set of eye
movements (that may last 30-60 seconds), the client is asked to report briefly on thoughts, feeling
and/or physical sensations, images or memories that have emerged. The desensitization phase ends
when the SUDS has reached 0 or as close to 0 as possible.
Phase 5: The Installation Phase
Once desensitised, the therapist installs the positive cognition with bilateral stimulation until the
belief in this new cognition is raised from 1 to 7 on the Validity of Cognition Scale. This may take
several sets of bilateral stimulation.
Phase 6: Body Scan
The bilateral stimulation continues until any pain, stress or discomfort is relieved.
Phase 7: Closure:
The therapist gives appropriate information and support.
Phase 8: Re-evaluation:
The processing is reviewed to identify if the client has had any new sensations or experiences and
whether SUDS are still elevated. If so, processing continues.

Example of a Standard EMDR Protocol
The client presents with symptoms including insomnia, avoiding work and depressed mood due to
being bullied at work e.g., her boss humiliating her in front of colleagues. She identifies the worst
part was that she felt helpless, but also identified negative cognitions including “I am worthless, I
am shameful, I am unlovable, I am incompetent.”
The client would like to believe (positive cognitions): “I'm worthy, I am fine as I am, I'm competent
and capable.”
The client identifies the first memory of having similar feelings and beliefs when rejected by her
step-father. She also identifies that her future fear - she is worried that her current partner will reject
her, again believing “I'm not good enough.”
Processing begins with eye movements (EM) to reduce/eliminate the cognition “I'm worthless” and
install “I'm worthy” by first addressing the cornerstone memory of the rejection by her father, then
the current bullying situation and then the future of being rejected by her current partner.
SAFE PLACE INSTILLATION PROTOCOL IN EMDR
The person should be instructed to practice “safe place” daily by retrieving the positive image,
emotions, and sensations via the cue word. People can then use “safe place” to relax and
reduce stress any time needed.
When “safe place” is taught to a person preparing for EMDR, the therapist will guide the
person through the following steps shared by Shapiro (2001):
1. The person is asked to imagine a place that generates feelings of calm and safety e.g.,
forest, beach, favourite holiday location, etc.
2. The person is asked to focus on the physical sensations and emotions that this image
elicits.
3. The therapist encourages a sense of security and may add soothing tones, such as ocean
waves, to enhance the effect.
4. While the person concentrates on the image, sensations and emotions, 4-8 sets of slow
eye movements or other bilateral stimulation may be included to “install,” or
strengthen, the “safe place.”
5. The person is asked to think of a word to associate with the “safe place” and add this to
the calm, safe image and sensations. Sets of bilateral stimulation are added.
6. The person is asked to self-cue the image and feelings.
7. The person is asked to think of a minor annoyance and its accompanying emotions. The
therapist then guides the person through the exercise until the undesired emotions melt
away.
8. The person is asked to think of another disturbance and follow the exercise without the
therapist’s assistance to ensure the person can perform the exercise unassisted.
Shapiro, F. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles,
protocols, and procedures (2nd). New York, NY: The Guilford Press.
153
FORESTER’S EMDR PROTOCOL FOR BULIMIA NERVOSA
Phase 1:
The first 4-8 sessions (lasting 50-60 minutes) are used to gather history, develop a therapeutic
relationship and develop foundations for treatment. This includes a timeline of major events in life,
useful to identify first, worst and most recent examples of a cluster (several instances of a certain
type of trauma) related to a big T (major trauma) or small t (other trauma).
Emphasise the need to be honest as talking about their behaviour is likely to be a great source of
shame. Reminding them also to be honest when asking if they have improved (even after doing eye
movements) is particularly important. It is also worth cautioning that their bulimic symptoms may
initially increase due to the tendency to engage in bulimic behaviours to cope with difficult
emotions that may emerge during the history taking sessions. Monitoring dissociation (common in
those with BED) may also be necessary, particularly when doing eye movements.
It is also important to discuss expectations – that therapy is not a rapid cure and that treatment
resistance is common due to the many years of memory networks that have been hardwired but be
assured that more effective coping mechanisms will be taught. The history taking also involves the
following questions:
How long have you had an issue with food?
How did you first come to use bingeing/purging?
How old were you when you first binged?
How old were you when you first binged and purged?
How did you learn about bingeing and purging?
What else was going on in your life when bulimia first became a problem?
Has there ever been a time when you stopped bingeing and purging since you started?
Have you ever binged and not purged? If so, what was it like?
What thoughts do you have about yourself when you binged but did not purge?
154
What thoughts do you have about yourself now?
Does anyone know about your bulimia? If so, how did the person find out?
What do you believe people/family members think of you?
How is the bulimia helping you? How do you see the bulimia as harmful to you?
When you think of all the events that have impacted your life, which ones stand out most?/which
had the biggest impact on your developing bulimia? This may be – for example, domestic violence,
a major move in childhood or a hospital/surgical trauma.
The last question helps determines the target order. However, the target may be evident e.g.,
current shame that is related to an earlier life event related to shame. The treatment plan covers the
past contributing events, present triggers and the development of future templates (i.e., the 3-
pronged Protocol). Resource Development and Installation (strength building and coping skill
development) can be used to stabilise prior to EMDR targeting traumas. This may be particularly
useful to replace binge/purging used as emotional regulation coping mechanism.
Phase 2:
After EMDR is explained to the client, Safe Place Installation – this is particularly helpful as it
induces a state change just as bingeing/purging has done. Clients who struggle to “contain” difficult
emotions may benefit from first doing a “containment” exercise, particularly if the session is limited
to 60 minutes. This involves asking the client to imagine putting overwhelming feelings/memories
into a container. Start eye movements (EM) and say to the client ”I am going to start EM’s. I want
you to imagine putting the feelings/memories into the container. Give me a hand signal when
everything is in.”
The first EMDR session is 90-100 minutes followed by a 50-60 minute session to process the
outcome. The second session is followed by another 90-100 minute session followed by another
processing session. New Negative Cognitions and new EMDR targets may surface.
Phase 3:
The EMDR target is chosen from the list of the top 10 worst things that have happened.
Alternatively, the therapist chooses the one that appears to be most relevant. The client is asked to
hold the most upsetting part of that event in mind and then ask “what does it make you believe
about yourself? E.g. “I am not loveable” or “I’m not good enough.” Once the negative cognitions
(NC) have been identified, it is followed by identification of positive cognitions (PC), the validity
of the cognition (VOC), the emotion, the Subjective Units of Disturbance (SUDS) and location in
the body.
The Bridging Technique/Floatback may be used for those who have sufficient ego strength and
have processed past events to be able to deal with spontaneous distressing material. The associated
memories related to negative cognitions are activated, and recent triggers for negative cognitions
are elicited. This includes emotions/sensations associated with them. Then ask them to float back in
time to the earliest time this particular feeling emerged. This memory/image is then processed with
EM. Identification of blocking beliefs that interfere with progress may also be necessary. These may
include “I need to binge/purge to calm/comfort myself, I have to be thin to be successful/
happy/loved, eating fills up my emptiness, I need to binge to not feel sad.”
The client may also need “sensitivity training” to help identify body sensations and make
connection. This involves asking the client to close eyes, tune into the body and notice how the
body feels. Then ask “think of the memory we just discussed and tell me what you first noticed.”
Phase 4:
The targets are processed with EM. Sets generally start with 24 horizontal EM and may continue
with a set of 24 or longer, typically 36. Direction of EM may be useful if the client gets stuck/loops.
Phase 5:
Once the SUD rating is 0 or 1, the VOC is rated a 7, the installation phase commences: the memory
of the original target and the PC’s are installed with a short set (about 12) EM.
Phase 6:
Once the body scan is clear, current triggers can be addressed and future templates can be
developed. If the body scan is not clear, the client is asked to hold the original memory along with
the PC the area in the body that is blocked is targeted. The blockage is targeted by asking the client
to notice where in the body it is, t notice the shape, size, color, texture and smell of it to identify as
many senses as possible to start the EM’s.
Phase 7:
The client is reminded that processing may continue after the session – a log of emerging
emotions/issues may be helpful. An incomplete session may have to be shut down with
“containment” exercise or the Safe Place exercise.
Phase 8:
The SUDs are re-evaluated. The client is asked about recent triggers. The client is also asked how
he or she feels about the progress. The previous EMDR target memory is re-evaluated and if still a
0, the next step is to continue processing current triggers and future templates.
Protocol for BED and weight management problems
Adapted from Forester’s protocol for Bulimia Nervosa
1. Standard assessment
 Psychosocial (age, culture, religion, relationship status, children, social support)
 cognitive functioning (memory/concentration), education/work and work/life balance (e.g.
presence of hobbies, leisure time), mental status
 medical issues incl. thyroid, anemia, pain, etc/medication
 drug/alcohol use/comorbid conditions/symptoms: e.g., sleep problems (nightmares,
insomnia), panic attacks, anxiety, depressed mood, sexual dysfunction,
compulsive/obsessive behaviours, phobias, etc or personality disorder
 genetic predisposition (parental/familial mental health/weight issues),
 treatment history (medication, therapy) and reason for seeking help now including level of
motivation, presence of leverage, effect
 weight, body image, eating pattern, binge episodes, overeating, quality of diet, food/sweet
cravings
 onset of binge eating/precipitating factor (s) e.g., death of loved one, sexual/physical abuse
or neglect, schoolyard/workplace bullying
 perpetuating factors e.g., financial stressors/loss or change of job, onset of medical illness,
relocating, poor social support
1. EMDR specific assessment
 Identify past contributing event (cornerstone event) and current triggers
 Develop future template for coping – which future events/situations are likely to
trigger relapse of binge eating
 Resource development – which resources deficits are present
 Familiarity with treatment – explanation of EMDR
158
1. Safe Place Instillation
2. Identify Negative Cognitions (NC) and Positive Cognitions
 General trauma related NC’s e.g. “I’m not good enough”
 weight/shape specific NC’s e.g., “my body is ugly” “I can’t control my weight”
 food/eating related NC’s “carbs will make me fat,” “I can’t control my eating”
 exercise related NC “I’m too lazy to exercise”
 Positive Cognition (PC) needed to replace it e.g,, “I’m fine as I am,”
 Validity of the Cognition (VOC) on a scale (0-7), emotion (e.g., shame, embarrassment,
helplessness) and the Subjective Unit of Distress (SUDS) and body sensations
1. Commence eye movements (EM) or other bilateral stimulation on targets
Continue EM until SUD rating is 0 and VOC is 7
2. Close and evaluate
Remind client of possible continued processing after session
Example:
The client presents with daily binge eating on chocolate and difficulty controlling her weight.
The client identifies the following negative cognitions in relation to the eating/weight:
“I'm not good enough,” “I'm shameful,” “my body is ugly,” “I did something wrong” and
“I'm not in control.” The client would like to believe (positive cognitions): “I'm worthy, I am fine as
I am, I'm competent and capable, “I accept myself as I am,” and “I'm in control.”
The client identifies the cornerstone memory of feeling inadequate, shameful (having negative
beliefs listed above) after she was sexually abused by her uncle. She identifies that her future “loss
of control” is related to the impending death of her mother.
Processing begins with eye movements (EM) to reduce/eliminate the cognitions related to the
sexual abuse, the present loss of control over her weight and the future “loss” of her mother.
DeTUR* Protocol
Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing
EXTERNAL SUPPORT RESOURCES: 12-step, TRIGGERS person, place, time, emotion, smell, taste, event,
support groups, family, friends, therapy, yoga, etc. action, object, etc.; prioritize in order of strength by taking
LOU; process lowest LOU trigger first [or reverse it; clinical
judgment should be used +]:
1. LOU
2. LOU
3. LOU
INTERNAL RESOURCES: What things about you as a
person will you need to use for your recovery? 4. LOU
5. LOU
6. LOU
POSITIVE TREATMENT GOAL (PG): Stated in DESENSITIZATION: bring up the trigger, see the
present tense (achievable, vision of health & happiness, images, notice what you are feeling in your body, just go with
concrete, picture self already having achieved it, install with that (BLS set until LOU is 0 or ecological).
BLS)
INSTALLATION: link positive state (PS) and anchor with

trigger and use BLS.
POSITIVE STATE (PS): positive feelings in body,

breath into the feeling, experience it, describe it, install with
BLS FUTURE TEMPLATE: imagine a future time this trigger
could happen, how much of a trigger is that situation now? If
LOU not 0, process to 0.
Anchor – touch knuckle with index finger, thumb/forefinger, If LOU=0, use anchor and BLS to further install.
etc.
Test anchor and positive state without BLS or cuing CLOSURE: Suggest that if pt. feels urges, notice what,
where, and then use anchor, PG & PS.
161
APPENDIX III
162
RESEARCH PARTICIPANTS
NEEDED FOR INNOVATIVE
BINGE EATING DISORDER THERAPY
Do you overeat regularly?

Are you overweight?
Would you like to get professional therapy
for binge eating?
Contact the University of Sydney research
investigator
Katie: [email protected] or on
040267 6186
Faculty of Science
NSW 2006 AUSTRALIA School of Psychology
Dr Maree Abbott Mackie Building K01
Telephone +61 2 9351 2644
Senior Lecturer and Clinical Psychologist
Facsimile +61 2 9351 7328
Postgraduate Co-ordinator (Clinical) [email protected]
[email protected]
Dr Katie Richard / Dr Maree Abbott

Chief Investigator / Supervisor
PARTICIPANT CONSENT FORM
I, ........................................................................................... [PRINT NAME], give consent

to my participation in the research project
TITLE: A RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED TRIAL OF TREATING BINGE EATING

DISORDER WITH EYE MOVEMENT DESENSITISATION REPROCESSING
In giving my consent I acknowledge that:
1. The procedures required for the project and the time involved have been explained to
me, including any inconvenience, risk, discomfort or side-effect, and their implications,
and any questions I have about the project have been answered to my satisfaction.
2. I have read the Participant Information Statement and have been given the opportunity
to discuss the information and my involvement in the project with the researcher/s.
3. I understand that being in this study is completely voluntary – I am not under

any obligation to consent.
4. I understand that my involvement is strictly confidential. I understand that any research

data gathered from the results of the study may be published. However, no information
about me will be used in any way that is identifiable.
5. I understand that I can withdraw from the study at any time, without affecting
my relationship with the researcher(s) or the University of Sydney now or in the future.
6. I understand that I can stop the treatment at any time if I do not wish to continue and
with my request that the audio recording will be erased and the information provided
will not be included in the study.
7. I consent to:
Audio-recording YES NO 
Receiving Feedback YES NO
164
If you answered YES to the “Receiving Feedback” question, please provide
your details i.e. mailing address, e-mail address.
Feedback Option
Address:
Email:
............................... .................................... ................................................................

Signature PRINT name
............/........../201........
Date
Maree Abbott, PhD, M.Clin.Psych

PBA Reg No: PSY0001045344
165
APPENDIX IV
166
Binge Eating Disorder Questionnaire
Name: ______________________________ Date: _____/____/2014
Check if yes
1.Do you binge eat? i.e. eat large amount of food in a short amount of
time? e.g. eat a whole packet of chips or a whole carton of biscuits
2. Do you have a sense of lack of control over your food intake?
If both 1 and 2 occur, continue to question 3.
3. Do you eat quickly?
4. Do you eat until you're uncomfortably full?
5. Do you eat even when not hungry? e.g. when you're bored, anxious,
just because it's there, etc?
6. Do you eat alone due to being embarrassed about your eating?
7. Do you feel disgusted, embarrassed or depressed about your eating?
If you have checked at least 3 of questions 3-7, continue to question 8.
8. Do you feel great distress about your eating?
9. Have you been binge eating at least once weekly the past 3 months?
10. Have you NOT used laxatives, vomiting or excessive exercise

regularly to compensate for your bingeing?
164
Name: ______________________________ Date:_____/_____/201__
BPD Checklist
Check if
yes
1. Do you have frequent mood swings?
2. Do you tend to go from loving someone one minute to hating him/her the next?
3. Do you tend to have an unstable sense of self? e.g. not knowing what you want to do
career-wise, unsure about sexual orientation, change your mind about how you want to
portray yourself?
4. Do you engage in impulsive behaviours? e.g. go on a gambling spree, drive recklessly

take drugs, have (unprotected) sex with strangers/are promiscuous, etc
5. Have you ever purposely cut or burnt yourself or injured yourself as a suicide attempt?
6. Do you go to extreme lengths to avoid abondonment? e.g. stay in abusive relationships;
manipulate/threaten someone into staying with you?
7. Do you tend to mistrust people, sometimes to the point of paranoia?
8. Do you tend to feel empty?
9.Do you have angry outbursts?
DISSOCIATIVE EXPERIENCES SCALE (DES)
This questionnaire consists of 28 questions about experiences you have had in your daily life. We are
interested in how often you have had these experiences. It is important, however, that your answers
show how often these experiences happen to you when you are not under the influence of alcohol or
drugs. To answer the questions, please determine to what degree the experience described in the question
applies to you and circle the appropriate number to show what percentage of the time you have had the
experience.
Example: 0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
1.Some people have the experience of driving a car and suddenly realizing that they don’t
remember what has happened during all or part of the trip. Circle a number to show what
percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
2.Some people find that sometimes they are listening to someone talk and they suddenly
realize that they did not hear part or all of what was just said. Circle a number to show what
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
3.Some people have the experience of finding themselves in a place and having no idea how
they got there. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
4.Some people have the experience of finding themselves dressed in clothes that they don’t
remember putting on. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to
you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
5.Some people have the experience of finding new things among their belongings that they
do not remember buying. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens
to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
6. Some people sometimes find that they are approached by people that they do not know
who call them by another name or insist that they have met them before. Circle a number to
show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
7. Some people sometimes have the experience of feeling as though they are standing next to
themselves or watching themselves do something, and they actually see themselves as
though they were looking at another person. Circle a number what percentage of the time
this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
166
8.Some people are told that they sometimes do not recognize friends or family members.
Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
9.Some people find that they have no memory for some important events in their lives (for
example, a wedding or graduation). Circle a number to show what percentage of the
important events in your life you have no memory for.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
10.Some people have the experience of being accused of lying when they do not think that
they have lied. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
11.Some people have the experience of looking in a mirror and not recognizing them-
selves. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
12.Some people sometimes have the experience of feeling that other people, objects, and the
world around them are not real. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this
happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
13.Some people sometimes have the experience of feeling that their body does not seem to
belong to them. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
14.Some people have the experience of sometimes remembering a past event so

vividly that they feel as if they were reliving that event. Circle a number to show
what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
15.Some people have the experience of not being sure whether things that they re-
member happening really did happen or whether they just dreamed them. Circle a
number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
16.Some people have the experience of being in a familiar place but finding it strange
and unfamiliar. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
167
17. Some people find that when they are watching television or a movie they become so
absorbed in the story that they are unaware of other events happening around them. Circle a
number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
18. Some people sometimes find that they become so involved in a fantasy or day- dream
that it feels as though it were really happening to them. Circle a number to show what
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
19. Some people find that they sometimes are able to ignore pain. Circle a number to show
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
20. Some people find that they sometimes sit staring off into space, thinking of nothing,
and are not aware of the passage of time. Circle a number to show what percentage of the
time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
22.Some people find that in one situation they may act so differently compared to another
situation that they feel almost as if they were two different people. Circle a number to show
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
23.Some people sometimes find that in certain situations they are able to do things with
amazing ease and spontaneity that would usually be difficult for them (for example, sports,
work, social interactions, etc.). Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this
happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
24. Some people sometimes find that they cannot remember whether they have done
something or have just thought about doing that thing (for example, not knowing
whether they have just mailed a letter or have just thought about mailing it). Circle a number
to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
25. Some people sometimes find evidence that they have done things that they do not
remember doing. Circle a number to show what percentage of the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
168
26. Some people sometimes find writings, drawings, or notes among their belongings that
they must have done but cannot remember doing. Mark the line to show what percentage of
the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
27. Some people sometimes find that they hear voices inside their head which tell them to
do things or comment on things that they are doing. Circle a number to show what
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
28. Some people sometimes feel as if they are looking at the world through a fog so that
people and objects appear far away or unclear. Circle a number to show what percentage of
the time this happens to you.
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
The amnestic dissociation subscale includes items 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 25, and 26.
The absorption and imaginative involvement subscale include items 2, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20,
22, and 23.
The depersonalization and derealization subscale include items 7, 11, 12, 13, 27, and 28.
Scores for the subscales can be calculated by dividing the sum of the item scores divided by
the number of items in each subscale.
169
INVALIDATING CHILDHOOD ENVIRONMENT SCALE
The following questions address your experiences of how your parents responded to your
emotions when you were young. For each item, please choose the rating from 1-5 that most
closely reflects your experiences up to the age of 18 years.
1- Never; 2 -rarely; 3 – some of the time; 4 – most of the time; 5 – all of the time
Because your parents may have been very different, please rate them separately. The left-hand
column is to rate your mother, and the right-hand column is to rate your father:
Mother During my childhood ... Father

my parents would become angry if I disagreed with them
when I was anxious my parents ignored this
If I was happy, my parents would be sarcastic and say things like “what
are you smiling at?”
if I was upset, my parents said things like: “I'll give you something to cry
about!”
my parents made me feel okay if I told them I didn't understand something
difficult for the first time
if I was pleased because I had done well at school, my parents would say
things like “don't get too confident”
if I said I couldn't do something, my parents would say things like “you're being
difficult on purpose”
my parents would understand and help me if I couldn't do something straight

away
my parents used to say things like “talking about worries just makes them
worse”
if I couldn't do something however hard I tried, my parents told me I was lazy
my parents would explode with anger if I made decisions without asking them
first
when I was miserable, my parents asked me what was upsetting me, so
that they could help me
if I couldn't solve a problem, my parents would say things like “don't be so
stupid – even an idiot could do that”
when I talked about my plans for the future, my parents listened to me
and encouraged me
Finally, we would like to know how you saw your whole family when you were younger. Please
read the following descriptions and rate how closely each one matches your experience of
growing up in your family (up to 18 years):
1- not like my family

2- a little bit like my family
3- like my family some of the time
4- like my family most of the time
5- like my family all of the time
During my childhood, ... Rating

1. my parents were often not available, and I got a little time or attention. I was often
left to fend for myself or go round to friends/relatives. My parents often got angry if I
asked for things. One of both of my parents may have had a substance misuse
difficulties, mental health problems or financial problems (chaotic)
2. I felt listened to and cared for. My parents were interested in my thoughts and
ideas and encouraged me to make my own decisions and choices. If things were
difficult for me, they supported me, and tried to comfort me (validating)
3.everything in my family was perfect on the surface. However, my parents, couldn't
stand it if I showed I was upset, scared or angry. They expected me to put aside my
feelings and get on with it (perfect)
4. it was important to be able to control your emotions and focus on achievement and
success “behaving like a grown up” was desirable (typical)
Thank you very much for answering these questions.

Mountford, V., Corsorphine, E. Tomlinson, S. & Waller, G. (2005). Invalidating
Childhood Environment Scale.
170
1
In Fairburn C.G. Cognitive Behavior Therapy and Eating Disorders. Guilford Press, New York,
2008.
EATING DISORDER EXAMINATION
(Edition 16.0D)
Christopher G Fairburn, Zafra Cooper and Marianne O'Connor
OVERVIEW OF EDE 16.0D

The sixteenth edition of the EDE is the latest version of this widely used instrument. It differs
from the version that is generally used (EDE 12.0D; Fairburn and Cooper, 1993) in the following
major ways:
1. There is a new way of rating the Dietary Restraint subscale items such that restraint for
the purpose of gaining a sense of control in general is rated, in addition to restraint
intended to influence shape or weight. This is in order to detect a type of restraint seen
mainly in younger patients and in the earlier stages of an eating disorder (see page ***).
It is also seen in non-Western cases. Thus two Dietary Restraint subscale scores may be
computed as well as a combined one.
2. There is a "binge eating disorder" module based on the research criteria in DSM-IV
(American Psychiatric Association, 1994).
3. A distinction is drawn between compensatory and non-compensatory forms of purging
(see page ***).
4. There is a new "Importance" item designed to detect the over-evaluation of control over
eating per se (see page ***).
In all other significant respects the instrument is the same as EDE 12.0D and it generates EDE
12.0D-compatible data.
For further information about the EDE, see Fairburn and Cooper (1993). For full details
about the differences between EDE 12.0D and EDE 16.0D see the list at the end of the EDE
schedule (page ***). Note that there is a version of the EDE designed specifically for use with
children and adolescents (Bryant-Waugh, Cooper, Taylor and Lask, 1996). If either version of
the EDE is going to be used for research purposes, training is essential.
RECOMMENDED READING
American Psychiatric Association (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders
(4th edition). Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Association.
Bryant-Waugh, R. J., Cooper, P. J., Taylor, C. L., & Lask, B. D. (1996). The use of the Eating
Disorder Examination with Children: A pilot study. International Journal of Eating
2
Disorders, 19, 391-397.

Cooper, Z., & Fairburn, C. G. (1987). The Eating Disorder Examination: a semi-structured
interview for the assessment of the specific psychopathology of eating disorders.
Fairburn C. G., & Cooper, Z. (1993). The Eating Disorder Examination (twelfth edition). In: C.
G. Fairburn & G. T. Wilson (eds.). Binge Eating: Nature, Assessment and Treatment.
(pp. 317-360). New York: Guilford Press, 1993.
Grilo, C. M. (2005). Structured instruments. In J. E. Mitchell & C. B. Peterson (eds.), Assessment
of eating disorders (pp. 120-128). New York: Guilford Press.
___________________________________
3
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR INTERVIEWERS

The EDE is an investigator-based interview. This may be contrasted with respondent-based
interviews in which the participant's answers to specified questions are rated without additional
questioning. Respondent-based interviews are in essence verbally administered self-report
questionnaires. They work well where the concepts being assessed are simple and there is
general agreement as to their meaning, but they are unsatisfactory when the concepts are
complex or key terms do not have a generally accepted specific meaning. With investigator-
based interviews interviewers need training to ensure that they fully understand the concepts
being assessed. The structure in such interviews lies in the detailed specifications provided for
the interviewer of the concepts to be rated and the rating scheme, rather than in the precise
wording of individual questions. In summary, investigator-based interviews such as the EDE
require that interviewers be trained both in the technique of interviewing and in the concepts and
rules governing the ratings.
When using the EDE, it is essential that the participant understands the purpose of the
interview. The interviewer should explain why the interview is being conducted and, before
starting formal questioning, should aim to establish good rapport. The interviewer and
participant together should be trying to obtain an accurate picture of the participant's current
eating behaviour and attitudes. It is important to explain that a standard set of questions is being
asked and that some may not apply. Participants also need to know in advance how long the
interview will take. At a minimum this will be 45 minutes but it can take as long as an hour and
a quarter. (EDE interviews should rarely be allowed to take longer than this since otherwise
interviewer and participant fatigue will affect the quality of the ratings.)
The interviewer should explain that the interview mainly focuses on the preceding four
weeks (28 days), although if the interview is also being used for diagnostic purposes certain
questions extend out to cover the previous three months.1 To help the participant accurately
recall the primary period of interest, time should be devoted at the beginning of the interview to
the identification of events which have taken place during these 28 days. For example, the
interviewer should establish whether the participant has been at home or away and what has
happened on each of the four weekends. It can be helpful referring to a prepared calendar to
locate the four weeks in question (see below). If the interview is also being used for diagnostic
purposes events of note in (28-day) months 2 and 3 (counting back from the present 28 days)
should also be noted together with their boundaries. Rarely should the orientation to the time
frame be allowed to take more than 10 minutes.
Each of the items in the EDE has one or more (asterisked) obligatory questions in bold
type which must be asked. Special emphasis should be placed upon the words and phrases that
are underlined. The obligatory questions should be supplemented with additional questions of
the interviewer's choice. The phrase "over the past four weeks" which precedes most obligatory
question may be varied as seems appropriate (e.g., "over the past month" or "over the past 28
days") and inserted at any point within the question, but otherwise the obligatory questions
should be asked as specified in the schedule. The items in the interview may be covered in any
1
The DSM-IV research diagnostic criteria for the provisional new diagnosis binge eating
disorder encompass a six-month time frame. Interviewers wanting to elicit these diagnostic
criteria should refer to the “Binge Eating Disorder Module” (see page ***) which opens with an
orientation to this extended period of time.
4
order although for most purposes the sequence presented in the schedule will be found to be
satisfactory. It is perfectly appropriate to return to earlier items if further information emerges
during the interview which is of relevance to prior ratings. The interview should never be
undertaken in the absence of the full schedule as even the most experienced interviewers need to
refer to the questions, definitions, and rating schemes.
The interviewer should pay careful attention to everything that the participant says. The
interview should never be hurried. It should proceed at a steady relaxed pace with the
interviewer not moving on to the next item until he or she is satisfied that all the necessary
information has been obtained. The interviewer should not be rushed along by rapid, and
possibly impatient, replies. Apparently glib answers which do not seem to have been given
thought should be sensitively explored. Conversely, participants who are loquacious and over-
detailed in their replies need to be kept to the point. Care must always be taken to ensure that the
participant understands what information the interviewer is trying to elicit. It is good practice to
check back with the participant before making each rating.
The physical circumstances under which the interview is conducted are also important.
The interviewer and participant need to be comfortably seated and the interviewer needs to be
able to have the schedule in front of him/her together with the rating sheet. There should be as
few distractions as possible and except under unusual circumstances no one else should be
present since otherwise participants tend not be to be frank and forthcoming.
Guidelines for making ratings are provided for most items. Ratings should be made as
the interview proceeds (although certain calculations may be delayed until afterwards). The
instructions for making the ratings are given in square brackets and they are followed by the
rating scheme itself. Frequency ratings should be based on a 28-day month: if a feature is not
present, rate 0; if a feature is present on up to and including 5 days, rate 1; if it is present half the
time, rate 3; if it is present almost every day (with up to and including 5 exceptions), rate 5; if it
is present every day, rate 6. Some items are rated on a seven-point severity scale ranging from 0
to 6. In these cases 0 represents the absence of the feature in question and 6 represents its
presence to an extreme degree; a rating of 1 should be made only if the feature is barely present,
and a rating of 5 should be made only if the feature is present to a degree not quite severe enough
to justify a rating of 6. A rating of 3 should be used for degrees of severity midway between 0
and 6. If it is difficult to decide between two ratings, the lower rating (i.e., the less symptomatic)
should be chosen. [The exception is the first item "Pattern of eating" in which higher scores are
(with the exception of nocturnal eating) less symptomatic.] This general rating scheme is
summarised in Table A.1 overleaf.
TABLE A.1 TO FOLLOW HERE
SCORING
The EDE, and its self-report version, the EDE-Q, generate two types of data. First, they provide
frequency data on key behavioural features of eating disorders in terms of number of episodes of
the behaviour and in some instances number of days on which the behaviour has occurred.
Second, they provide subscale scores reflecting the severity of aspects of the psychopathology of
eating disorders. The subscales are Restraint, Eating Concern, Shape Concern and Weight
Concern. To obtain a particular subscale score, the ratings for the relevant items (listed below)
are added together and the sum divided by the total number of items forming the subscale. If
ratings are only available on some items, a score may nevertheless be obtained by dividing the
5
resulting total by the number of rated items so long as more than half the items have been rated.
To obtain an overall or ‘global’ score, the four subscales scores are summed and the resulting
total divided by the number of subscales (i.e. four). Subscale scores are reported as means and
standard deviations.
Subscale Items (the numbers are the item number on the EDE-Q):
Restraint
1 Restraint over eating
2 Avoidance of eating
3 Food avoidance
4 Dietary Rules
5 Empty stomach
Eating Concern
7 Preoccupation with food, eating or calories
9 Fear of losing control over eating
19 Eating in secret
21 Social eating
20 Guilt about eating
Shape Concern
6 Flat stomach
8 Preoccupation with shape or weight
23 Importance of shape
10 Fear of weight gain
26 Dissatisfaction with shape
27 Discomfort seeing body
28 Avoidance of exposure
11 Feelings of fatness
Weight Concern
22 Importance of weight
24 Reaction to prescribed weighing
8 Preoccupation with shape or weight
25 Dissatisfaction with weight
12 Desire to lose weight
COMMUNITY NORMS
The data below are from a community-based sample of 243 young women assessed using the
EDE and EDE-Q (see Fairburn and Beglin, 1994).
6
Measure Mean SD N
EDE interview
Global EDE (4 subscales) 0.932 0.805 243
Restraint subscale 0.942 1.093 243
Eating Concern subscale 0.266 0.593 243
Shape Concern subscale 1.339 1.093 243
Weight Concern subscale 1.181 0.929 243
EDE Q
Global EDE-Q (4 subscales) 1.554 1.213 241
Restraint subscale 1.251 1.323 241
Eating Concern subscale 0.624 0.859 241

7
Shape Concern subscale 2.149 1.602 241
Weight Concern subscale 1.587 1.369 241

8
EATING DISORDER EXAMINATION

(Edition 16.0D)
Copyright 2008 by Christopher G Fairburn, Zafra Cooper and Marianne

O'Connor
THE INTERVIEW SCHEDULE
ORIENTATION TO THE TIME PERIOD

What we are going to do is a partially structured interview in which I will ask you about
your eating habits and your feelings about your shape, and weight. Because a standard set
of questions is going to be asked, please note that some may not apply to you.
Most of the questions focus on the past four weeks (that is, the last 28 days), but there will
be some that extend out to cover the previous three months. I know this will test your
memory because the weeks tend to blend together.
What I have done to help you is to make this calendar for the last 28 days [show the blank
calendar - see below]; it ends on yesterday because today is not over yet. So it goes from
yesterday (day and date) to (day and date). I know it seems strange to have the weekends
in the middle, but that is just the way it has worked out.
And here are the dates for the two months before that, (date) to (date). And to help you
remember these periods, I have noted down the holidays (e.g., May Bank Holiday,
Thanksgiving).
What I would like you to do now is tell me about any events that have happened in the past
28 days since this will help us discuss these four weeks. Have there been any events out of
the ordinary .......... such as celebrations of any type, trips away or days off work? Then we
can note these down on the calendar.
[These should be noted on the calendar (see Table A.2) thereby allowing the interviewer and
participant to use it as an aide memoire.]
TABLE A.2 TO FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE

9
INTRODUCTORY QUESTIONS
[Having oriented the participant to the specific time period being assessed, it is best to open the
interview by asking a number of introductory questions designed to obtain a general picture of
the participant's eating habits. Suitable questions are suggested below.]
To begin with I should like to get a general picture of your eating habits over the last four
weeks. What has been your usual eating pattern?
Have your eating habits varied much from day to day?
Have weekdays differed from weekends?
[The definition (and number) of weekdays and weekend days that best fits the patient's lifestyle
needs to be established at this point (e.g., check if the participant's days off work regularly fall on
weekdays).]
Have there been any days when you haven't eaten anything?
[Ask about months 2 and 3]
What about the previous two months (specify months) ........ Were your eating habits much
the same or were they different?
10
PATTERN OF EATING
*I would like to ask about your pattern of eating. Over the past four weeks which of these
meals or snacks have you eaten on a regular basis?
- breakfast [ ]
- mid-morning snack [ ]
- lunch (mid-day meal) [ ]
- mid-afternoon snack [ ]
- evening meal [ ]
- evening snack [ ]
- nocturnal eating (i.e., an episode of eating after the participant has been to sleep) [ ]
[Rate each meal and snack separately, usually accepting the participant's classification (within
the guidelines above). Ask about weekdays and weekends separately. Meals or snacks should
be rated even if they lead on to a "binge". "Brunch" should generally be classed as lunch. With
the exception of nocturnal eating, rate up (i.e., give a higher rating) if it is difficult to choose
between two ratings. Rate 8 if meals or snacks are difficult to classify (e.g., due to shift work).]
0 - Meal or snack not eaten

1 - Meal or snack eaten on 1 to 5 days
2 - Meal or snack eaten on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Meal or snack eaten on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Meal or snack eaten on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Meal or snack eaten almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Meal or snack eaten every day
[If participants report having had episodes of nocturnal eating, ask about their level of awareness
(alertness) at the time and their recall of the episodes afterwards.]
When you ate ….. how awake were you and how well could you recall the episode the next
day?
0 - no nocturnal eating
1 - nocturnal eating with no impairment of awareness (alertness) or recall
2 - nocturnal eating with impairment of awareness (alertness) or recall
[ ]
11
PICKING (NIBBLING)
*Over the past four weeks have you picked at (nibbled) food between meals and snacks. By
“picking” (nibbling) I mean eating in an unplanned and repetitious way.
What about when cooking?
What have you typically eaten at these times?
Why would you not call these episodes snacks?
Have you known in advance how much you were going to eat?
[Rate the number of days on which picking (nibbling) has occurred. To count as picking (or
nibbling) the episode of eating should have been unplanned, the amount eaten should have been
uncertain at the time that the episode started, and the eating should have had a repetitious
element to it. Typically what is eaten is incomplete (i.e., it constitutes part of something or a
less-than-usual amount), but the total amount consumed should not have been minute (e.g., not
simply one edge of a piece of toast). In general, participants themselves should view the
episodes as examples of “picking” (“nibbling”).
Picking (nibbling) may be contrasted with eating a "snack". A snack is an episode of eating in
which the amount eaten was modest (smaller than a meal), known at the outset with some
certainty, and did not have the repetitious element associated with picking. Episodes of picking
which merge into snacks, meals or “binges” should not be rated. The rating of picking may
require the re-rating of snacks.]
0 - No picking (nibbling)
1 - Picking (nibbling) on 1 to 5 days
2 - Picking (nibbling) on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Picking (nibbling) on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Picking (nibbling) on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Picking (nibbling) almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Picking (nibbling) every day [ ]
12
RESTRAINT OVER EATING (Restraint subscales)
*Over the past four weeks have you been consciously trying to restrict (cut back) the
overall amount that you eat, whether or not you have succeeded?
What have you been trying to do?
Has this been to influence your shape or weight, or to avoid triggering an episode of
overeating?
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has consciously attempted to restrict his or her
overall food intake (i.e., energy intake), whether or not he or she has succeeded. The restriction
should have affected a range of food items and not just certain specific foods (c.f., "Food
avoidance"). This restriction should have been intended either to influence shape, weight or
body composition, or to avoid triggering an episode of overeating, although this may not have
been the sole or main reason. It should have consisted of planned attempts at restriction, rather
than spur-of-the-moment attempts such as the decision to resist a second helping.]
0 - No attempt at restraint
1 - Attempted to exercise restraint on 1 to 5 days
2 - Attempted to exercise restraint on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Attempted to exercise restraint on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Attempted to exercise restraint on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Attempted to exercise restraint almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Attempted to exercise restraint every day [ ]
Some people consciously try to restrict their eating for another reason - to give them a
sense of being control - of being in control in general.
Over the past four weeks has this applied to you?
[Rate again only taking this reason into account.] [ ]
[Also rate number of days on which one or other, or both, of these reasons has applied.]
[ ]
13
AVOIDANCE OF EATING (Restraint subscales)
*Over the past four weeks have you gone for periods of eight or more waking hours
without eating anything?
overeating?
[Rate the number of days on which there has been at least eight hours abstinence from eating
food (soup and milkshakes count as food, whereas drinks in general do not) during waking
hours. It may be helpful to illustrate the length of time (e.g., 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.). The abstinence
must have been at least partly self-imposed rather than being due to force of circumstances. It
should have been intended to influence shape, weight or body composition, or to avoid triggering
an episode of overeating, although this may not have been the sole or main reason (i.e., fasting
for religious or political reasons would not count). Note that the rating should be consistent with
those made earlier for "Pattern of eating".]
0 - No such days
1 - Avoidance on 1 to 5 days
2 - Avoidance on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Avoidance on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Avoidance on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Avoidance almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Avoidance every day [ ]
Some people avoid eating in this way ..... for eight or more waking hours ..... for another
reason - to give them a sense of being control - of being in control in general.
[ ]
14
EMPTY STOMACH (Restraint subscales)
*Over the past four weeks have you wanted your stomach to be empty?
overeating?
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has had a definite desire to have a completely
empty stomach for reasons to do with dieting, shape or weight. This desire should not simply be
a response to episodes of perceived overeating; rather, it should exist between any such episodes.
The rating of "Empty stomach" should not be confused with a desire for the stomach to feel
empty or be flat (c.f., "Flat stomach".]
0 - No definite desire to have an empty stomach

1 - Definite desire on 1 to 5 days
2 - Definite desire on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Definite desire on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Definite desire on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Definite desire almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Definite desire every day [ ]
Some people want to have an empty stomach for another reason - to give them a sense of
being control - of being in control in general.
[ ]
15
FOOD AVOIDANCE (Restraint subscales)
*Over the past four weeks have you tried to avoid eating any foods which you like, whether
or not you have succeeded?
What foods? Have you been attempting to exclude them altogether?
overeating?
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has actively attempted to avoid eating specific
foods (which he or she likes, or has liked in the past) whether or not he or she succeeded. The
goal should have been to exclude the foods altogether and not merely to restrict their
consumption. Drinks do not count as food. The avoidance should have been planned and
intended either to influence shape, weight or body composition, or to avoid triggering an episode
of overeating, although this may not have been the sole or main reason.]
0 - No attempts to avoid foods

1 - Attempted to avoid foods on 1 to 5 days
2 - Attempted to avoid foods on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Attempted to avoid foods on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Attempted to avoid foods on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Attempted to avoid foods almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Attempted to avoid foods every day [ ]
Some people avoid eating certain foods for another reason - to give them a sense of being
control - of being in control in general.
[ ]
16
DIETARY RULES (Restraint subscales)
*Over the past four weeks have you tried to follow certain definite rules regarding your
eating; for example, a calorie limit, pre-set quantities of food, or rules about what you
should - or should not - eat, or when you should eat? What have you been trying to do?
If answered negatively:
Have there been occasions when you have been aware that you may have broken a dietary
rule that you have set for yourself?
Have these rules been designed to influence your shape or weight, or to avoid triggering an
episode of overeating?
Have they been definite rules or general guidelines? Examples of definite rules would be "I
must not eat eggs" or "I must not eat cake", whereas you could have the general
guideline "I should try to eat healthy food".
[Dietary rules should be rated as present if the participant has been attempting to follow
"definite" (i.e., specific) dietary rules regarding his or her food intake. The rules should be self-
imposed, although originally they may have been prescribed (i.e., prescribed rules can be rated if
they have been adopted by the participant). They should have concerned what the participant
should have eaten or when eating should have taken place. They might consist of a calorie limit
(e.g., below 1,200 kcals), not eating before a certain time of day, not eating specific foods (c.f.,
“Food avoidance”) or not eating at all. They should have been specific rules and not general
guidelines. If the participant is aware that he or she has occasionally broken a personal dietary
rule, this indicates that one or more specific rules has been present. In such cases the interviewer
should ask in detail about the transgression in an attempt to identify the underlying rule. The
rules should have been intended to influence shape, weight or body composition, although this
may not have been the sole or main reason.
Rate 0 if no dietary rule can be identified. If there has been more than one rule straddling
different time periods within the four weeks, these periods should be combined to make the
rating.]
0 - Has not attempted to obey such rules

1 - Attempted to obey such rules on 1 to 5 days
2 - Attempted to obey such rules on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Attempted to obey such rules on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Attempted to obey such rules on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Attempted to obey such rules almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Attempted to obey such rules every day [ ]
Some people attempt to follow dietary rules for another reason - to give them a sense of
being control - of being in control in general. Over the past four weeks has this applied to
you?
[ ]
17
PREOCCUPATION WITH FOOD, EATING, OR CALORIES

(Eating Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you spent much time between meals thinking about food,
eating, or calories?.......
*..... Has thinking about food, eating, or calories interfered with your ability to concentrate
on things that you are actively engaged in, for example, working, following a conversation
or reading? What has it affected?
[This definition of preoccupation requires the presence of concentration impairment.

Concentration is regarded as impaired if there have been intrusive thoughts about food, eating, or
calories which have interfered with activities one is actively engaged in rather than one's mind
simply drifting off the matter at hand. Rate the number of days on which this has happened,
whether or not bulimic episodes occurred.]
0 - No concentration impairment
1 - Concentration impairment on 1 to 5 days
2 - Concentration impairment on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Concentration impairment on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Concentration impairment on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Concentration impairment almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Concentration impairment every day [ ]
FEAR OF LOSING CONTROL OVER EATING (Eating Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you been afraid of losing control over eating?
[Rate the number of days on which a definite fear (common usage) of losing control over eating
has been present, irrespective of whether the participant has felt he or she has been in control.
"Loss of control" involves a sense that one will not be able to resist or stop eating. If the
participant feels unable to answer this question because he or she has already totally lost control,
rate 9.]
0 - No fear of losing control over eating

1 - Fear of losing control over eating present on 1 to 5 days
2 - Fear of losing control over eating present on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Fear of losing control over eating present on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Fear of losing control over eating present on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Fear of losing control over eating present almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Fear of losing control over eating present every day [ ]
18
BULIMIC EPISODES AND OTHER EPISODES OF OVEREATING

(Diagnostic item)
Classificatory Scheme
[Four forms of episodic "overeating" are distinguished. The distinction is based upon the
presence or absence of two characteristics:
i) loss of control (required for both types of "bulimic episode")
ii) the consumption of what would generally be regarded as a "large" amount of
food (required for "objective bulimic episodes" and "objective overeating").
The classificatory scheme is summarised below.
Amount eaten not "large" but

"Large" amount eaten
viewed by participant as
(EDE definition)
excessive
"Loss of control"
present Objective bulimic episodes Subjective bulimic episodes
No "loss of control"
Objective overeating Subjective overeating
Guidelines for Proceeding Through the Overeating Section

The interviewer should ask about each form of overeating. It is important to note that the four
forms of overeating are not mutually exclusive: it is possible for participants to have had several
different forms within the time period being considered. With some participants it is helpful to
explain the classificatory scheme.
There are five steps in making this series of ratings:

1. In general it is best to start by asking the asterisked questions to identify the various types
of perceived or true overeating that have occurred over the previous 28 days.
2. Each form should be noted down on the blank section of the coding sheet.
3. Then, detailed information should be obtained about a representative example of each
form of overeating to decide whether or not it involved eating a "large" amount of food
and whether or not there was "loss of control" (as defined below).
4. The next task is to establish for each form of overeating the number of days on which it
occurred and the total number of occasions. Where there is possibility of overlap (i.e.,
two types of episode may have occurred on the same day, this should be clarified since
this will affect the “days” ratings).
5. Finally, check with the participant to ensure that no misunderstandings have arisen (e.g.,
that no types of episode have been omitted).
It is advisable to make comprehensive notes.
Definition of Key Terms

"Loss of control". The interviewer should ask the participant whether he or she experienced a
19
sense of loss of control over eating at any point in the episode. If this is clearly described, "Loss
of control" should be rated as present. Similarly, if the participant describes having felt "driven"
or "compelled" to eat, "Loss of control" should be rated as present.
If the participant reports having had no sense of loss of control yet describes having felt unable
to stop eating once eating had started or having felt unable to prevent the episode from occurring,
"Loss of control" should be rated as present. If participants report that they are no longer trying
to control their eating because overeating is inevitable, "Loss of control" should once again be
rated as present. Thus "Loss of control" may be rated positively even if the episode had been
planned (i.e., the participant knew that he or she was going to overeat and had made provision
for this).
The decision whether or not "loss of control" was present should be made by the interviewer; it
does not require the agreement of the participant. If the interviewer remains in doubt, "Loss of
control" should be rated as absent.
"Large amount of food". The decision whether or not the amount eaten was "large" should also
be made by the interviewer; it does not require the agreement of the participant. The notion of
"large" may refer to the amount of any particular type of food consumed or the overall quantity
of food eaten. The amount should have been unequivocally large but it does not have to have
been enormous. In deciding whether the amount was "large", the interviewer must take into
account what would be the usual amount eaten under the circumstances. This requires some
knowledge of the eating habits of the participant's general, but not necessarily immediate, social
group (e.g., those of female students, women in their 50s) as well as circumstances that tend to
influence eating (e.g., Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day). What else was eaten during the day is
not taken into account when making this rating, nor is the speed of eating or whether or not the
participant subsequently spat out or vomited the food.
If the interviewer remains in doubt, the amount should not be classified as "large".
Interviewers should not share with the patient their view on the amount eaten and they should
avoid using potentially emotive terms such as such as "binge" and "large".
The number of episodes of overeating. When calculating the number of episodes of

overeating, the participant's definition of separate episodes should be accepted unless, within a
period of eating, there was an hour or more when the participant was not eating. In this case the
initial episode should be regarded as having been completed. An exception is if the episode was
temporarily interrupted by an outside event and then restarted afterwards, and it was experienced
as one single episode (somewhat like operating the pause button on a recorder). When estimating
the length of any gap, do not count the time spent vomiting. Note that "purging" (self-induced
vomiting or laxative misuse) is not used to define the end of individual episodes of overeating.]
20
QUESTIONS FOR IDENTIFYING BULIMIC EPISODES AND OTHER EPISODES OF

OVEREATING
[See preceding section “Guidelines for Proceeding Through the Overeating Section”. The
asterisked questions should be asked in every case.]
Main Probe Questions (to get the overall picture)
*I would like to ask you about any episodes of overeating, or loss of control over
eating, that you might have had over the past four weeks.
*Different people mean different things by overeating. I would like you to describe
any times when you have felt that you have eaten, or might have eaten, too much at
one time.
*And any times you have felt you have lost control over eating?
Additional Probe Questions
*Have there been any times when you have felt that you have eaten too much, but
others might not agree?
*Have there been any times when you have felt that you have eaten an ordinary
amount of food but others might have regarded you as having overeaten?
[N.B. For subjective bulimic episodes to be eligible, they must have been viewed by the
participant as having involved eating an excessive amount of food (i.e., they involved
"overeating").]
Subsidiary Probe Questions (to classify any episodes of overeating)
To assess the amount of food eaten:

Typically what have you eaten at these times?
For subjective bulimic episodes (i.e., where the amount is not viewed by the interviewer
as "large")
Did you view this amount as excessive?
To assess the social context:

What were the circumstances?
What were others eating at the time?
To assess "loss of control":

Did you have a sense of loss of control at the time?
Did you feel you could have stopped eating once you had started?
Did you feel you could you have prevented the episode from starting?
21
[For objective bulimic episodes, subjective bulimic episodes and episodes of objective
overeating the following two ratings should be made:
i) number of days (rate 00 if none)
ii) number of episodes (rate 000 if none)
In general, it is best to calculate the number of days first and then the number of episodes.
Rate 777 if the number of episodes is so great that their frequency cannot be calculated.
Episodes of subjective overeating are not rated.]
Objective bulimic episodes
days [ ][ ]
episodes [ ][ ][ ]
Subjective bulimic episodes

days [ ][ ]
episodes [ ][ ][ ]
Episodes of objective overeating

days [ ][ ]
episodes [ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about each of the preceding two months referring back to the relevant dates and any events
of note. For objective and subjective bulimic episodes, rate the number of episodes over the
preceding two months and the number of days on which they occurred. Rate 0s if none and 9s if
not asked.]
Objective bulimic episodes
days - month 2 [ ][ ]
month 3 [ ][ ]
episodes - month 2 [ ][ ][ ]
month 3 [ ][ ][ ]

days - month 2 [ ][ ]
month 3 [ ][ ]
episodes - month 2 [ ][ ][ ]
month 3 [ ][ ][ ]
[Also rate the longest continuous period in weeks free (not due to force of circumstances) from
objective bulimic episodes over the past three months. Rate 99 if not applicable.]
[ ][ ]
22
DSM-IV "BINGE EATING DISORDER" MODULE
[Only enter this DSM-IV module if objective bulimic episodes have been present over the
preceding 12 weeks. Use a respondent-based interviewing style, rather than the
investigator-based style of the EDE.]
In line with the DSM-IV research criteria for “binge eating disorder”, a six-month assessment
needs to be made of the number of days (NB: not episodes) on which objective bulimic episodes
have occurred. Therefore, having focused initially on the preceding two 28-day months (months
2 and 3), the interviewer needs to move back to the three earlier 28-day months (months 4 to 6).
To help patients recall this far back, they need to be told the specific dates in question. They also
need help to recall the specific time period (along the lines specified earlier).]
*What about the three months prior to the three months that we have been talking
about (specify the beginning and end dates)? .......
....... Did you have episodes like ......... (describe a representative objective bulimic
episode)?
Did you have any other equivalent episodes ....... (refer, if applicable, to other types of
objective bulimic episode that the participant reported)?
Did they occur more or less often than in the past 28 days?
Let's estimate together, on average over the past six months (specify months), how
many days per week have you had episodes like .......... (refer to the representative
objective bulimic episode)?
[Estimate the average number of days per week on which objective bulimic episodes have
occurred over the past six months (i.e., rate between 0 and 7). Rate 9 if not asked.]
[ ]
Features Associated with Binge Eating
[Only rate these items if, on average over the past six months, there have been at least two days
per week on which episodes of binge eating have occurred. Otherwise rate 9.]
During these episodes (refer to objective bulimic episodes that are representative of those over
the past six months), have you typically ........
... Eaten much more rapidly than normal? [ ]

... Eaten until you have felt uncomfortably full? [ ]
... Eaten large amounts of food when you haven't felt physically hungry? [ ]
... Eaten alone because you have felt embarrassed about how much you were eating? [ ]
23
... Felt disgusted with yourself, depressed, or very guilty? [ ]
[Rate each feature individually using the binary scheme below.]

0 - Feature not present
1 - Feature present
Distress about Binge Eating
In general, over the past six months how distressed or upset have you felt about these
episodes (refer to objective bulimic episodes that are representative of those over the past six
months)?
[Rate the presence of marked distress about the binge eating. This may stem from the actual
behaviour itself or its potential effect on body shape and weight.]
0 – No marked distress
1 – Marked
[ ]
24
DIETARY RESTRICTION OUTSIDE BULIMIC EPISODES (Diagnostic item)
[RETURN TO THE THREE-MONTH TIME FRAME and EDE STYLE OF

QUESTIONING. Only rate this item if there have been at least 24 objective bulimic episodes
over the past three months.]
Outside the times when you have lost control over eating ..... (refer to objective and subjective
bulimic episodes), ...... how much have you been actually restricting (limiting) the amount
that you eat? What have you eaten on a typical day?
Has this been to influence your shape or weight?
[Ask about actual food intake outside the objective and subjective bulimic episodes. Rate a
typical day (whether or not it involves an episode of overeating). The dietary restriction should
have been intended to influence shape, weight or body composition, although this may not have
been the sole or main reason. Rate each of the past three months separately. Rate 9 if not
asked.]
0 - No extreme restriction outside objective and subjective bulimic episodes

1 - Extreme restriction outside objective and subjective bulimic episodes
(i.e., purposeful low energy intake (e.g., <1,200 kcals))
2 - No eating outside objective and subjective bulimic episodes (i.e., purposeful "fasting")
month 1 [ ]
month 2 [ ]
month 3 [ ]
25
SOCIAL EATING (Eating Concern subscale)
*Outside the times when ..... (refer to any objective bulimic episodes and episodes of objective
overeating), over the past four weeks have you been concerned about other people seeing
you eat?
How concerned have you been? Has this concern led you to avoid such occasions? Could it
have been worse?
[NB: This is the first severity item. Rate the degree of concern about eating normal or less than
normal amounts of food in front of others. Do not consider objective bulimic episodes or
episodes of objective overeating. Also, do not consider concern restricted to family members
who are aware that the participant has an eating problem. On the other hand the concern can
stem from idiosyncratic eating habits (e.g., very slow eating; eating fewer courses than others;
eating different types of food) or allied behaviour such as indecision when ordering in a
restaurant. One index of the severity of such concern is whether it has led to avoidance. In
common with all severity items, the rating should generally represent the mode for the entire
month. If the possibility of eating with others has not arisen, rate 9. ]
0 - No concern about being seen eating by others and no avoidance of such occasions.
1 -
2 - Has felt slight concern at being seen eating by others
3 -
4 - Has felt definite concern at being seen eating by others
5 -
6 - Has felt extreme concern at being seen eating by others [ ]
26
EATING IN SECRET (Eating Concern subscale)
*Outside the times when ..... (refer to any objective bulimic episodes and episodes of objective
overeating), over the past four weeks have you eaten in secret?
[Rate the number of days on which there has been at least one episode of secret eating. Do not
consider objective bulimic episodes or episodes of objective overeating. Secret eating refers to
eating which is furtive and which the participant wishes to conceal because he or she does not
want to be seen eating (i.e., it is not simply eating alone). Do not rate secrecy that stems from a
desire not to be interrupted or a wish not to share food. Sensitivity about eating in front of others
will have been rated under "Social eating" but it can result in eating in secret. If the possibility
of eating with others has not arisen, rate 9.]
0 - Has not eaten in secret

1 - Has eaten in secret on 1 to 5 days
2 - Has eaten in secret on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Has eaten in secret on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Has eaten in secret on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Has eaten in secret almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Has eaten in secret every day [ ]
GUILT ABOUT EATING (Eating Concern subscale)
*Outside the times when ..... (refer to any objective and subjective bulimic episodes), over the
past four weeks have you felt guilty after eating?
Have you felt that you have done something wrong? Why?
On what proportion of the times that you have eaten have you felt guilty?
[NB: This rating is based on occasions. Rate the proportion of times that feelings of guilt have
followed eating. Do not consider objective or subjective bulimic episodes, but do consider other
episodes of overeating. These feelings of guilt should relate to the effects of eating on shape,
weight or body composition. Distinguish guilt from regret: guilt refers to a feeling that one has
done wrong.]
0 - No guilt after eating

1-
2 - Has felt guilty after eating on less than half the occasions
3-
4 - Has felt guilty after eating on more than half the occasions
5-
6 - Has felt guilty after eating on every occasion [ ]
27
SELF-INDUCED VOMITING (Diagnostic item)
*Over the past four weeks have you made yourself sick as a means of controlling your
shape or weight?
[Rate the number of discrete episodes of self-induced vomiting. If the participant denies that the
vomiting is under his or her control, determine whether it has the characteristics that would be
expected were it not self-induced (e.g., unpredictability, occurrence in public). If the available
evidence suggests that the vomiting is under the participant’s control (i.e., it is self-induced),
then rate it as such. Accept the participant's definition of an episode. Rate 777 if the number of
episodes is so great that it cannot be calculated. Rate 000 if no vomiting.]
[ ][ ][ ]
Outside the times when ..... (refer to objective and subjective bulimic episodes), over the past
four weeks how many times have you made yourself sick as a means of controlling your
shape or weight? ?
[Rate the number of episodes of “non-compensatory” self-induced vomiting. Accept the

participant's definition of an episode. Rate 000 if no vomiting.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about the preceding two months. Estimate the number of discrete episodes of self-induced
vomiting over each of the two preceding months.]
month 2 [ ][ ][ ]
month 3 [ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about the three months prior to that (to make diagnoses of binge eating disorder). Estimate
the number of discrete episodes of self-induced vomiting over these three months.]
months 4 to 6 [ ][ ][ ]
28
LAXATIVE MISUSE (Diagnostic item)
*Over the past four weeks have you taken laxatives as a means of controlling your shape or
weight?
[Rate the number of episodes of laxative-taking as a means of controlling shape, weight or body
composition. This should have been the main reason for the laxative-taking, although it may not
have been the sole reason. Only rate the taking of substances with a true laxative effect. Rate 00
if there was no laxative use or there is doubt whether the laxative-taking was primarily to
influence shape, weight or body composition.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Rate the average number of laxatives taken on each occasion. Rate 999 if not applicable. Rate
777 if not quantifiable, e.g., use of bran.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Note the type of laxative taken.]
four weeks how many times have you taken laxatives as a means of controlling your shape
or weight? ?
[Rate the number of episodes of “non-compensatory” laxative misuse. Accept the participant's
definition of an episode. Rate 000 if no laxative misuse.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about the preceding two months. Estimate the number of episodes of laxative misuse over
each of the two preceding months.]
month 2 [ ][ ][ ]
month 3 [ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about the three months prior to that. Estimate the number of episodes of laxative misuse
over these three months.]
months 4 to 6 [ ][ ][ ]
29
DIURETIC MISUSE (Diagnostic item)
*Over the past four weeks have you taken diuretics as a means of controlling your shape or
weight?
[Rate the number of episodes of diuretic-taking as a means of controlling shape, weight or body
composition. This should have been the main reason for the diuretic-taking, although it may not
have been the sole reason. Only rate the taking of substances with a true diuretic effect. Rate 00
if there was no diuretic use or there is doubt whether the diuretic-taking was primarily to
influence shape, weight or body composition.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Rate the average number of diuretic taken on each occasion. Rate 999 if not applicable.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Note the type of diuretic taken.]
four weeks how many times have you taken diuretics as a means of controlling your shape
or weight? ?
[Rate the number of episodes of “non-compensatory” diuretic misuse. Accept the participant's
definition of an episode. Rate 000 if no diuretic misuse.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about the preceding two months. Estimate the number of episodes of diuretic misuse over
each of the two preceding months..]
month 2 [ ][ ][ ]
month 3 [ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about the three months prior to that. Estimate the number of episodes of diuretic misuse
over these three months.]
months 4 to 6 [ ][ ][ ]
30
DRIVEN EXERCISING (Diagnostic item)
*Over the past four weeks have you exercised as a means of controlling your weight,
altering your shape or amount of fat, or burning off calories?
*Have you felt driven or compelled to exercise?
Typically, what form of exercise have you taken? How hard have you exercised? Have you
pushed yourself?
Have you exercised even when it might interfer with other commitments or do you harm?
Have there been times when you have been unable to exercise for any reason? How has
this made you feel?
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has engaged in "driven" exercising. Such
exercising should have been intense in character and have had a "compulsive" quality to it. The
participant may describe having felt compelled to exercise. Other indices of this compulsive
quality are exercising to the extent that it significantly interferes with day-to-day functioning
(e.g. such that it prevents attendance at social commitments or it intrudes on work or exercising
when it might do one harm (e.g., when possibly injured). Another suggestive feature is having a
strong negative reaction to being unable to exercise. Only rate driven exercising that was
predominantly intended to use calories or change shape, weight, or body composition. Exercising
that was exclusively intended to enhance health or fitness should not be rated. Rate 00 if no such
driven exercising.]
[ ][ ]
[Rate the average amount of time (in minutes) per day spent exercising in this way. Only
consider days on which the participant has exercised. Rate 999 if no such exercising.]
[ ][ ][ ]
[Ask about the preceding two months. Rate the number of days on which the participant has
exercised in this manner over each of the two preceding months. If not asked, rate 99.]
month 2 [ ] [ ]
month 3 [ ] [ ]
31
OTHER EXTREME WEIGHT-CONTROL BEHAVIOUR
*Over the past four weeks have you done anything else to control your shape or weight?
[Rate other noteworthy (i.e., potentially effective) dysfunctional forms of weight-control

behaviour (e.g., spitting, insulin under-use, thyroid medication misuse). Rate number of days
and nature of the behaviour. Rate 99 if no such behaviour.]
month 1 [ ] [ ]
month 2 [ ] [ ]
month 3 [ ] [ ]
PERIODS OF ABSENCE OF EXTREME WEIGHT-CONTROL BEHAVIOUR
[Only ask this question if at least one of the five main methods of weight-control behaviour has
been rated positively at the specified severity level over the past three months (see the section on
"Eating disorder diagnoses"). The five forms of behaviour are as follows:
- fasting (rating of 1 or 2 on Dietary restriction outside bulimic episodes)
- self-induced vomiting (on average at least once a week)
- laxative misuse (on average at least once a week)
- diuretic misuse (on average at least once a week)
- driven exercise - ignore in this context]
Over the past three months has there been a period of two or more weeks when you have
not .........
[Ask as for individual items. Ascertain the number of consecutive weeks over the past three
months "free" (i.e., not above threshold levels) from all five forms of extreme weight-control
behaviour. Do not rate abstinence due to force of circumstance. Rate 99 if not applicable.]
[ ][ ]
32
I am now going to ask you some questions about your shape and weight ..........
DISSATISFACTION WITH WEIGHT (Weight Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you been dissatisfied with your weight (..... the number on
the scale)? What has this been like?
Why have you been dissatisfied with your weight? Have you been so dissatisfied that it has
made you unhappy? Could you have felt worse? How long has this feeling lasted?
[Only rate dissatisfaction due to weight being regarded as too high. Assess the participant's
attitude to his or her weight and rate accordingly. In common with all severity items, the rating
should generally represent the mode for the entire month. Only rate 4, 5 or 6, if there has been
distress. Do not prompt with the terms "slight", "moderate" or "marked". This rating can be
made with participants who do not know their exact weight. Only rate 9 with participants who
are totally unaware of their weight.]
0 - No dissatisfaction
1 -
2 - Slight dissatisfaction (no associated distress)
3 -
4 - Moderate dissatisfaction (some associated distress)
5 -
6 - Marked dissatisfaction (extreme concern and distress; weight totally unacceptable) [ ]
DESIRE TO LOSE WEIGHT (Weight Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you wanted to weigh less (again I am referring to the
number on the scale)?
Have you had a strong desire to lose weight?
[Rate the number of days on which there has been a strong desire to lose weight. This rating can
be made with participants who do not know their exact weight. Only rate 9 with participants
who are totally unaware of their weight.]
0 - No strong desire to lose weight

1 - Strong desire on 1 to 5 days
2 - Strong desire on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Strong desire on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Strong desire on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Strong desire almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Strong desire every day [ ]
33
DESIRED WEIGHT
*On average, over the past month what weight have you wanted to be?
[Rate weight in kilograms. Rate 888 if the participant is not interested in his or her weight. Rate
777 if no specific weight would be low enough. Rate 666 if the participant is primarily
interested in his or her shape but has some concern about weight (but not a specific weight).
Rate 555 if cannot be rated.]
[ ][ ][ ]
WEIGHING
*Over the past four weeks how often have you weighed yourself?
[Calculate the approximate frequency that the participant has weighed himself or herself. If the
participant has not weighed himself or herself determine whether this is the result of avoidance.
Rate 777 if it is due to avoidance.]
[ ][ ][ ]
REACTION TO PRESCRIBED WEIGHING (Weight Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks how would you have felt if you had been asked to weigh yourself
once each week for the subsequent four weeks ..... just once a week; no more often and no
less often?
[Rate the strength of negative reaction to the prospect of having to weigh once weekly (no more
often, no less often) over the subsequent four weeks. This assumes that the participant would
thereby be made aware of his or her weight. Positive reactions should be rated 9. In common
with all severity items, the rating should generally represent the mode for the entire month. Ask
the participant to describe in detail how he or she would have reacted and rate accordingly.
Check whether other aspects of the participant's life would have been influenced. Do not prompt
with the terms "slight", "moderate" or "marked". If the participant would not have complied
with such weighing because it would have been extremely disturbing, rate 6.]
0 - No reaction
1-
2 - Slight reaction
3-
4 - Moderate reaction (definite reaction, but manageable)
5-
6 - Marked reaction (pronounced reaction which would affect other aspects of the participant's
life)
[ ]
34
SENSITIVITY TO WEIGHT GAIN
*Over the past four weeks what amount of weight gain, over a period of one week, would
have definitely upset you?
[Ascertain what weight gain (from the participant's average weight over the past four weeks)
would have led to a marked negative reaction. Check several numbers. Be particularly careful
to code the number correctly. This should represent the average degree of sensitivity for the
entire month.]
0 - 7 lb or 3.5 kg (or more) would have generated a marked negative reaction, or no amount of
weight gain would generate this type of reaction
1 - 6 lb or 3 kg would have generated a marked negative reaction
2 - 5 lb or 2.5 kg would have generated a marked negative reaction
4 - 3 lb or 1.5 kg would have generated a marked negative reaction
6 - 1 lb or 0.5 kg (i.e., any weight gain) would have generated a marked negative reaction
[ ]
DISSATISFACTION WITH SHAPE (Shape Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you been dissatisfied with your overall shape (your figure)?
What has this been like?
Why have you been dissatisfied with your shape? Have you been so dissatisfied that it has
made you unhappy? Could you have felt worse? How long has this feeling lasted?
[Only rate dissatisfaction with overall shape or figure because it is viewed as too large. This
dissatisfaction may include concerns about relative proportions of the body but not
dissatisfaction restricted to specific body parts. Do not rate concerns about body tone. Assess
the participant's attitude to his or her shape and rate accordingly. In common with all severity
items, the rating should generally represent the mode for the entire month. Only rate 4, 5, or 6, if
there has been associated distress. Do not prompt with the terms "slight", "moderate" or
"marked". Reports of disgust or revulsion should be rated 6.]
0 - No dissatisfaction with shape

1-
2 - Slight dissatisfaction with shape (no associated distress)
3-
4 - Moderate dissatisfaction with shape (some associated distress)
5-
6 - Marked dissatisfaction with shape (extreme concern and distress; shape totally unacceptable)
[ ]
35
PREOCCUPATION WITH SHAPE OR WEIGHT

(Shape and Weight Concern subscales)
*Over the past four weeks have you spent much time thinking about your shape or
weight?.......
*..... Has thinking about your shape or weight interfered with your ability to concentrate on
things that you are actively engaged in, for example, working, following a conversation or
reading? What has it affected?
[This definition of preoccupation requires concentration impairment. Concentration is regarded

as impaired if there have been intrusive thoughts about shape or weight which have interfered
with activities one is actively engaged in rather than one's mind simply drifting off the matter at
hand. Rate the number of days on which this has happened, whether or not bulimic episodes
occurred.]
0 - No concentration impairment
1 - Concentration impairment on 1 to 5 days
2 - Concentration impairment on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Concentration impairment on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Concentration impairment on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Concentration impairment almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Concentration impairment every day [ ]
36
IMPORTANCE OF WEIGHT, SHAPE AND STRICT CONTROL OVER EATING

(Diagnostic items, Weight and Shape Concern subscales)
Weight
*I am now going to ask you a rather complex question - you may not have thought about
this before. Over the past four weeks has your weight (the number on the scale) been
important in influencing how you feel about (judge, think, evaluate) yourself as a person?
......*If you imagine the things which influence how you feel about (judge, think, evaluate)
yourself - such as (your performance at work, being a parent, your marriage, how you get on
with other people) - and put these things in order of importance, where does your weight fit
in?
(If, over the past four weeks, your weight had changed in any way, would this have affected
how you felt about yourself?)
(Over the past four weeks has it been important to you that your weight does not change?
Have you been making sure that it does not change?)
Shape
*What about your shape? How has it compared in importance with your weight in
influencing how you feel about yourself?
[NB: Make all the unadjusted "shape" and "weight" ratings at this point.]
Strict Control over Eating

*What about maintaining strict control over your eating? How has it compared in
importance with your weight and shape in influencing how you feel about yourself?
[First gauge the degree of importance the participant has placed on body weight and its position
in his or her scheme for self-evaluation. The rating can be made with participants who do not
know their exact weight - the importance of their presumed weight can be rated. To make the
rating, comparisons need to be made with other aspects of the participant's life which are of
importance in his or her scheme for self-evaluation (e.g., quality of relationships, being a parent,
performance at work or in leisure activities) including body shape and maintaining strict control
over eating. In common with all severity items, the rating should generally represent the mode
for the entire month.
The three “Importance” items can be difficult to rate. It is best to start by discussing weight and
then address shape. At this point ratings of the importance of weight and shape should be made.
Then, maintaining strict control over eating should be added to the equation and the importance
of all three domains rated (i.e., importance of weight and shape are rated twice).
When starting with weight, it is recommended that the two mandatory probe questions be asked
in tandem. Then the interviewer should help the participant formulate his or her answer. After
that it is good practice to repeat the two probe questions to ensure that the participant has fully
37
grasped the concept that is being assessed. The questions in brackets should only be asked if the
participant is denying that weight is important yet his or her behaviour suggests otherwise. Do
not prompt with the terms "some", "moderate" or "supreme".]
0 - No importance
1-
2 - Some importance (definitely an aspect of self-evaluation)
3-
4 - Moderate importance (definitely one of the main aspects of self-evaluation)
5-
6 - Supreme importance (nothing is more important in the participant's scheme for self-
evaluation)
Weight (unadjusted rating) [ ]
Shape (unadjusted rating) [ ]
[Ask about each of the preceding two months. Rate 9 if not asked.]
Weight (unadjusted) month 2 [ ]

Weight (unadjusted) month 3 [ ]
Shape (unadjusted) month 2 [ ]
Shape (unadjusted) month 3 [ ]
Maintaining strict control over eating [ ]
Weight (adjusted for strict control over eating) [ ]
Shape (adjusted for strict control over eating) [ ]

38
FEAR OF WEIGHT GAIN (Diagnostic item, Shape Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you been afraid that you might gain weight?
[With participants who have recently gained weight the question may rephrased as "..... have you
been afraid that you might gain more weight".]
How afraid have you been?
[Rate the number of days on which a definite fear (common usage) has been present. Exclude
reactions to actual weight gain.]
0 - No definite fear of weight gain

1 - Definite fear of weight gain on 1 to 5 days
2 - Definite fear of weight gain on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Definite fear of weight gain on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Definite fear of weight gain on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Definite fear of weight gain almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Definite fear of weight gain every day [ ]
[With participants whose weight might make them eligible for the diagnosis of anorexia nervosa,
ask about each of the preceding two months. Rate 9 if not asked.]
month 2 [ ]
month 3 [ ]
39
DISCOMFORT SEEING BODY (Shape Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you felt uncomfortable seeing your body, for example, in
the mirror, in shop window reflections, while undressing, or while taking a bath or shower?
What have you felt like at these times? Could you have felt worse? Have you avoided
seeing your body?
[Only rate discomfort about overall shape or figure because it is viewed as too large. The
discomfort should not stem from sensitivity about specific aspects of appearance (e.g., acne) or
from modesty. One index of the severity of such discomfort is whether it has led to avoidance
(ask for examples, e.g., when washing). In common with all severity items, the rating should
generally represent the mode for the entire month. ]
0 - No discomfort about seeing body

1-
2 - Some discomfort about seeing body
3-
4 - Definite discomfort about seeing body
5-
6 - Extreme discomfort about seeing body (e.g., viewed as loathsome) [ ]
40
DISCOMFORT ABOUT EXPOSURE (Shape Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you felt uncomfortable about others seeing your body, for
example, in communal changing rooms, when swimming, or when wearing clothes that
show your shape? What about your partner or friends seeing your body?
What have you felt like at these times? Could you have felt worse?
Have you avoided others seeing your body? Have you chosen to wear clothes that disguise
your shape?
[Only rate discomfort arising from concerns about overall shape or figure (because it is viewed
as too large). Do not consider discomfort restricted to family members who are aware that the
participant has an eating problem. The discomfort should not stem from sensitivity about
specific aspects of appearance (e.g., acne) or from modesty. One index of the severity of such
discomfort is whether it has led to avoidance (ask for examples, e.g., when dressing). If the
possibility of exposure has not arisen, rate 9. In common with all severity items, the rating
should generally represent the mode for the entire month. ]
0 - No discomfort about seeing body

1-
2 - Some discomfort about seeing body
3-
4 - Definite discomfort about seeing body
5-
6 - Extreme discomfort about seeing body [ ]
41
FEELING FAT (Diagnostic item, Shape Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you “felt fat”? [With participants who have already
acknowledged such feelings, this question may need to be prefaced by an apology.]
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has "felt fat" in general (not with respect to a
particular body part) accepting his or her use of this expression. Distinguish "feeling fat" from
feeling bloated premenstrually, unless this is experienced as feeling fat.]
0 - Has not felt fat

1 - Has felt fat on 1 to 5 days
2 - Has felt fat on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Has felt fat on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Has felt fat on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Has felt fat almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Has felt fat every day [ ]
[With participants whose weight might make them eligible for the diagnosis of anorexia nervosa,
ask about each of the preceding two months. Rate 9 if not asked.]
month 2 [ ]
month 3 [ ]
REGIONAL FATNESS
*Over the past month have you felt that any particular part of your body is too fat?
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has thought that one or more specific parts of
his or her body are definitely too “fat”. This does not preclude also thinking that his or her entire
body is too “fat”.]
0 - No regional fatness
1 - Regional fatness on 1 to 5 days
2 - Regional fatness on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Regional fatness on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Regional fatness on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Regional fatness almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Regional fatness every day [ ]
42
VIGILANCE ABOUT SHAPE
*Over the past four weeks have you been actively monitoring your shape ..... for example,
by scrutinising yourself in the mirror, by measuring or pinching yourself, or by repeatedly
checking that certain clothes fit?
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has actively monitored his or her shape with
the intention of detecting any changes. The participant should believe that the method used is
capable of detecting change.]
0 - No vigilance
1 - Vigilance on 1 to 5 days
2 - Vigilance on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Vigilance on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Vigilance on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Vigilance almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Vigilance every day [ ]
FLAT STOMACH (Shape Concern subscale)
*Over the past four weeks have you had a definite desire to have a completely flat
stomach?
[Rate the number of days on which the participant has had a definite desire to have a flat or
concave stomach. Demonstrate by holding a pen vertically. Participants who already have a flat
stomach can be rated, whereas the desire to have a "flatter" (i.e., less protruding) stomach should
not be rated.]
0 - No definite desire to have a flat stomach

1 - Definite desire to have a flat stomach on 1 to 5 days
2 - Definite desire to have a flat stomach on less than half the days (6 to 12 days)
3 - Definite desire to have a flat stomach on half the days (13 to 15 days)
4 - Definite desire to have a flat stomach on more than half the days (16 to 22 days)
5 - Definite desire to have a flat stomach almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Definite desire to have a flat stomach every day [ ]
43
BODY COMPOSITION
*Over the past four weeks have you thought about the actual composition of your body .....
the percentage of fat as compared with muscle ..... the way you are under the skin?
How concerned have you been about the composition of your body?
[Rate the strength of the participant's concern about the proportion of fat in his or her body. Do
not rate concern about "being fat" or concerns about particular parts of the body. Do not
prompt with the terms 'slight', 'moderate' or 'marked'. In common with all severity items, the
rating should generally represent the mode for the entire month.]
0 - No concern about body composition

1-
2 - Slight concern about body composition (aware of the notion, but it is not of personal
importance to the participant)
3-
4 - Moderate concern about body composition (clearly interested in composition of body and
regularly thinks about it)
5-
6 - Marked concern about body composition (extreme interest in actual make-up of body and
frequently thinks about it) [ ]
WEIGHT AND HEIGHT (Diagnostic item)
[The participant's weight and height should be measured.] Weight in kg [ ][ ][ ]
Height in cm [ ][ ][ ]
44
MAINTAINED LOW WEIGHT (Diagnostic item)
[Rate for participants whose weight might make them eligible for the diagnosis of anorexia
nervosa. If in doubt, make this rating.]
Over the past three months have you been trying to lose weight?
If no: Have you been trying to make sure that you do not gain weight?
[Rate presence of attempts either to lose weight or to avoid weight gain. Rate 9 if not asked.]
0 - No attempts either to lose weight or to avoid weight gain over the past three months
1 - Attempts either to lose weight or to avoid weight gain over the past three months for reasons
concerning shape or weight
2 - Attempts either to lose weight or to avoid weight gain over the past three months for other
reasons
[ ]
MENSTRUATION (Diagnostic item)
*Have you missed any menstrual periods over the past few months?
How many periods have you had?
*Are you taking an oral contraceptive (the "pill")?
[With post-menarchal females, rate number of menstrual periods over the past three and six
months. Rate 33 if the participant has never menstruated; rate 44 if she has been taking an oral
contraceptive during the months in question; rate 55 if she has been pregnant or breast feeding;
rate 66 if she is not menstruating because of a gynaecological procedure (e.g., a hysterectomy);
rate 77 if she is clearly post-menopausal; and rate 88 if participant is male.]
months 0-3 [ ][ ]
months 0-6 [ ][ ]
____________________________
END OF EDE SCHEDULE

____________________________
45
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN EDE 16.0D AND EDE 12.0D
New Items in EDE-16.0D

Picking (nibbling)
Binge Eating Disorder module:
Average frequency (days per week) over past six months
Associated features
- eating more rapidly
- eating until full
- eating when not hungry
- eating alone
- feeling disgust
Distress about binge eating
Other extreme methods for controlling shape or weight
Weighing
Maintaining strict control over eating
Regional fatness
Vigilance about shape
Body composition
Modification to EDE-12.0D Items

Nocturnal eating
– level of alertness
Restraint over eating
– to give sense of control
– shape and weight/sense of control
Avoidance of eating
Empty stomach
Food avoidance
Dietary rules
Importance of Weight
- adjusted for control
Importance of Shape
- adjusted for control
- number of days in month 2
- number of days in month 3
- number of episodes in month 2
46
- number of episodes in month 3

Self-induced vomiting
- episodes independent of objective and subjective bulimic episodes
- number of episodes in months 4 to 6
Laxative misuse
Diuretic misuse
Items Dropped from EDE-12.0D

Self-induced vomiting, Laxative misuse and Diuretic misuse
- 4 weeks - number of days
Items Re-named in EDE-16.0D

‘Intense exercising to control shape and weight’ changed to ‘Driven exercising’
‘Avoidance of exposure’ changed to ‘Discomfort about exposure’
‘Feelings of fatness’ changed to ‘Feeling fat’
Change in Scoring
For severity items, ratings now based on mode over the previous 28 days rather than mean
__________________________________
Appendix I.1 - The EDE rating scheme
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Severity ratings Frequency ratings
0 - Absence of the feature 0 - Absence of the feature
1 - Feature almost, but not quite absent 1 - Feature present on 1 to 5 days
2 - 2 - Feature present on 6 to 12 days
3 - Severity midway between 0 and 6 3 - Feature present on 13 to 15 days
4 - 4 - Feature present on 16 to 22 days
5 - Severity almost meriting a rating of 6 5 - Feature present almost every day (23 to 27 days)
6 - Feature present to an extreme degree 6 - Feature present every day
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rate 8 if, despite adequate questioning, it is impossible to decide upon a rating. Experienced interviewers will find that they rarely need to use this
rating. If it is difficult to choose between two ratings, the lower (i.e., less symptomatic) rating should be made.
Rate 9 for missing values (or "not applicable")

48
Appendix 1.2. EDE calendar.
CALENDAR
Month 2 from ............................... to ..................................

events .................................................................................................................................................................................
Month 3 from ............................... to ..................................
events .................................................................................................................................................................................
Months 4 – 6* from ......................................... to ..............................................
events .......................................................................................................................................................................................
49
* This period is only of relevance if the DSM-IV research diagnostic criteria for binge eating disorder are being elicited. It is best to postpone
focussing on months 4 to 6 until the beginning of the binge eating disorder module (see page ***)
EBQ ID#_________
Listed below are a number of beliefs people have expressed in relation to food and eating.
Colour in one of the circles on the scale below to indicate how much you agree with each
statement. Please respond to all the items. There are no right or wrong answers.
The items below refer to eating, or urges to eat, that occur when you are NOT HUNGRY. The
items do not relate to eating, or urges to eat, that occur in response to normal hunger signals or
appetite.
1 2 3 4 5
Strongly Disagree Unsure Agree Strongly agree
disagree
1 2 3 4 5
1. I will never be able to control my urges to eat ................     

2. Eating helps me to cope ..................................................     
3. My eating will always need to be controlled....................     
4. Once I start eating I can’t stop ........................................     
5. I should be able to control my eating ..............................     
6. I have no will power in relation to food ............................     
7. Eating helps to reduce unpleasant physical feelings ......     
8. Food controls my life .......................................................     
9. Eating helps me to feel calm ...........................................     
10. Eating helps me to feel better .........................................     
11. Trying to stop non-hungry eating is pointless ..............     
12. I have to monitor my eating and food intake constantly .     
13. Eating is a distraction from other problems in my life .....     
14. Eating means I don’t have to think about negative things     
15. I have to give in to my urges to eat .................................     
16. Eating helps to control my emotions ...............................     
17. I have to give in to my ‘food related’ thoughts ................     
18. I am an ‘emotional’ eater .................................................     
19. When I have an urge to eat, nothing but food will satisfy
me ....................................................................................     
20. I can’t control my eating because I am weak ..................     
21. Eating keeps my feelings at a tolerable level..................     
22. If I don’t control myself I would never stop eating...........     
23. Eating helps me to cope with negative thoughts ............     
24. Eating helps me to cope with unpleasant physical
sensations........................................................................     
EBQ ID#_________
1 2 3 4 5
Strongly Disagree Unsure Agree Strongly agree
disagree
1 2 3 4 5
25. Eating has nothing to do with my feelings ......................     

26. There is nothing I can do to stop eating ..........................     
27. I eat until I feel ‘nothing’...................................................     
28. Eating helps me cope with negative feelings ..................     
29. Eating helps to stop feelings that I don’t like...................     
30. I can’t cope with feeling hungry .......................................     
31. Eating is very soothing ....................................................     
32. I can’t have sweet or fatty foods near me, without eating
them .................................................................................     
Binge Eating Scale (B.E.S.)
Name: Date: / /201_
Below are groups of numbered statements. Please read all of the statements in
each group and tick on this sheet the one statement that best describes the way
you feel about your eating behaviour.
1. 
i. I don’t feel self-conscious about my weight or body size when I’m 0
with others.
ii. I feel concerned about how I look to others, but it normally does 0
not make me feel disappointed with myself.
iii. I do get self-conscious about my appearance and weight which 1
makes me feel disappointed in myself.
iv. I feel very self-conscious about my weight and frequently, I feel 3
intense shame and disgust for myself. I try to avoid social
contacts because of my self-consciousness.
2. 
i. I don’t have any difficulty eating slowly in the proper manner. 0
ii. Although I seem to “gobble down” foods, I don’t end up feeling 1
stuffed because of eating too much.
iii. At times, I tend to eat quickly and then, I feel uncomfortably full 2
afterwards.
iv. I have the habit of bolting down my food, without really chewing 3
it. When this happens I usually feel uncomfortably stuffed
because I’ve eating too much.
3. 
i. I feel capable to control my eating urges when I want to. 0
ii. I feel like I have failed to control my eating more than the 1
average person.
iii. I feel utterly helpless when it comes to feeling in control of my 3
eating urges.
iv. Because I feel so helpless about controlling my eating I have 3
become very desperate about trying to get in control.
4. 
i. I don’t have the habit of eating when I’m bored. 0
ii. I sometimes eat when I’m bored, but often I’m able to “get busy” 0
and get my mind off food.
iii. I have a regular habit of eating when I’m bored, but occasionally, 0
I can use some other activity to get my mind off eating.
iv. I have a strong habit of eating when I’m bored. Nothing seems 2
to help me break the habit.
BES continued.
5. 
i. I’m usually physically hungry when I eat something 0
ii. Occasionally, I eat something on impulse even though I really am 1
not hungry.
iii. I have the regular habit of eating foods, that I might not really 2
enjoy, to satisfy a hungry feeling even though physically, I don’t
need the food.
iv. Even though I’m not physically hungry, I get a hungry feeling in 3
my mouth that only seems to be satisfied when I eat a food, like
a sandwich, that fills my mouth. Sometimes, when I eat the food
to satisfy my mouth hunger, I then spit the food out so I won’t
gain weight
6. 
i. I don’t feel any guilt or self-hate after I overeat. 0
ii. After I overeat, occasionally I feel guilt or self-hate. 1
iii. Almost all the time I experience strong guilt or self-hate after I 3
overeat.
7. 
i. I don’t lose control of my eating when dieting even after periods 0
when I overeat.
ii. Sometimes when I eat a “forbidden food” on a diet, I feel like I 2
“blew it” and eat even more.
iii. Frequently, I have the habit of saying to myself, “I’ve blown it 3
now, why not go all the way” when I overeat on a diet. When that
happens I eat even more.
iv. I have a regular habit of starting strict diets for myself, but I break 3
the diets by going on an eating binge. My life seems to be either
a “feast” or “famine”.
8. 
i. I rarely eat so much food that I feel uncomfortably stuffed 0
afterwards.
ii. Usually about once a month, I eat such a quantity of food, I end 1
up feeling very stuffed.
iii. I have regular periods during the month when I eat large 2
amounts of food, either at mealtime or at snacks.
iv. I eat so much food that I regularly feel quite uncomfortable after 3
eating and sometimes a bit nauseous.
BES continued.
9. 
i. My level of calorie intake does not go up very high or go down 0
very low on a regular basis.
ii. Sometimes after I overeat, I will try to reduce my caloric intake to 1
almost nothing to compensate for the excess calories I’ve eaten.
iii. I have a regular habit of overeating during the night. It seems 2
that my routine is not to be hungry in the morning but overeat in
the evening.
iv. In my adult years, I have had week-long periods where I 3
practically starve myself. This follow periods when I overeat. It
seems I live a life of either “feast” or “famine”.
10. 
i. I usually am able to stop eating when I want to. I know when 0
“enough is enough”.
ii. Every so often, I experience a compulsion to eat which I can’t 1
seem to control.
iii. Frequently, I experience strong urges to eat which I seem unable 2
to control.
iv. I feel incapable of controlling my urges to eat. I have a fear of not 3
being able to stop eating voluntarily.
11. 
i. I don’t have any problem stopping eating when I am full. 0
ii. I usually can stop eating when I feel full but occasionally overeat 1
leaving me feeling uncomfortably stuffed.
iii. I have a problem stopping eating once I start and usually I feel 2
uncomfortably stuffed after I eat a meal.
iv. Because I have a problem not being able to stop eating when I 3
want, I sometimes have to induce vomiting to relieve my stuffed
feeling.
12. 
i. I seem to eat just as much when I’m with others (family, social 0
gatherings) as when I’m by myself.
ii. Sometimes, when I’m with other persons, I don’t eat as much as 1
I want to eat because I’m self-conscious about my eating.
iii. Frequently, I eat only a small amount of food when others are 2
present, because I’m very embarrassed about my eating.
iv. I feel so ashamed about overeating that I pick times to overeat 3
when I know no one will see me. I feel like a “closet eater”.
BES continued.
13. 
i. I eat three meals a day with only an occasional between meal 0
snack.
ii. I eat three meals a day, but I also normally snack between 0
meals.
iii. When I am snacking heavily, I get in the habit of skipping regular 2
meals.
iv. There are regular periods when I seem to be continually eating, 3
with no planned meals.
14. 
i. I don’t think much about trying to control unwanted eating urges. 0
ii. At least some of the time, I feel my thoughts are pre-occupied 1
with trying to control my eating urges.
iii. I feel that frequently I spend much time thinking about how much 2
I ate or about trying not to eat anymore.
iv. It seems to me that most of my waking hours are pre-occupied 3
by thoughts about eating or not eating. I feel like I’m constantly
struggling not to eat.
15. 
i. I don’t think about food a great deal. 0
ii. I have strong cravings for food but they last only for brief periods 1
of time.
iii. I have days when I can’t seem to think about anything but food. 2
iv. Most of my days seem to be pre-occupied with thoughts about 3
food. I feel like I live to eat.
16. 
i. I usually know whether or not I’m physically hungry. I take the 0
right portion of food to satisfy me.
ii. Occasionally, I feel uncertain about knowing whether or not I’m 1
physically hungry. At these times it’s hard to know how much
food I should take to satisfy me.
iii. Even though I might know how many calories I should eat, I don’t 2
have any idea what is a “normal” amount of food for me.
Depression, Anxiety and Stress Scale (DASS21)
For each statement below, please circle the number in the column that best represents how you have
been feeling in the last week.
Applied to Applied to Applied

Did me to me a to me
not some considerable very
apply degree or degree or a much or
to me some of good part of most of
Statement at all the time the time the time
1. I found it hard to wind down 0 1 2 3
2. I was aware of dryness of my mouth 0 1 2 3
3. I couldn't seem to experience any positive feeling at
0 1 2 3
all
4. I experienced breathing difficulty (eg, excessively
rapid breathing, breathlessness in the absence of 0 1 2 3
physical exertion)
5. I found it difficult to work up the initiative to do things 0 1 2 3
6. I tended to over-react to situations 0 1 2 3
7. I experienced trembling (eg, in the hands) 0 1 2 3
8. I felt that I was using a lot of nervous energy 0 1 2 3
9. I was worried about situations in which I might panic
0 1 2 3
and make a fool of myself
10. I felt that I had nothing to look forward to 0 1 2 3
11. I found myself getting agitated 0 1 2 3
12. I found it difficult to relax 0 1 2 3
13. I felt down-hearted and blue 0 1 2 3
14. I was intolerant of anything that kept me from
getting on with what I was doing
0 1 2 3
15. I felt I was close to panic 0 1 2 3

16. I was unable to become enthusiastic about
0 1 2 3
anything.
17. I felt I wasn't worth much as a person 0 1 2 3
18. I felt that I was rather touchy 0 1 2 3
19. I was aware of the action of my heart in the
absence of physical exertion (eg, sense of heart rate 0 1 2 3
increase, heart missing a beat)
20. I felt scared without any good reason. 0 1 2 3
21. I felt that life was meaningless 0 1 2 3
Lovibond, S.H. & Lovibond, P.F. (1995). Manual for the Depression Anxiety Stress Scales. (2nd. Ed.) Sydney: Psychology Foundation
129
DASS21 SCORING
1) For questions numbered 3, 5, 10, 13, 16, 17, 21 add up the numbers circled then multiply that
number by 2 and enter it here:
Refer to the chart below and for each numbered question above, refer to the same
number in the table below to determine how mild or serious each condition may be.
Rating Depression Anxiety Stress

#1 #2 #3
Normal 0-9 0-7 0-14
Mild 10-13 8-9 15-18
Moderate 14-20 10-14 19-25
Severe 21-27 15-19 26-33
Extremely Severe 28+ 20+ 37+
130
TRAUMA SYMPTOM CHECKLIST-40 (TSC-40)
How often have you experienced each of the following in the last month?
Never - - - - - - - - - - - Often
Symptom
0 1 2 3
1. Headaches
2. Insomnia
3. Weight loss (without dieting)
4. Stomach problems
5. Sexual problems
6. Feeling isolated from others
7. “Flashbacks” (sudden, vivid, distracting memories)
8. Restless sleep
9. Low sex drive
10. Anxiety attacks
11. Sexual overactivity
12. Loneliness
13. Nightmares
14. “Spacing out” (going away in your mind)
15. Sadness
16. Dizziness
17. Not feeling satisfied with your sex life
18. Trouble controlling your temper
19. Waking up early in the morning
20. Uncontrollable crying
21. Fear of men
22. Not feeling rested in the morning
23. Having sex that you didn’t enjoy
24. Trouble getting along with others
25. Memory problems
26. Desire to physically hurt yourself
27. Fear of women
28. Waking up in the middle of the night
29. Bad thoughts or feelings during sex
30. Passing out
31. Feeling that things are “unreal”
32. Unnecessary or over-frequent washing
33. Feelings of inferiority
34. Feeling tense all the time
35. Being confused about your sexual feelings
36. Desire to physically hurt others
37. Feelings of guilt
38. Feeling that you are not always in your body
39. Having trouble breathing
40. Sexual feelings when you shouldn’t have them
TRAUMA SYMPTOM CHECKLIST-40 (TSC-40)
Subscale composition and scoring for the TSC-40: The score for each subscale is the
sum of the relevant items.
Dissociation – 7, 14, 16, 25, 31, 38

Anxiety – 1, 4, 10, 16, 21, 27, 32, 34, 39
Depression – 2, 3, 9, 15, 19, 20, 26, 33, 37
SATI (Sexual Abuse Trauma Index) – 5, 7, 13, 21, 25, 29, 31
Sleep Disturbance – 2, 8, 13, 19, 22, 28
Sexual Problems – 5, 9, 11, 17, 23, 29, 35, 40
TSC Total Score (1-40)
Briere, J.N. & Runtz, M.G. (1989). The Trauma Symptom Checklist (TSC-33): Early data
on a new scale. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 4, 151-163.
132
Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (Rosenberg, 1965)
The scale is a ten item Likert scale with items answered on a four point scale - from strongly agree
to strongly disagree. The original sample for which the scale was developed consisted of 5,024
High School Juniors and Seniors from 10 randomly selected schools in New York State.
Instructions: Below is a list of statements dealing with your general feelings about yourself. If you
strongly agree, circle SA. If you agree with the statement, circle A. If you disagree, circle D. If
you strongly disagree, circle SD.
1. On the whole, I am satisfied with myself. SA A D SD

2.* At times, I think I am no good at all. SA A D SD
3. I feel that I have a number of good qualities. SA A D SD
4. I am able to do things as well as most other people. SA A D SD
5.* I feel I do not have much to be proud of. SA A D SD
6.* I certainly feel useless at times. SA A D SD
7. I feel that I’m a person of worth, at least on an equal plane with SA A D SD
others.
8.* I wish I could have more respect for myself. SA A D SD
9.* All in all, I am inclined to feel that I am a failure. SA A D SD
10. I take a positive attitude toward myself. SA A D SD
Scoring: SA=3, A=2, D=1, SD=0. Items with an asterisk are reverse scored, that is, SA=0, A=1,
D=2, SD=3. Sum the scores for the 10 items. The higher the score, the higher the self esteem.
The scale may be used without explicit permission. The author's family, however, would like to be
kept informed of its use:
The Morris Rosenberg Foundation

c/o Department of Sociology
University of Maryland
2112 Art/Soc Building
College Park, MD 20742-1315
References
References with further characteristics of the scale:
Crandal, R. (1973). The measurement of self-esteem and related constructs, Pp. 80-82 in J.P.
Robinson & P.R. Shaver (Eds), Measures of social psychological attitudes. Revised
edition. Ann Arbor: ISR.
Rosenberg, M. (1965). Society and the adolescent self-image. Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
Wylie, R. C. (1974). The self-concept. Revised edition. Lincoln, Nebraska: University of

Nebraska Press.
INTERNATIONAL PHYSICAL ACTIVITY QUESTIONNAIRE
(August 2002)
SHORT LAST 7 DAYS SELF-ADMINISTERED FORMAT
FOR USE WITH YOUNG AND MIDDLE-AGED ADULTS (15-69 years)
The International Physical Activity Questionnaires (IPAQ) comprises a set of 4 questionnaires.

Long (5 activity domains asked independently) and short (4 generic items) versions for use by
either telephone or self-administered methods are available. The purpose of the questionnaires
is to provide common instruments that can be used to obtain internationally comparable data on
health–related physical activity.
Background on IPAQ
The development of an international measure for physical activity commenced in Geneva in
1998 and was followed by extensive reliability and validity testing undertaken across 12
countries (14 sites) during 2000. The final results suggest that these measures have
acceptable measurement properties for use in many settings and in different languages, and are
suitable for national population-based prevalence studies of participation in physical activity.
Using IPAQ
Use of the IPAQ instruments for monitoring and research purposes is encouraged. It is
recommended that no changes be made to the order or wording of the questions as this will
affect the psychometric properties of the instruments.
Translation from English and Cultural Adaptation

Translation from English is supported to facilitate worldwide use of IPAQ. Information on the
availability of IPAQ in different languages can be obtained at www.ipaq.ki.se. If a new
translation is undertaken we highly recommend using the prescribed back translation methods
available on the IPAQ website. If possible please consider making your translated version of
IPAQ available to others by contributing it to the IPAQ website. Further details on translation
and cultural adaptation can be downloaded from the website.
Further Developments of IPAQ

International collaboration on IPAQ is on-going and an International Physical Activity
Prevalence Study is in progress. For further information see the IPAQ website.
More Information
More detailed information on the IPAQ process and the research methods used in the
development of IPAQ instruments is available at www.ipaq.ki.se and Booth, M.L. (2000).
Assessment of Physical Activity: An International Perspective. Research Quarterly for Exercise
and Sport, 71 (2): s114-20. Other scientific publications and presentations on the use of IPAQ
are summarized on the website.
SHORT LAST 7 DAYS SELF-ADMINISTERED version of the IPAQ. Revised August 2002.
INTERNATIONAL PHYSICAL ACTIVITY QUESTIONNAIRE
We are interested in finding out about the kinds of physical activities that people do as
part of their everyday lives. The questions will ask you about the time you spent being
physically active in the last 7 days. Please answer each question even if you do not
consider yourself to be an active person. Please think about the activities you do at
work, as part of your house and yard work, to get from place to place, and in your spare
time for recreation, exercise or sport.
Think about all the vigorous activities that you did in the last 7 days. Vigorous
physical activities refer to activities that take hard physical effort and make you breathe
much harder than normal. Think only about those physical activities that you did for at
least 10 minutes at a time.
1. During the last 7 days, on how many days did you do vigorous physical
activities like heavy lifting, digging, aerobics, or fast bicycling?
_____ days per week
No vigorous physical activities Skip to question 3
2. How much time did you usually spend doing vigorous physical activities on one
of those days?
_____ hours per day

_____ minutes per day
Don’t know/Not sure
Think about all the moderate activities that you did in the last 7 days. Moderate
activities refer to activities that take moderate physical effort and make you breathe
somewhat harder than normal. Think only about those physical activities that you did
for at least 10 minutes at a time.
3. During the last 7 days, on how many days did you do moderate physical
activities like carrying light loads, bicycling at a regular pace, or doubles tennis?
Do not include walking.
_____ days per week
No moderate physical activities Skip to question 5
4. How much time did you usually spend doing moderate physical activities on one
of those days?
_____ hours per day

Think about the time you spent walking in the last 7 days. This includes at work and at
home, walking to travel from place to place, and any other walking that you might do
solely for recreation, sport, exercise, or leisure.
5. During the last 7 days, on how many days did you walk for at least 10 minutes
at a time?
_____ days per week
No walking Skip to question 7
6. How much time did you usually spend walking on one of those days?
_____ hours per day

The last question is about the time you spent sitting on weekdays during the last 7
days. Include time spent at work, at home, while doing course work and during leisure
time. This may include time spent sitting at a desk, visiting friends, reading, or sitting or
lying down to watch television.
7. During the last 7 days, how much time did you spend sitting on a week day?
_____ hours per day

This is the end of the questionnaire, thank you for participating.
Working Alliance Inventory
Short Form (C)
Instructions
On the following pages there are sentences that describe some of the different ways a person might think or feel about his or her therapist (counsellor). As
you read the sentences mentally insert the name of your therapist (counsellor) in place of _____________in the text.
Below each statement inside there is a seven point scale:
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Never Rarely Occasionally Sometimes Often Very Often Always
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
If the statement describes the way you always feel (or think) circle the number 7; if it never applies to you circle the number 1. Use the numbers in
between to describe the variations between these extremes.
This questionnaire is CONFIDENTIAL; neither your therapist nor the agency will see your answers.
Work fast, your first impressions are the ones we would like to see. (PLEASE DON'T FORGET TO RESPOND TO EVERY ITEM.)
Thank you for your cooperation.
© A. O. Horvath, 1981, 1982; Revision Tracey & Kokotowitc 1989.
WA!(S)
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1. _______________ and I agree about the things I will need to do in therapy to help improve my situation.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. What I am doing in therapy gives me new ways of looking at my problem.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
3. I believe _______________ likes me.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4. _______________ does not understand what I am trying to accomplish in therapy.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. I am confident in _______________ 's ability to help me.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. _______________ and I are working towards mutually agreed upon goals.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7. I feel that _______________ appreciates me.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
8. We agree on what is important for me to work on.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
9. _______________ and I trust one another.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10. _______________ and I have different ideas on what my problems are.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. We have established a good understanding of the kind of changes that would be good for me.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
12. I believe the way we are working with my problem is correct.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
WA!(S)
(Modified) CONFIDENCE IN TREATMENT QUESTIONNAIRE
Please indicate on the three scales below how much you believe that the therapy you are receiving will help the symptoms
that you most want to see improve? Belief usually has two aspects to it: (a.) what one thinks will happen, and (b.) what
one feels will happen. Sometimes these are similar; sometimes they are different. Please answer the questions below. For
the first, answer in terms of what you really think. For the second and third, answer in terms of what you really feel.
(1) How logical does this type of treatment seem to you?
10 20 30 40 50% 60 70 80 90 100%
2) How confident are you that this treatment will be successful in reducing your binge eating and helping you with your weight?
10 20 30 40 50% 60 70 80 90 100%
(2) How confident would you be in recommending this treatment to a friend who was experiencing struggling with binge eating and weight management?
10 20 30 40 50% 60 70 80 90 100%
Original CONFIDENCE IN TREATMENT QUESTIONNAIRE
Please indicate on the three scales below how much you believe that the therapy you are receiving will help the symptoms
that you most want to see improve? Belief usually has two aspects to it: (a.) what one thinks will happen, and (b.) what
one feels will happen. Sometimes these are similar; sometimes they are different. Please answer the questions below. For
the first, answer in terms of what you really think. For the second and third, answer in terms of what you really feel.
1.) By the end of the therapy, how much improvement in your symptoms do you think will occur?
10 20 30 40 50% 60 70 80 90 100%
2.) At this point, how much do you really feel that therapy will help you to reduce your symptoms?
10 20 30 40 50% 60 70 80 90 100%
3.) By the end of the therapy, how much improvement in your symptoms do you really feel will occur?
10 20 30 40 50% 60 70 80 90 100
141
Phone Screening Assessment
yes/no
1. Are you over 18 years (must be adult)
2. Do you speak sufficient fluency in English to participate in therapy ? Or do you have any intellectual disability
that prevents comprehension of instructions (must speak & understand English)
3. What is your height and weight (BMI must be overweight or obese- see BMI chart)
4. Are you currently on another weight control program (e.g. Jenny Craig, Weight Watchers, etc) or seeing a
dietician, using another treatment (pills, devices, etc) for weight/eating problems? (must not be engaged with
other treatment)
5. Are you pregnant or planning pregnancy in the next 6 months (answer must be no)
6. Do you have any legal proceeding related to your weight/eating (must be no)
7. Are you currently seeing a psychologist/MHC professional or have you seen one in the past 12 months (must
be no)
8. Are you able to go to a G.P. to get a Mental Health Care Plan (must be yes)
9. Do you have a medical disorder or taking a medication that is affecting appetite/weight (as assessed by G.P.)
e.g.steroids, diabetes medication (sulfonylureas, thiazolidinediones), allergy medication (diphenhydramine), blood
pressure medication (beta blockers), anti-psychotics, mood stabilizers, anti-epileptics, certain contraceptives and
adrenergic blockers incl. propranolol (must be no/not new Rx)
10. Have you started a new medication (okay only if stable on dose for min 2 months)
11. Are you taking Benzodiazepines e.g. Valium, temazepam, etc “sleeping pill or tranquilizer? (must be no due to
interference with EMDR)
12. Are you able to pay by credit card/cash $ 134.50 (minus $124.50 medi-Care rebate) i.e. pay a nominal fee of $
10 per session for up to 10 sessions (must be yes)
13. Do you drink alcohol (if more than 2 std drinks per day, do AUDIT. If AUDIT >7, refer to Alcohol treatment
(if less than 2 std drinks per day, then eligible, but remind participant not to drink alcohol within 12 hours of
treatment due to interference with treatment effects of EMDR).
14. Do you take (illegal) drugs on a regular basis (if yes, refer to G.P. for referral for drug treatment); if yes (e.g.,
occasionally) remind participant not to take drugs within 72 hours of treatment due to interference with treatment
effects of EMDR. Must not meet criteria for SUD or use drugs on a regular basis
15. Do you have epilepsy (risk of harm with EMDR so must be no)
16. Are you currently depressed? If yes: are you that depressed that you have thoughts of harming yourself? If yes,
refer to G.P. for S.O.S. or other psychological treatment as well as Lifeline. If suicidal ideation in the past, must
be at least 6 months prior (eligible if depressed, but must not have current s.i with plan and intent.)
17. Other than effects of drugs or medications or a medical condition, have you ever experienced a period of
feeling depressed preceded by several days or weeks when you felt unusually or excessively high or irritable, have
decreased need for sleep, racing thoughts, and distractibility and an unusual increase in the number of activities
you got involved in? Did these symptoms interfere with your ability to function at home and work? Did you
experience the following for a week or more?
a. irritability
b. elevated or expansive mood
c. inflated self-esteem or grandiosity
d. decreased need for sleep
e. more talkative than usual or pressure to keep talking
f. flight of ideas or feelings that thoughts are racing
g. distractibility
h. increase in distractibility
i. increase in activities or agitation/restlessness
j. involvement in pleasurable activities with a high potential for painful consequences (buying sprees, foolish
investments, sexual indiscretions)
k. delusions or hallucinations.
If yes, consider likelihood of bipolar disorder – refer/recommend for psychological assessment & treatment per
G.P. referral., psychiatric referral treatment.
18. Has there ever been a period of time when you had strange or unusual experiences such as:
a. hearing or seeing things that other people didn't notice?
b. hear voices or conversations when no one was around?
c. visions that no one else saw?
d. had the feeling that something odd was going on around you, that people were doings things to test you or
antagonize or hurt you so that you felt you had to be on guard constantly?
If yes, consider likelihood of nonorganic psychosis and refer/recommend for psychological assessment &
treatment per G.P. referral., psychiatric referral treatment.
19. Have you ever been hospitalized for a mental illness. If yes, which one? (not eligible if SUD
in the past 6 months, or psychosis, bipolar)
20. Do you have B.ED. (see B.E.D.Q. below): must be yes
143

Richard KT Thesis PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Richard KT Thesis PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Richard KT Thesis PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TREATING BINGE EATING DISORDER

EYE MOVEMENT DESENSITISATION REPROCESSING:

RANDOMISED CONTROLLED TRIAL

A thesis submitted in fulfilment of the requirement for the degree of Master of

The School of Psychology

or in part, for a degree at this or any other institution.

TREATING BINGE EATING DISORDER WITH EYE MOVEMENT

Reprocessing (EMDR) is an evidence-based treatment found to an effective and efficient treatment

development to improve engagement in exercise.

CHAPTER 1: LITERATURE REVIEW ………………………………………………………………………………. 1

1.6. CURRENT TREATMENTS FOR BED ......................................................................................................... 21

1.7. OTHER FACTORS RELATED TO TREATMENT OUTCOME ............................................................... 38

1.8. LIMITATIONS OF CURRENT TREATMENTS .......................................................................................... 46

1.9. EYE MOVEMENT DESENSITISATION REPROCESSING (EMDR) ..................................................... 52

MAJOR RESEARCH AIMS AND HYPOTHESES .............................................................................................. 60

CHAPTER 2: METHOD ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 62

CHAPTER 3: RESULTS …………………………………………………………………………………………. 75

CHAPTER 4: DISCUSSION ……….……………………………………………………………………………... 90

4.3. Clinical implications ....................................................................................................... ................................... 102

4.4. Conclusions …………………..................................................................................................... ...................... 103

REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................................. 104

Appendix III: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………...… 160

Appendix IV: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…. 164

1.1. Definition of Binge Eating Disorder

BN – is not accompanied by inappropriate compensatory weight loss behaviors e.g., excessive

exercise, use of laxatives or vomiting (APA, 2013).

“obsessivity-compulsivity, interpersonal sensitivity, paranoid ideas, and psychoticism” were

people with BED show higher levels of impulsivity.

respond well to group-based CBT in terms of binge eating outcomes.

1.2.Differentiation from other feeding and eating disorders

in BED seems to be triggered by an immediate breakdown of emotional regulation. Other

does in BN (Munsch et al., 2011).

aged 46 to 55 (Weight-Control Information Network).

strategies (Pawlow, o'Neil & Malcolm, 2003).

also the anxiolytic clonazepam (Chiaro, Caletti & Provini, 2015).

1.3. Associated symptoms of BED

obesity (BMI > 35 kg m−2) especially in women (Spahlholz et al., 2015).

it also is associated with greater severity of eating-related psychopathology and psychological

esteem and negative affects.

mood (Munsch et al., 2011).

reduce carbohydrate cravings (Wurtman et al., 1985).

1.4. Psychiatric comorbidity with BED

obesity are inextricably linked to mood.

(White, Peters & Toll, 2010).

Bernado & Mouren, 2007).

1.5. Theories of Binge Eating Disorder

Genetic, neurochemical and hormone theories

and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), genetics explains 17–29% of the variance in

was estimated as 57% (CI: 30-77%).

eating patterns in humans appear to be associated with specific disturbances in neuro-chemical

dysfunction (amenorrhea or oligomenorrhea), possibly explained by metabolic and endocrinological

theories relates to interpersonal functioning. The Interpersonal Psychotherapy model of eating

Greene & Smith, 2003).

contributes to poor self-esteem.

Similarly, eating in order to self-soothe or self-medicate uncomfortable affects (triggered by

disturbed attachments to primary caregivers leading to eating to manage affect.

Transdiagnostic Model of eating disorders (1997) which explains eating pathology as a

However, in contrast to AN and BN in which eating pathology is explained as a function of

problems preceded dieting and binge eating.